H MKD PROCEEDINGS OF THE Iowa Academy of Science FOR 1912 ■ ~ O VOLUME XIX iSDITED BY THE SEGEBTARY PUBLISHED BY THE STATE zziooS DES MOINES ROBERT HENDERSON^ STATE PRINTER 1912 PROCEEDINGS OF THE Iowa Academy of Science FOR 1912 VOLUME XIX EDITED BY THE SECRETARY PUBLISHED BY THE STATE DES MOINES ROBERT HENDERSON, STATE PRINTER 1912 LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. Des Moines, Iowa, July 1, 1912. To His Excellency , Beryl F. Carroll^ Governor of Iowa: In accordance with the provisions of title 2, chapter 5, section 136, code, 1897, I have the honor to transmit herewith the proceedings of the twenty-sixth annual session of the Iowa Academy of Science and request that you order the same to be printed. Respectfully submitted, L. S. Ross, Secretary Iowa Academy of Science, "iy '■l •■•■■*; IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE OFFICERS OF THE ACADEMY. 1911. President — L. Begeman. First Vice-President — A. A. Bennett. Second Vice-President — C. N. Kinney. Secretary — L. S. Ross. Treasurer — Geoege F. Kay. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. Ex-offlcio — L. Begeman, A. A. Bennett, C. N. Kinney, L, S. Ross, George F. Kay. Elective — H. S. Conaed, B. H. Bailey, H. M. Kelley, 1912. President— K. A. Bennett. First Vice-President— K. G. Smith. Second Vice-President — C. N. Kinney. Secretary— 1j. S. Ross. Treasurer — George F. Kay. EXECUTIVE committee. Ex-officio — A. A. Bennett, A. G. Smith, C. N. Kinney, L. S. Ross, George F. Kay. Elective — B. H. Bailey, H. S. Conaed, B. J. Cable. PAST PRESIDENTS. Osborn, Herbert 1887-88 Todd, J. E 1888-89 WiYTEEi F. M 1889-90 nutting, C. C.. 1890-92 Pammel, L. H 1893 Andrews, L. W 1894 Norris, H. W 1895 Hall, T. P 1896 FRankin, W. S 1897 Macbride, T. H 1897-98 Hendrixson, W. S 1899 Norton, W. H ...1900 Veblen, a. a 1901 SUMMERS^ H. E 1902 Fink, Bruce 1903 Shimeic, B 1904 Arey, M. F 1905 Bates, C. O 1906 TiLTONj John L 1907 Calvin, Samuel 1908 Almy, Frank F 1909 Houser, Gilbert L 1910 Begeman, L 1911 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE MEMBERS OP THE IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE. Beyer, S. W Norton, W. H Clark, J. Fred Pellett, F. C Denison, C. T Ricker, Maurice Erwin, A. T Ross, L. S Fitzpatrick, T. J. Seashore, C. E Greene, Wesley . . . Summers, H. E Houser, G. L Williams, Mabel C... Iowa City Kay, Geo. P FELLOWS. Albert, Henry Kuntz, Albert Almy, F. P ... Learn, C. D Arey, M. P Lees, Jas. H. Bailey, Bert H Macbride, T. H Baker, H. P Marston, a Baker, R. P McClintock, j. T Bakke, a. Li Ames Miller, A. A Bates, C. 0 Morehouse, D. W Begeman, Louis . . . Mueller, Herman A. . . Bennett, A. A . . . . Ames Norris, H. W Brown, P. C Nutting, G. C Buchanan, R. E . . . Pammel, L. H Burnett, L. C Pearce, J. N Cable, E. J Pew, W. H CoNARD, Henry S . . Prentiss, H. J Cratty, R. I Raymond, W. G Curtiss, C. P Ames Rockwood, E. W Dox, A. W Sanders, W. E Fay, Oliver J Des Moines Shimek, B. Finch, G. E Dillon, Mont. SiEG, Lee P Ford, A. H Smith, A. G Gow, J. E Spinney, L. B Guthe, K. E Ann Arbor, Mich. Stanton, E. W Guthrie, Joseph E Stevenson, W. H Hadden, David E . . Alta Stewart, G. W Hayden, Ada Stange, C. H Ames Botanical Gardens, St. Louis Hendrixson., W. S Grinnell Heesey, S. P Cedar Falls Kellogg, Haeriette S Ames Kelly, H. M Mt. Vernon Keyes, Charles R Des Moines King, Charlotte M Ames Kinney, C. N... Des Moines Knight, Nicholas Mt. Vernon Knupp, N. D . . . . . Santa Monica, Calif. Stromsten, Prank A Iowa City Thomas, A. D .....Iowa City Tilton, J. L Indianola Trowbridge, A. C Iowa City Watson, E. B Washington, D. C. Weld, L. G .Iowa City Wells, A. A.. Ames Wentworth, E. W. . Ames Wickham, H. P. Iowa City Williams, I. A .Ames Wylie, R. B Iowa City IOWA ACADEMY OF kSCIENCE vii ASSOCIATE, Aitchson, Miss Allison E . Cedar Falls Anderson, A. J Anderson, Helvig .Rockwell City Anderson, W. D Ames Arnold, John F ..Dallas Center Bailey, Miss Pearle.. ..Cedar Rapids Ball, Theo. R Baker, J. A Bardwell, Etta M . . . . . . . . . .Iowa City Begg, a. S Berninghausen, Fred .Eldora Berry, George H Bond, P. A Boyd, Mark F. Brown, Percy Brown, Maude A Carter, Charles Fairfield Case, Chauncy. . . . Storm Lake Cavanagh, Lucy M. . . . Chew, Gladys L Church, Frances . . . .Des Moines Clark, Wm. H... CcE, H. S Colgrove, C. P Collett, S. W. CoNDiT, Ira S Conklin, R. E Cook, Clara M Cornell, R. J Crawford, G. E . .Cedar Rapids Crum, Lilah B. Iowa City Cummins, Earl H Curtis, L. D Dknslow, L. C Dietrick, Earnest 0 . . Dill, Homer R Dodge, H. L Doty, H. S Douglas, Louise Dove, L, P. Ellis, S. F Ellyson, C. W Ewers, A, F Fisher, Nellie Fordyce, Emma J .Cedar Rapids Fracker, S. B Francis, May E Fraser, O. M Nanaimo, Brit. Col. Friedman, Rose G Knoxville Getchell, R. W Cedar Falls Giddings, Levi A Iowa City o^iTTiNs, Mae Des Moines Goodell, F. E .Des Moines SoLiscH, E. H Seattle, Wash. Griffith, Mary C Whittier, Cal. Hastings, Jessie P Iowa City Hayr, AYalter E,. .Woodbine Heuse, E, O Fayette Hlgbee, F. G Iowa City Houghtelin, D. M Spencer Jeffs, Royal E Mt. Pleasant Jenner, E. a .Indianola Jewell, Susan G Tahor Johnson, F. W. , Chicago Jones, Eliz. Boone Johns, Minnie R Iowa City Kadesch, W. H Cedar Falls Kemp, Elda Hibbing, Minn. Kirkpatrick, T. D. . .Cincinnati, Iowa Kunerth, W Ames Kurtzweil, Geo Altoona Larson, G. A East Des Moines Lawrence, F. A Iowa City Lazell, Fred J Cedar Rapids Leighton, M. M loWa City Lindley, John M Winfield MacDonald, G. B ..Ames McCkacken, H. W Des Moines McKenzie, R. Monroe. ...... .Fairfield Mendenhall, W, L Des Moines Merrill, Dayton E... Iowa City Messenger, G. H Linden Miller, Homer R ..Des Moines Mount, Geo. H Cedar Falls Muilenburg, G. a... Iowa City Mull, Lewis B Ottumwa Neidig, R Ames Ness, Henry Ames Newell, Walter S Cedar Rapids Nicholsen, Seth B Berkeley, Calif. Nicholsen, Mrs. S. B.. Berkeley, Calif. Nollen, Sarah M Des Moines Oleson, O. M -..Ft. Dodge Oer, Florence .Kings Park, N. Y. Orr, Ellison Waukon Paull, Mabel A. .......... . Sigourney IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE viii PiEKSON, Elvers St. Charles, 111. Page, Chas. N D'es Moines Paige, P. W Ft. Dodge Parker, R. H Des Moines pRALL, A. A Des Moines Reed, Ida M Cresco Reilly, John F Iowa City Roberts, T St. Charles Robinson, C. L Norwalk Russell, John D Des Moines Sayre, S. N St. Charles Shaver, Nellie E Musoatine Shimek, Ella Iowa City Slonaker, Jos. G Newton Smith, G. L Shenandoah Somes, M. P..Clenison College, S. Car. Sprague, P. W Des Moines Stanley, Forrester C Oskaloosa Stephens, T. C Sioux City Stiles, Harold Sioux City Stoner, Dayton Iowa City Taylor, Miss Aravilla Centerville Taylor, Miss Beryl Cedar Rapids Tovey, Idylene Waterloo Treganza, J. a Britt Van Hyning, T Des Moines Van Tuyl, Francis M Iowa City Walters, G. W Cedar Falls Werster, C. S Charles City Webster, R. L Ames Weeks, Leroy Titus Newton Weigle, 0. M .Appleton, Wis. Weld, L. D Cedar Rapids Wells, W. Stanley Sioux City Whitney, Thos. H Atlantic Woodward, S. M Iowa City Wright, John W Knoxville Yule, Mildred R Clinton corresponding members. Andrews, L. W .Davenport Arthur, J. C Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. Bain, H. F San Francisco, Cal. Ball, C. R Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Ball, B. D State Agricultural College, Logan, Utah Barbour, E. H State University, Lincoln, Nehr. Bartsch, Paul Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. Beach, Alice M University of Illinois, Urbana, 111. Bessey, C. E State University, Lincoln, Nebr. Bruner, H. L Irvington, Ind. Carver, G. W Tuskegee, Ala. Conrad. A. H 18 Abbott Court, Chicago, 111. Cook, A. N.... University of South Dakota, Vermillion, S. Dak. Craig, John Cornell University, Ithaca, N. Y. Drew. Gilman C Orono, Maine Eckels, C. W University of Missouri, Columbia, Mo. Fink, Bruce Oxford, Ohio Franklin, W. S Lehigh University, South Bethlehem, Pa. Frye, T. C State University, Seattle, Wash. Gillette, C. P Agricultural College, Port Collins, Colo. Goodwin, J. G East St. Louis, 111. Halsted, B. D New Brunswick, N. J. Hansen, N. E Brookings, S. D. Haworth, Erasmus State University, Lawrence, Kans. Hitchcock, A. S Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Leonard, A. G Grand Porks, N. Dak. Leverett, Prank. Ann Arbor, Mich. Meek, S. E Field Columbian Museum, Chicago, 111. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ix Miller, B. L South Bethlehem, Pa. Newell, Wilmon Capitol Building, Atlanta, Ga. Osborn, Herbert .State University, Columbus, Ohio Patrick, G. E Department of Agriculture, Washington, D. C. Price, H. C State University, Columbus, Ohio Read, C. D Weather Bureau, Sioux City, Iowa Savage, T. E Urhana, 111. Sirrine, Emma Dysart, Iowa Sirrine, P. a 124 South Ave., Riverhead, New York Todd, J. E Lawrence, Kan. Trelease, William iilv . .. .University of Illinois, Urhana, 111. Udder, J. A Rock Island, 111. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE TABLE OF CONTENTS Page. Letter of Transmittal iii Officers of the Academy v Members of the Academy vi Table of Contents xi Report of the Secretary , 1 Treasurer’s Report 2 Report of Committee on Membership 3 Report of Committee on Resolutions 4 Constitution of Academy 6 Program 8 President’s Address 11 Anniversary Address 17 Charter Members of the Iowa Academy of Science 27 Twenty-five Years of Botany in Iowa 43 History of Geology in Iowa for the Last Twenty-five Years 65 The Progress of Physics in Iowa in the Quarter Century 73 The Progress of Zoology in Iowa During the Last Twenty-five Years 79 Greetings from Visiting Academies 85 The Late Blight of Barley 93 Simblum Sphaerocephalum in Iowa 103 Perns and Liverworts of Grinnell and Vicinity 105 Secotium Agaricoides, A Stalked Puffball 107 Behavior of Pollen Tubes in Richardia Africana 109 An Anomalous Ovary Ill Native Dye-plants and Tan-plants of Iowa, With Notes on a few other Species 113 Some Points on the Floral Development of Red Clover 129 Notes on Heteranthera Dubia 131 The Effect of Continued Grinding on Water of Crystallization 133 Velocity Coefficients of the Reaction Between Ethyl Iodide and Silver Nitrate in Ethyl and Methyl Alcohol and Mixtures of These Solvents ... 137 Sundry Provincial and Local Phases of the General Geologic Section of Iowa 1,147 Nether Delimitation of Our Carbonic Rocks 153 Arid Plateau-Plains as Features of Eolic Erosion 157 The First Reported Petrified American Lepidostrobus is from Warren County, Iowa 163 The Salem Limestone and its Stratigraphic Relations in Southeastern Iowa. 167 The Origin of the Geodes of the Keokuk Beds 169 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE xi Page A Study of the Cherts of the Osage Series of the Mississippian System 173 Evidence Favoring the Radioactive Disintegration of Sodium .as an Element. 175 The Effept of Rupture by Abrasion on the Electrical Conductivity of Selenium 179 A New Apparatus for Measuring Small Intervals of Time Independent of Clock or Chronograph 185 A Method of Determining Whether the Restoring Torque is Proportional to the Torsional Strain During Vibration of a Torsional Pendulum 189 The Occurrence of Melanism in the Broad Winged Hawk 191 Notes on the Food of the Black Crowned Night Heron in Captivity 193 A Remarkable Flight of Broad Winged Hawks 195 The Harvest Mouse in Iowa 197 Food Habits of the Red Tailed Hawk, Cooper’s Hawk, and Sparrow Hawk. . .199 Notes on a Collection of Mammals from Northwestern Iowa 203 Contribution to the Herpetology of Iowa, II 207 A Study in Insect Parasitism 209 The Source of the Chromaffin Cells of the Adrenals of the Pig 215 A Systematic Outline of the Reduviidae of North America 217 Early Iowa Locality Records 253 '^4 .4. PROCEEDINGS OF THE Twenty-Sixth Annual Session of the Iowa Academy of Science REPORT OF THE SECRETARY. Fellows and Members of the Iowa Academy of Science: It appears to the secretary that the Iowa Academy of Science has made sub- stantial progress during the past year and that today its condition is the best at any time in its history of twenty-five years. Volumn XVIII of the proceedings is smaller than usual, probably due princi- pally to the statement of the secretary that the number of papers presented at the meeting in 1911 was so large that the limit of 300 pages allowed the Acad- emy by the state would be exceeded if all papers read should be printed in full. Too many of the authors responded to the suggestion and submitted abstracts. This year no suggestion will be made by the secretary unless it be to the effect that all papers recommended by the executive committee and by the executive council of the state be published even though the 300 page limit be exceeded. In the latter case the extra cost of printing of necessity would be borne by the Academy. In the report of the secretary last year attention was directed to the fact that the membership of the Academy has increased until it ^ will be necessary to increase the number of cloth bound copies of the Proceedings for distribu- tion among the members. The report of the committee on secretary’s report recommending that such provision be made was adopted, but effective action, upon it has not been taken by the Academy. There are now 228 names on the roll; some 82 applications are on file. The number of copies of the Proceedings that are bound in cloth is 200. This number must be increased or some members must content themselves with copies bound in boards. By the action of the Academy in adopting the report of the committee on Quarter Centennial, which calls for the printing of 300 extra copies, partial provision is made for the needs of the current year, but some action is imperative looking toward the immediate future. The mailing list for the distribution of the Proceedings to the members is made up from the treasurer’s receipt book. If members do not receive copies it may be due to oversight on the part of the secretary, or, perchance, it may be due to the non-payment of annual fees. During the past year, Miss Newman of the Geological Survey, who attends to mailing, has sent out over 200 letters to various libraries in the attempt 1 2 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE to place the Proceedings in all the libraries of the state where the volumes are wanted. As one result 56 libraries are removed from the list as no response was received even after a third letter had been sent. The library mailing list is now practically complete. The president and the secretary have used the “follow up” system in pre- senting the aims and activities of the Academy to some 400 high school science teachers who are not members. Results have justified the effort. Approxi- mately all science teachers of the ^ state have received invitations to join our number. Yet one member of the Academy, by the judicious use of the tele- phone and by a little personal work among his friends, has obtained more applications than have been received as a result from the hundreds of letters sent out. Personal work on the part of the membership will do more toward extending the influence of the Academy than will thousands of letters written by the officers. The first amendment proposed in the report of the committee to revise the constitution reads: “Insert in Sec. 4 ‘An annual fee of $1 shall be required of each associate member.’ ” Such an amendment was adopted at the meeting in 1910. Its reappearance in the report of the committee is probably due to error in the data furnished by the secretary to the chairman. At the meeting last year an amendment was adopted under conditions that led the secretary to question whether or not its full import was comprehended. There was more or less hurry and confusion attendant upon preparation for adjournment when the vote was taken. The amendment is to the effect that a fee of $1 shall be required from corresponding members. Congratulations are the order of the day. The secretary wishes to con- gratulate the founders of the Academy upon their scientific ideals and upon their broad conception of the province of an Academy of Science among the scientists of the state. Respectfully submitted, L. S. Ross,. Secretary. TREAURER’S REPORT. RECEIPTS. Cash on hand April 28, 1911 $204.51 Dues and initiation fees from members and fellows 194.00 Sale of Proceedings 10.77 Interest on deposits 8.18 Total $417.46 EXPENDITURES. Expenses of lecturer, 25th meeting $ 52.41 Postage in sending letters to exchanges and libraries 4.00 Postage, typewriting and stenographic work for treasurer 9.06 Stationery for treasurer 5.00 For wrapping, tying and distributing Vol. 17 10.00 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE a Progi:*ams, letterheads, envelopes, etc 29.25 Printing, binding, reprints, etc 80.25 Honorarium to Secretary Ross.. 25.00 Postage and incidental expenses of the secretary 20.65 Cash on hand April 26, 1912 181.84 Total $417.46 Respectfully submitted, G. F. KAY, Treasurer. REPORT OF COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP. The committee recommends the following for election: TRANSFERRED FROM LIST OF MEMBERS TO FELLOWS. A. L. Bakke, Ames; Ada Hayden, Ames; Harriette S. Kellogg, Ames; N. D. Knupp, Iowa City; Prank C. Pellett, Atlantic; T. Van Hyning, Des Moines. LIST OF FELLOWS. L. C. Burnett, Ames; A. G. Field, Des Moines; J. N. Martin, Ames; W. H. Pew, Ames; A. C. Trowbridge, Iowa City; E. N. Wentworth, Ames. LIST OF MEMBERS. J. N. Albright, Des Moines; A. J. Anderson, Sioux City; Miss Helvig Ander- son, Rockwell City; Fred Berninghausen, Eldora; B. W. Blanchard, Des Moines; P. A. Bond, Cedar Falls; I. J. Bradley, Aplington; John M. Brainard, Boone; John W. Budd, Des Moines; Charles Carter, Fairfield; Donald G. Cathcart, Sioux Rapids; Gladys L. Chew, Iowa City; I. B. Chittick, Des Moines; H. S. Coe, Ames; C. P. Colgrove, Cedar Falls; Ira S. Condit, Cedar Palls; Clara M. Cook, Coggon; B. J. Cornell, Atlantic; J. C. Cunningham, Ames; L. C Denslow, Bondurant; Ernest O. Dieterich, Iowa City; H. S. Doty, Ames; P. L. Douglass, Des Moines; S. M. Early, Des Moines; Marshall D. Eastman, Cedar Rapids; S. T. Ellis, Des Moines; A. R. Ferguson, East Waterloo; S. B. Fracker, Ames; C. E. Francis, West Union; Rose G. Friedman, Knoxville; H. W. Grant, Water- loo; W. E. Hamilton, Des Moines; W. H. H. Hegeman, Northwood; H. O. Hirt, Fairfield; David M. Houghtelin, Spencer; T. D. Kirkpatrick, Cincinnati; George Kurtzwell, Altoona; M. Kurtzwell, Altoona; C. A. Larsen, Des Moines; P. A. Lawrence, Iowa City; M. M. Leighton, Iowa City; H. W. McCracken, Des Moines; F. E. McDonald, Sloan; Brad Mahana, Des Moines; Roy Massena, Creston; John Merkle, Des Moines; G. H. Messenger, Linden; Homer B. Miller, Des Moines; M. Mitchell, Des Moines; George H. Mount, Cedar Palls; Edna E. Morgan, Staunton; G. A. Muilenburg, Iowa City; M. N. T. Nelson, Des Moines; Charles N. Page, Des Moines; P. W. Paige, Port Dodge; P. H. Parker, Des Moines; F. E. Pease, Des Moines; A. A. Prall, Des Moines; Miss Ina Preston, Cedar Rapids; Ida M. Reed, Cresco; Gertrude M. Rhodes, Winterset; J. M. Roland, Des Moines; S. W. Rowley, Adair; Allen M. Ruggles, Indianola; John Russel], Des Moines; A. E. Shaw, Des Moines; John C. Shaw, Des Moines; IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE W. J. Shirley, West Liberty; J. L. Slonaker, Newton; P. W. Sprague, Des Moines; C. E. Webster, Charles City; Carl Weeks, Des Moines; LeRoy T. Weeks, Newton; O. M. Weigle, Iowa City; T. H. Whitney, Atlantic; J. C. Wooley, Iowa City; John W. Wright, Knoxville. THOSE m ATTENDANCE AT THE FRIDAY SESSION. Allison E. Aitcheson, Prank P. Almy, Myron S. Anderson, M. P. Arey, B. H. Bailey, J. A. Baker, R. P. Baker, C. O. Bates, A. S. Begg, P. C. Brown, E. J. Cable, Prances Church, Henry S. Conard, Ira S. Condit, R. E. Conklin, E. O. Dieterich, H. L. Dodge, A. G. Pield, S. B. Pracker, Wesley Greene, Jessie P. Hastings, S. P. Hersey, E. A. Jenner, W. H. Kadesh, G. P. Kay, H. M. Kelley, C. R. Keyes, WilH am Kunnerth, J. H. Lees, M. M. Leighton, T. H. Macbride, H. W. McCracken, N. L. T. Nelson, C. C. Nutting, Herbert Osborn, L. H. Pam- mel, Edith P. Rusk, L. S. Ross, W. E. Sanders, Addison E. Sheldon, J. L. Slonaker, A. G. Smith, L. B. Spinney, P. C. Stanley, G. W. Stewart, H. E. Summers, J. L. Tilton, W. A. Titsworth, A. C. Trowbridge, T. Van Hyning, Henry B. Ward, O. M. Weigle, E. N. Wentworth. REPORT OP THE COMMITTEE ON RESOLUTIONS. Your committee begs leave to offer the following resolutions: Pirst. That we express our appreciation of the good will of our sister Academies of Science evident in their representation at this, the Twenty-fifth Anniversary of the organization of the Iowa Academy of Science, and our pleasure at having with us their representatives: Herbert Osborn, Professor of Entomology, Ohio State University, representing the Ohio Academy of Science. Henry B. Ward, Head of Department of Zoology, State University of Illinois, representing the Illinois Academy of Science. Addison E. Sheldon, Lecturer in the University of Nebraska, and Secretary of the Nebraska Academy of Sciences, and representing the Nebraska Academy of Sciences. L. H. Pammel, of Iowa State College, representing the St. Louis Academy of Science. C. C. Nutting, of the State University of Iowa, representing the Davenport Academy of Science. H. E. Summers of Iowa State College, and L. S. Ross of Drake University, representing the American Microscopical Society. That we also express our appreciation of the letters of congratulation from the Chicago Academy of Science, and from Charles E. Bessey, of the University of Nebraska, formerly a scientific worker in this state. Second. That we express especially to Professor Herbert Osborn of Ohio State University, the first president of the Academy, our delight in again having him among us and listening to his able and fitting address. Third. That we express to the State Historical Department our appreciation of their kindness in opening for our use the attractive Art Gallery of the IOWA ACADEMY OB" SCIENCE 5 Historical Building, and pledge to them our interest and support in maintaining and further developing the collections of which Iowa is justly proud. Fourth. That we express to the President and the executive committee of this year our pleasure at the thorough manner in which the plans for this anniversary have been carried out; and our belief that there have been added to the literature of the state, not only papers of value for future reference in science itself, but also papers of historic value concerning earlier scientific workers, containing information that otherwise would be difficult to obtain. Fifth. That we express our thanks to the local committee, consisting of Messrs. Kinney, Conklin and Lees, wdio made such excellent arrangement for the banquet that was so fully enjoyed last evening. John L. Tilton, B. H. Bailey, Henry S. Conard. RESOLUTIONS ON THE DEATH OF LORD LISTER. Whereas, by the death of Lord Lister in London, the world of science has lost a most distinguished representative, therefore be it resolved. First, That the Iowa Academy of Science would spread upon its record an ■ appreciation of the immense service which the life and labor of Lord Lister brought to humanity at large; and. Second, That the Academy recognizes in Lord Lister’s career a high exempli- fication of the aim and spirit of scientific research. Thomas H. Macbride, L. H. Pa^mel, L. S. Ross, Committee. 6 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE CONSTITUTION OP THE IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE AS AMENDED TO 1912. Sec. 1. This organization shall be known as the Iowa Academy of Science. Sec. 2. The object of the Academy shall be the encouragement of scientific work in the state of Iowa. Sec. 3. The membership of the Academy shall consist of (1), fellows who shall be elected from residents of the state of Iowa, actively engaged in scientific work, of (2), associate members of the state of Iowa interested in the progress of science, but not direct contributors to original research, and (3), corresponding fellows, to be elected by vote from original workers in science in other states; also, any fellow removing to another state from this may be classed as a corresponding fellow. Nomination by the council and assent of three-fourths of the fellows present at any annual meeting shall be necessary to election. Sec. 4. An entrance fee of $3.00 shall be required from each fellow, and an annual fee of $1.00 due at each annual meeting after his election. Fellows in arrears for two years, and failing to respond to notification from the treasurer shall be dropped from the Academy roll. Sec. 5. (a) The officers of the Academy shall be a president, two vice- presidents, secretary and a treasurer, to be elected at the annual meeting. Their duties shall be such as ordinarily devolve upon these officers, (b) The charter members of the Academy shall constitute the council, together with such other fellows as may be elected at an annual meeting of the council by it as members thereof, provided, that at any such election two or more negative votes shall constitute a rejection of the candidate, (c) The council shall have power to nominate fellows, to elect members of the council, fix time and place of meetings, to select papers for publication in the proceedings, and have control. of all meetings not provided for in general session. It may, by vote,, delegate any or all of these powers, except the election of members of the council, to an executive committee, consisting of the officers and three other fellows to be elected by the council. Sec. 6. The Academy shall hold an annual meeting in Des Moines during the week that the State Teachers’ Association is in session. Other meetings may be called by the council at times and places deemed advisable. Sec. 7. All papers presented shall be the result of original investigation, but the council may arrange for public lectures or addresses on scientific subjects. Sec. 8. The secretary shall each year publish the proceedings of the Academy in pamphlet (octavo) form, giving author’s abstract of papers, and if published elsewhere, a reference to the place and date of publication; also the full text of such papers as may be designated by the council. If published elsewhere, the author shall, if practicable, publish in octavo form, and deposit separate with the secretary, to be permanently preserved in the Academy. Sec. 9. This constitution may be amended at any annual meeting by assent of a majority of the fellows voting, and a majority of the council, provided. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE notice of proposed amendment has been sent to all fellows at least one month previous to the meeting, and provided that absent fellows may deposit their votes, sealed, with the secretary. AMENDMENTS. To Sec. 6. That hereafter the time and place of meeting shall be fixed by the executive committee, notice of the meeting to-be sent out at least three (3) months beforehand. (Adopted Dec. 7, 1903.) To Sec. 3. Insert after division (3) a division (4), “life members chosen from fellows.” To Sec. 4. Insert after the words “after his election,” “A person may become a life member on the payment of $7.00 after his election as a fellow, the transfer to be made by the treasurer. That said life membership fee be invested and that only the interest of the same be used for current expenses of the Academy.” (Amendments to Secs. 3 and 4 adopted May 1, 1909.) “An annual fee of $1.00 shall be required from each associate member.” (Amendment to Sec. 4 adopted April 30, 1910.) “An annual fee of $1.00 shall be required from each corresponding fellow\” (Amendment to Sec. 4 adopted April 29, 1911.) Change “Fellows in arrears, etc.” to read “Fellows and associate members in arrears, etc.” (Amendment to Sec. 4 adopted April 27, 1912.) To Sec. 5. For section 5 (b) substitute: “The council shall be composed of the fellows in good standing.” Change Sec. 5 (c) to read: “The council shall have power to nominate and elect fellows, to elect associate members, fix time and place of meeting. It may by vote, delegate any and all of these powers, except the election of fellows, to an executive committee, etc.” Omit Sec. 6. To Sec. 9. Omit “and a majority of the council.” (Amendments to Secs. 5, 6, and 9 adopted April 27, 1912.) Resolved, That hereafter a Committee on Membership be appointed by the incoming president at the meeting at which he is elected, which committee shall serve until their successors are appointed; that a by-law providing for this be incorporated by the secretary. (Adopted April 27, 1907.) OFFICERS FOR 1912-13. President, A. A. Bennett, Ames. First Vice-President, A. G. Smith, Iowa City. Second Vice-President, C. N. Kinney, Des Moines. Secretary, L. S. Ross, Des Moines. Treasurer — G. F. Kay, Iowa City. elective members of the executive committee. B. H. Bailey. Cedar Rapids. H. S. CoNARD, Grinnell. E. J. Cable, Cedar Falls. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE PROGRAM. The sessions of the Academy were held in the Art Gallery, Historical Build- ing, Des Mnines, , beginning- at 1:30 p. m., Friday, April 26. The business meeting was followed by the President’s Address, on “The Mission and Spirit of the Pure Scientist.” The Anniversary banquet was held at the Chamberlain Hotel, 6:30 p. m., Friday. Brief responses were given by the visiting representatives from other scientific societies. At 8:00 o’clock the doors of the banquet hall were opened for all wishing to hear the Address on Charter Members, by Professor L. H. Pammel, and the Anniversary Address by Professor Herbert Osborn of Ohio State University. Saturday forenoon session was in the Historical Building. The entire time was given to the presentation of papers on the “Development of the Sciences in Iowa During the Past Twenty-five Years.” Botany Professor T. H. McBride Chemistry Professor W. S. Hendrixson Geology Professor M. F. Arey Physics Professor P. P. Almy Zoology Professor C. C. Nutting Pinal business meeting and adjournment. SCIENTIFIC PAPERS. Behavior of Pollen Tubes in Richardia Africana James Ellis Gow An Anomalous Ovary James Ellis Gow Aroid Notes James Ellis Gow The Late Blight of Barley — Helminthosporium Teres Sacc A. L. Bakke /Some Points on the Ploral D'evelopment of Red Clover (Trifolium Pratense) J. N. Martin (Introduced by L. H. Pammel.) Native Dye-Plants and Tan-Plants of Iowa with Notes on a Pew Other Species Harriette S. Kellogg The Genus Lycoperdon as Represented in the Herbarium of the State University of Iowa N. D. Knupp Perns and Liverworts of Grinnell and Vicinity H. S. Conard Secotium Agaricoides, A Stalked Puffball .H. S. Conard Simblum Sphaerocephalum in Iowa H. S. Conard Notes on Heteranthera dubia R. B. Wylie Notes on Some Parasitic Pungi Chiefly from the Bitter Root Mountains.. L. H. Pammel and Ella Grace Harvey The Effect of Continued Grinding on the Water of Crystallization, (Second Paper) Nicholas Knight Velocity Coefflcients of the Reaction Between Ethyl Iodide and Silver Nitrate in Ethyl and Methyl Alcohol and in Mixtures of These Solvents O. M. Weigle and J. N. Pearce IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 9 The Solubility of Lead Sulphate in Aqueous Solutions of Sulphuric Acid.. P. A. Jans and J. N. Pearce The First Reported Petrified American Lepidostrobus is from Warren county, Iowa John L. Tilton Nether Delimitation of our Carbonic Rocks Charles R. Keyes Arid Plateau Plains as Features of Eolic Erosion Charles R. Keyes Sundry Provincial and Local Phases of the General Geologic Section of Iowa Charles R. Keyes The Salem Limestone and Its Stratigraphic Relations in Southeastern Iowa Francis M. Van Tuyl The Origin of the Geodes of the Keokuk Beds Francis M. Van Tuyl A Study in the Cherts of the Osage Series of the Mississippian System. . . . Francis M. Van Tuyl A Method of Teaching Elementary Mineralogy G. F. Kay On the Dissimilarity of Light and Heat Action in a Certain Variety of Selenium • E. O. Dieterich A Survey of the Water-Bearing Gravels at Estherville, Emmet County, Iowa G. G. Wheat Additional Evidence of Unconformity Between the Cedar Valley and Lime Creek Stages of the Devonian of Iowa A. O. Thomas Some Notes on the Aftonian Mammals A. O. Thomas Early Iowa Locality Records B. Shimek The Phase Difference at the Ears Produced by a Simple Source of Sound G. W. Stewart A New Apparatus for Measuring Small Intervals of Time, Independent of Clock or Chronograph F. C. Brown Evidence Favoring the Radioactive Disintegration of Sodium as an Element F. C. Brown The Effect of Rupture by Abrasion on the Electrical Conductivity of Selenium F, C. Brown A Method of Determining Whether the Restoring Torque is Proportional to the Torsional Strain During the Vibration of a Torsional Pendulum L. P. Sieg The Influence of an Electric Current upon the Elasticity of Wires. .H. L. Dodge A Simple Laboratory Equipment for the Elementary Study of Alternating Currents H. L. Dodge Mollusca of Iowa T. Van Hyning A Study in Insect Parasitism R. L. Webster Systematic Outline of the Reduviidae of N. America S. B. Fracker Notes on a Collection nf Mammals from Northwestern Iowa Alexander G. Ruthven and Norman A. Wood Contribution to the Herpetology of Iowa, II Alexander G. Ruthven Food Habits of Red Tailed Hawk, Cooper’s Hawk and Sparrow Hawk .F. C. Pellett The Harvest Mouse in Iowa F. C. Pellett The Interpretation of the Cardio-sphygmogram and the Electro-cardiogram, Normal and Pathological W. E. Sanders The Source of the Chromaffine Cells of the Adrenals of the Pig. .Mildred R. Yule Notes on the Food of the Black Crowned Night Heron in Captivity. .B. H. Bailey The Occurrence of Melanism in the Broad Winged Hawk B. H. Bailey A Remarkable Flight of Broad Winged Hawks B. H. Bailey PAPERS COMMEMORATIVE OF THE Twenty-Fifth Anniversary of the Academy PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. THE MISSION AND SPIRIT OP THE PURE SCIENTIST. BY LOUIS BEGEMAN. Michael Faraday has been called the greatest experimental scientist of all ages. No one who has read the biography of this eminent man of science will be inclined to dispute such a statement. Faraday was interested in all phases of scientific thought but devoted his energies particularly to chemical and electrical research. It is no exaggeration to say that he created modern indus- trial electricity. His experimental researches covered a period, of forty-four years. The mere list of the titles of his papers fills several pages in the scientific catalog published by the Royal Society. Omitting any reference to his numerous achievements in chemical research, let us notice briefly some of his most important electrical discoveries. He was the first to demonstrate that a wire carrying a current of electricity, when prop- erly arranged, will revolve about the pole of a magnet and vice versa. He discovered the laws of current induction and stated them in exact language. The first of these, which states that a current can be induced by the relative motion of a coil and a magnet, is illustrated in the modern dynamo. Faraday constructed a number of small experimental dynamos producing continuous currents fully twenty years before the practical application of such a machine. For the purpose of demonstrating the second method of inducing a current by means of the making and breaking of a current in a primary surrounded by a secondary, he constructed for his purpose the first transformer; a device which is now so important an adjunct to alternating current installations. He explained clearly the phenomenon known as Arago’s rotations and thus presented the idea of the modern induction motor. He discovered the laws of electrolysis; the phenomena of diamagnetism, and the effect of the magnetic field on plane polarized light. These are some of his most important discoveries, any one of which would be sufficient to star a man in scientific research. Yet, when all is said, it is surprising to know that his greatest achievement was not the discovery of a definite physical law but rather the enunciation of one of the most fruitful theories of modern science. At the time of Faraday’s activity it was currently believed by men of science throughout the world that such forces as gravitation; magnetic and electrostatic attraction and repulsion, were exerted between bodies in a direct manner in- dependent of any medium that might exist in a continuous state between them. The idea of “action at a distance,” however, was abhorrent to Faraday, as it was also to Newton, who could not conceive of force apart from some medium. Faraday was the first to conceive clearly that the attraction and repulsion of magnetic poles and of electrostatic charges was due to some action going (11) 12 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE on in the intervening medium; as effects propagated continuously from point to point in space. He assumed the existence of lines of force stretching from one magnetic pole to the other and from one electrostatic charge to another of opposite sign. These lines were real to him, exerting lateral and longi- tudinal tension upon each other. The energy of magnetization and electrification was not in the ponderable masses, associated with these phenomena, but rather in these ether lines of force which stretched out in all directions through the invisible surrounding space. His admirable experiments illustrating the different specific inductive capacities of various dielectrics were striking cor- roborations of his theory. The notion of cutting these invisible lines of force when a current is induced in a conductor moving through a magnetic field was originated by him. It has been aptly said that Faraday’s theory, which is now generally accepted, had the result of brushing the term “the electric fluid’’ into the limbo of newspaper science. Faraday’s theory was thrown into mathematical form by J. Clerk Maxwell. Before taking up the study of electricity Maxwell resolved to read no mathe- matics on the subject until he had made a study of Faraday’s researches. He knew that there was a great difference between Faraday’s way of con- ceiving phenomena and that of his European contemporaries. Stated in Max- well’s words, “Faraday in his mind’s eye saw lines of force traversing all space where the mathematicians saw centers of force attracting at a distance. Faraday saw a medium where they saw nothing but distance. Faraday sought the seat of the phenomena in real actions going on in the medium; they were satisfied that they had found it in a power of action at a distance impressed on electric fluids.” Maxwell was so impressed with the reality of Faraday’s theory that he at once undertook the production of a mathematical discussion of some of its salient points. In 1861 he published papers on “Physical Lines of Force,” in which he developed the idea that the seat of magnetic energy is in the mag- netic field, or rather, the dielectric which surrounds the magnet. The full fruition of his work on the Faraday theory appeared finally in his treatise on “Electricity and Magnetism” published in 1873 under the caption of the “Electro-magnetic Theory of Light.” This mathematical discussion of Maxwell’s has been a veritable mine for re- search workers ever since. Maxwell, himself, not being a great experimentalist, feared there would never be experimental verifications of many of the conclu- sions he obtained. When we contemplate what has already been realized, we cannot but wonder at the greatness of such a master mind. Silvanus P. Thomp- son says in his treatise on “Electricity and Magnetism” that the “Electro- magnetic Theory of Light” is the greatest achievement of the Nineteenth Cen- tury. This is hardly an exaggeration in the light of present attainments based on this theory. MaxY^ell’s mathematical discussion of the Electro-magnetic Theory of Light is based on a set of fundamental equations commonly termed “Maxwell’s Equations.” These equations assumed the possibility of the production of vibrating displacement currents of electricity in free space, or in any dielectric. Furthermore, they assumed that the displacement currents were accompanied by magnetic displacements in a direction at right angles to the former. These IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 13 combined phenomena of electric and magnetic displacements constitute what are now denoted as electro-magnetic waves. Maxwell’s mathematical discussion led to the conclusion that these electro- magnetic waves must have the same velocity in free space as that of light waves. In fact, it was even inferred that light waves were simply electro- magnetic waves of a given frequency. Abundant experimental eviaence has since been adduced to corroborate this inference, so that today we might properly include the subject of light in the domain of electricity and mag- netism. In 1888 Heinrich Rudolph Hertz succeeded in producing and detecting electro- magnetic waves by means of an open Leyden jar oscillating circuit. It is un- fortunate that Maxwell did not live to realize this great achievement, since he feared so keenly that it would never be accomplished and that his mathe- matical discussion would thus forever rest upon an undemonstrated hypothesis. Hertz not only produced electro-magnetic waves in conductors but also in free space. By means of a simple ingenious detector he was enabled to measure their length as they were transmitted from his oscillator to a reflecting con- ductor and back again in the form of stationary waves. He found that these waves, which were centimeters and meters in length, obeyed all the ordinary laws of light waves whose lengths are expressed in the sixth decimal of centi- meters. By means of simple contrivances he reproduced the phenomena of re- flection, refraction and polarization of such waves. The discovery of the transmission of electro-magnetic waves through free space is thus the special achievement of Hertz. Maxwell in his mathematical dissertation pointed out the probability of these waves, but it was Hertz who brought them into the realm of practical realization and application. Hertz’s experimental work is preeminent in its thoroughness and detailed exactness. It was unfortunate, indeed, to mankind that so subtile a mind should have been so, soon lost to civilization through his early death. Sir Oliver Lodge wrote of Hertz as follows: “The front rank of scientiflc workers is weaker by his death. Yet did he not go till he had effected an achievement which will hand his name down to posterity as the founder of an epoch in experimental physics.” In Hertz’s experiments were all the suggestions necessary to blaze the way toward the attainment of modern wireless telegraphy. Soon after the publica- tion of his Work a multitude of scientists in various parts of the world, inspired by Hertz’s achievements, took up the experimental investigation of these new phenomena. Hertz’s detector of these waves was rather crude but improved devices were soon forthcoming. Among these were the coheror devised by Edward Branley and extraordinarily sensitive to electric waves. Thus the last link was supplied for the practical accomplishment of one of the greatest and most useful inventions of civilization. In 1894 a young Italian, klarconi, then a student in the University of Bologna, witnessed a reproduction of Hertzian experiments by one of the professors in the physics lecture room of that institution. He was greatly impressed with the phenomena and was led to conceive the idea of signalling through space by means' of these Hertzian waves. After a careful study of the attainments of those who preceded him, he managed to construct an apparatus by means of which he succeeded in sending communications a distance of 300 feet between the British Post Oflice and the Thames Embankment. After many experiments 14 lOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Tesulting in great improvements of his apparatus, the distance was increased to 18 miles; then to 300 miles, until today we hear of signals being successfully sent across the Atlantic Ocean. I have thus briefly presented to you the history of Wireless Telegraphy so that I might bring before you in a striking manner the mission of the pure scientist. History is replete with similar recitals in the various lines of scientific research. For more than half a century the pure scientist devoted time and energy, with no idea of material remuneration, to thought and ex- perimentation, in the phenomena of electric waves. Faraday, Maxwell and Hertz! What a magnificent trio of truly learned men! The names of these men are rather obscure to the average citizen who rarely gets beyond the daily paper, or popular magazine, for information on the achievements in science and art. These names do not appear in Andrew Carnegie’s list of the world’s twenty great men. Carnegie’s list contains the names of such men as Bessemer, Har- greaves, Arkwright; men who played the Marconi roll in practical invention. Carnegie’s list is just such as one would expect from a self-made pseudo- educated man, and refiects accurately the popular judgment of the world’s greatest achievements. Many have heard of our great Edison but few know anything about Faraday, and yet, comparing these two, which one is it that has played a really great roll in the progress of civilization? How the masses wonder at the apparently wizard achievements of /a Burbank and how little they know of a Darwin! It was Darwin who enunciated the great, basic laws of animal and plant life. These laws definitely grasped supply the zeal for practical attainment to such men as Burbank. Joule worked fifty years before he succeeded in making an accurate experimental determination of the mechanical equivalent of heat. We know the value of this determination to engineering science of today. Should not the name of Joule stand out in equal glory with that of Watt? And so we might go on and multiply instances to show that the labors of the pure scientist invariably precede the attainment of great practical ends in civili- zation. The mission of the pure scientist, then, is to prepare the soil, plant the seed and cultivate the crop. This he does and rests content with the excellence of his labor. The practical inventor gets the harvest which brings to him material gain and the plaudits of the masses. And yet, the former is the last to envy the latter. It has been truly said that every achievement in scientific research, however unrelated to practical ends it may seem at the time of its accomplishment, is pregnant with future possibilities in the realm of invention. Franklin was once asked this question by a skeptical, practical friend: What is the use of all this experimentation which leads to nothing practical? Franklin’s rejoinder was: ‘What is the use of a baby?” Which is the greater, to write a great drama or to stage it? The answer to this question presents to my mind the relative value of pure and technical achievement in the realm of progressive civilization. And what is the spirit of the pure scientist? It can be no more fittingly presented than in the words of the immortal Faraday: “I have rather, however, been desirous of discovering new facts and new relations dependent on magneto-electric induction than of exalting the force of those already ob- IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 15 tained; being assured that the latter would find their full development here- after.” The spirit of pure science has many times been expressed in the unselfish sacrifice of some great man’s life in the cause of truth in order that humanity might be brought to higher standards of living. It is the spirit which glories in victory over ignorance, prejudice, and unreasoning tradition. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIEINCE 17 ANNIVERSARY ADDRESS IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE. HERBERT OSBORN. There is an old and familiar phrase which reads: To all to whom these presents may come, greeting. I remember how in youthful days this phrase struck me as of peculiar mold and how, without perhaps realizing its antiquity or history, I puzzled as to its full significance and the conditions which in some distant era must have given it birth. We need not now attempt to trace its lineage or discover how ancient ambassadors or messengers may have used it in their visits to friend or foe, but I like to fancy for the moment that I am commissioned to bring to you on this anniversary occasion the greetings and congratulations of the world of science. Certain I am that such greetings and congratulations must extend from organized science in general and especially from all societies of similar scope. Science is essentially mutualistic and the success of one organization is the gratification of all — the triumphs and discoveries of one are shared with the many and the feeling of pride in the progress of the one may be shared without loss by sister organizations. As the discovery made in one branch of science may be the necessary foundation for the solution of some problem in another, so the contribution from one society may be the stepping stone to advancement in another. It is all hail then, greetings and felicitation and God speed in the accomplishments of your future destiny. The state academies of science, or societies of the scope of ours, are of comparatively recent origin, so that the achievements of the quarter century of activity and growth are well worthy of recognition. Such societies have tlieir antecedents in the local academies formed by groups of scientific workers in various cities or limited communities, which again may doubtless be con- sidered as an introduction from the old-world, where academies of science under various names have been in active progress for a mnich longer period of time. Among the first and most notable which were organized in this country are the American Philosophical Society and the Academy of Natural Sciences, of Philadelphia, the Brooklyn Academy of Arts and sciences, the American Academy and the Boston Society of Natural History, of Boston, and the St. Louis Academy of Science. Such local societies were established for the association of scientific workers in centers containing a sufficient number to serve as a stimulus for such .work and for a time at which ready communication between distant cities was not so convenient as at the present time. The organization of the state academies, however, seems to have occurred particularly in the Central-Western country and may be looked upon as resulting from the isolated condition of scientific workers within the boundaries of these commonwealths. The scope of these academies has, however, taken on a somewhat different range, at least for many of them, since they have in many cases served as scientific advisors to the states in which they exist. This particular function of course makes the state boundary of special significance and is perhaps in itself a sufficient 2 18 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE basis for the organization of such societies in every state. That very much can be accomplished by such a connection may be seen from the many dif- ferent scientific activities -which have been encouraged or stimulated by the societies or by the individual members under the incentive of associated work. For instance, the geological surveys, biological surveys, topographical surveys, and other enterprises dependent upon state support have in many cases had their origin and in many other cases received their support and encourage- ment from the state academies. State academies exist in Wisconsin, Kansas, Nebraska, California, Ohio, Illinois, Michigan, Colorado, Utah, Oklahoma, Maryland, and Tennessee. In some degree they measure the scientific activity of the states, naturally they should flourish in states of large area and less population where the isolation of scientific workers has been a special incentive to their organization. One of the first of these to be organized was the California Academy of Science, followed by the Maryland Academy and the Wisconsin Academy of Arts and Sciences, which latter seems to have been organized with distinct state faculties and state support from the start and with a re- markably full and valuable series of publications to its credit. While its scope is somewhat broader than some of the others so as to include historic and literary productions, so large a part of its work has centered on scientific prob- lems of the state that it is to be counted one of the most fruitful of the state academies devoted to science. The Kansas Academy of Science, organized 1867, has been a very active society through all its career and its reports published by the state constitute a most creditable contribution to the scintific papers of the state. The Indiana Academy, organized 1885, and which celebrated its quarter- centennial with a notable meeting two years ago, has shown great activity especially with reference to the problems of the state. The Ohio Academy, with which I have been associated for a number of years, has enthusiastic annual meetings, publishes its own proceedings, has a re- search fund contributed by a friend, and has been instrumental in founding- several projects of state-wide interest and importance. While its work has been mainly in biology and geology, its programs include papers on widely varied lines of study and it has been of great service in promoting acquaintance and cordial feeling among the scientific workers of the state. These few references to particular societies are given not because they are more important than others that might be named, but because they will serve to indicate the scope and sphere of the state organizations in science. They celtainly amply justify the effort of the devoted members who have given so unstintedly of time and thought in the upbuilding of the societies and the enterprises they represent. While the political boundaries of a state do not always best limit the activi- ties of such a society, there is distinct reason for such sphere in the relation the academy may have to state problems of a scientific character. Such a society composed of representative students from various professions and positions may well constitute a useful advisory body for the legislative bodies iu dealing with the problems requiring scientific ' attention, but in addition to this, the many problems that relate themselves naturally within state boundaries or can best be associated with public state enterprises, surveys, etc., give it a rational sphere. Perhaps the most emphatic basis, certainly one of the most forceful IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 19 to the membership, is the opportunity for acquaintance, good fellowship, and friendship among the workers in a common field. This alone would be ample reason for the time and effort given to the periodical meetings. While these societies do not boast of monumental edifices or of great pageantry or display, their place in the world of science is determined by the record of contribution to the world’s knowledge and this recognition in their several spheres will be based on their service to the welfare of the communities in which they labor. That this service is a growing one and that its fruition in years to come will bring credit to all those who have labored in their pro- motion is, I believe, beyond doubt. They are centers of research and research is the breath of life for science. New investigation and discovery is the essential to activity. This has been shown in every period of the world’s history. Witness the stagnation of the middle ages, properly called the dark ages, when authority took the place of progressive research and the conquest of the unknown. As such centers of re- search the academies are factors in the advancement of learning and so of the progress of the race. Every one is a force for betterment and speed the day when such forces are operative in every state of the nation. Sometimes we may think there is an over production of scientific societies, especially when dues become payable, but while there may be some with no necessary mission, we can learn to discriminate and encourage those of merit. There is also, T think, less danger of degeneration in a number of independ- ent societies than in a too great centralization with the domination of small circles who happen to be, in control. This Iowa Academy was preceded by an earlier society organized in 1875, and which held meetings up to 1884, when from the removal of some of its most active members, and unfortunate disagreement between some of those remaining, it ceased to exist. I recall, however, with much pleasure the meetings that I attended during the years 1876 to 1884, and the opportunity it afforded to become acquainted with the active scientific workers of the state. Profes- sors Calvin, McBride, and Hinrichs, from the University, Todd from Tabor, Herrick from Grinnell, with Bessey, Fairchild, Macomber of Ames, Putnam of Davenport, and Witter of Muscatine, were among the active members in at- tendance at those meetings. It was at one of these early meetings (1876) that my first effort in the line of a scientific contribution was presented and while it appears to have bee'n a very simple and crude affair it naturally marked an important step in my own interest in scientific work. I have always felt that it was regrettable that this earlier academy had to be abandoned, and it was not done until after several sincere efforts to rejuvenate it, that the conclusion was finally reached that this was impossible, and the only course left was to organize- on a new basis. I shall not attempt here a review of the achievements of this academy. Time and the command of the details both forbid and this feature is to receive at- tention in another part of your program. I wTsh, however, to revert briefly to the early hopes of the society and to see in what degree its achievements have measured up to those early aspirations. In the first annual address before the society, which I may confess here was delivered before a mere handful of scientific friends, I presented some ideas as to what I conceived to be the opportunity for the society and the lines of 20 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE work desirable in the state. Digging up this buried and long forgotten address I have been interested to note in how many respects this forecast has been met and the projects there advocated provided for in one way or another in the state’s activities. Not that I would claim any special foresight or prophetic- vision in the case nor that this address had any special weight in securing the results but that it shows in some degree perhaps the sort of hopes and aspirations for which the members of the Academy stood in those early days. For example, a geological survey was strongly urged and the organization which soon after followed and the splendid service of this survey to the state have amply justified the plea. A readjustment of the Weather Service was sug- gested and the successful combination of the state and government service, which was accomplished a few years later, and which has proved one of the most effective in the country is our proof that the hope was not a vain one nor its accomplishment impracticable. The plea for a state museum for the preservation of our native fauna and flora has been met in part at least by the splendid start made in the .collections gathered in the historical museum so ably organized by the lamented Charles Aldrich and many phases of biological investigations have been provided for in the Experiment Station. The academy volumes which have been published by the state for a number of years have become a distinct feature of the state’s activities and are watched for eagerly each year and the record of achievement which they show embraces so many important facts concerning the natural history, geology, and other scientific problems that the scientific literature of the state would now seem meager without them. Accomplishment justly greater than one dreams and the prosperous condition of the society shown in reports today is certainly most gratifying. One thing then urged and desired by many of the members seems not yet adequately provided for, at least in fact, and that is a biological survey. This was included in the plan for a geological survey and though it is specified in the act creating the survey the actual attention to this phase of work by the survey has been, as all must realize, a very minor matter. No more, I grant, than has been the case in most states where similar conditions exist; no more perhaps than seems necessary from the important problems pressing for solu- tion along geological lines. I submit, however, that it is hardly the proper thing to get a survey established with the support of two bodies of workers and then devote all the resources to one line of work, and this condition prevails in far too many states where the so-called geological and natural history sur- veys are doing little or no biological work and often that little as a purely gratuitious service from devoted workers. Speaking now as an outsider and viewing the matter from a distance, it appears to me that here is one enterprise that this academy might now make one of its pet projects. If a thorough and systematic biological survey cannot be pushed forward under the present organization so as to secure accurate knowledge as to the biological resources of the state, then let the biological workers get together to secure provision for the work under some other form of organization. But I should remember that I have not been invited here to give advice and I am too well aware of the energy with which the Iowa people can advance the projects in which they believe to feel that advice is needed. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 21 On such an occasion as this it seems almost a necessity to attempt some review of the progress made in the lines of work for which we stand but in addressing myself to this task I am more than ever impressed with the rapidity of this progress and my inability to discuss it. This Survey applies more especially to the last quarter century, as this is the period most familiar to me, and of which I can speak most intelligently. So many principles of fundamental importance in science have been dis- covered or elucidated during the quarter century that it makes a pretty full record if one wants to attempt to compass it. Among those of especial interest are the determinations concerning the kinetic theory of matter, the progress concerning certain phases of the theory of evolution, the newer as- pects of the theories for cosmic evolution, the application of Mendel’s law in the problems of heredity, the atomic theory of electricity, and of course numerous others which we need not stop to mention. In some of these there has been such a complete change of view that one who goes back to his school science of a quarter century ago must feel quite lost in the light of new dis- coveries or imagine himself to have been unconscious for a period and waked up in a new era. There is perhaps no field or phase of science in which the change of at- titude has been more prominent than in the application of science to the problems of everyday life. Science and human welfare as represented in industry, in public health and sanitation, in the betterment of social con- ditions, are being linked closer and closer together and the progress in the past quarter century has been more rapid than in any other period of the world’s history. To review the different branches of applied science and to show the details of progress in each would be an impossible task for one person in a brief address and, moreover, much of it is an oft-repeated and familiar tale. We all know something of the marvelous strides in medicine and surgery, one of the most conspicuous fields of science in relation to human welfare, though I doubt if any of us outside the body of active workers in this particular field realize the revolutionary changes that have taken place in surgical methods and therapeutic agencies as a result of the application of scientific discoveries in the realm of physiology and biology. Bacteriology alone, which has had practically its entire development within the quarter century, has changed the whole basis of treatment in hosts of diseases and given an en- tirely new foundation for preventive medicine and sanitation. Still more, recently Protozoology has entered the field with a prese.nt record of many most serious diseases determined as of protozoan basis, and a promise of solution for many more that have baffled medical science for centuries. In the field of industry the changes of the quarter century have been so enormous as to defy description, at least by one who has not followed the growth in detail. A complete metamorphosis, as a biologist might say, has occurred in many trades and manufacturing industries and practically all based on scientific discoveries and applications. Chemistry, physics, mechanics, biology, geology, and other branches of science have contributed their share in this evolution. In agriculture we see this process at present in one of its most active periods and we can only predict from rapidity of change what the future may bring. 22 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Enough, perhaps, to say that production is to be still further accelerated, farm conditions both for greater production and better living immeasurably im- proved and the basis of support for a denser population enlarged. Here, as in medicine, botany, zoology, and bacteriology are playing a most important part. Linked to these phases of human activity in most important manner is the problem of transportation, an activity perhaps more typical of the modern spirit than any other. Locomotion by water, by land, and now by air, has been accelerated in a marvelous degree in the quarter century just passed. Twenty years ago I stood in a street in this city of Des Moines and watched a street parade, the most interesting feature of which, to me at least, was a horseless carriage driven by electricity, one of the very few up to that time that had actually been made to work. For a number of years after that the automobile was in a strictly experimental stage. Now! Well, it is entirely unnecessary to mention motor boats or motor vehicles or even flying machin-es as of doubtful accomplishment. I doubt, however, if we fully realize the im- mense changes produced in our social status by the progress in rapid transit on water or on land for the last few years. As for the place of aerial navi- gation, that is yet to appear, but I have no doubt as to its practical application in human affairs. It cannot displace present niodes of travel or transportation, but will, I have no doubt, create a class of service for itself and doubtless one w^hich will have a profound influence on human welfare. Closely linked again is the question of rapid communication. Foreshadowed by the telegraph, electrical science has in recent years given us the telephone and the wireless, as accomplished facts in communication, regardless of time and space. Thirty years ago, when the first commercial lines of telephone were being connected up, it was still looked upon largely as a toy. Very few, even of its most ardent promoters probably, had any conception of how it would alter the conditions of human life, or revolutionize methds of commerce and the relation of social centers, or of city to country. So swiftly and quietly has this come that I doubt if we fully realize the significance of it all. While there still remains to those of us w^ho saw it come some remnant of wonder at the phenomenon, the coming generation accept it as a matter of course and chatter through the telephone apparently oblivious of the marvelous scientific achievement which put it at their service. And so we might go on with other achievements of the recent years, the cotton picker, the trolley car, the gas engine, long distance transmission of power, and the moving picture, all of which would have been impossible but for scientific discoveries and their application. I desire, however, to take a little time for the achievements in my own more special field of work — that of Entomological Science. Not alone because of my greater familiarity with it or because it has been the field of my own labor, but in part because I am constrained to think that the actual progress in this field has not been ap- preciated, even among biological students, as fully as the facts may warrant. While to say that Economic Entomology has been developed in the last quarter century would be putting it too strong, it is true that so large a part of the growth, both for the determination of the fundamental principles and for the application of these to special problems has occurred within this period that it is not unfair to claim it for this epoch. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 23 Less than fifty years ago I was rapping potato vines over a tin pan to catch the potato beetles that were devastating the potato fields in. Iowa. In fact, as far as I recall, this was my first entry into the field of economic entomology and I believe about my first financial income was derived from this sort of service. But it was a good many years afterward that methods of control for that pest based on knowledge of habits, life history, and chemical poisons were an accomplished fact in economic entomology. The warfare with the Rocky Mountain grasshopper, the cotton worm, the San Jose scale, the gipsy moth, browntail moth, cotton boll weevil, and such old-time pests as the codling moth, chinch bugs, and Hessian fly and others have either been fought and more or less completely won within the last quarter century or so nearly within it as to form a part of its history. One of the very striking lines of progress has been in the transportation of the parasitic enemies of injurious insects, a phase of economic work which had only just begun twenty-five years ago, and which has been practically developed within the last decade with special reference to the depredations of the gipsy moth and the browntail moth. While this mode of contest with injurious insects, especially those which are introduced is not as yet entirely past the experimental stage, so much encouragement has been derived from recent results that we must certainly look upon it as a very important phase of entomological investigation, and one from which we will almost certainly secure important results for certain pests. It may not be possible to duplicate in any case the phenomenal success attained in the control of the cottony- cushion scale in California, but the success with that species and the less perfect success in the case of others must at least point the way to further- progress, and we may expect that a certain number of important species may finally be controlled in this manner. The methods for control for introduced species the spread of which may be retarded by quarantine or inspection have been developed entirely within the quarter century and the service rendered in this manner is beyond computation. Now nearly every state has legislation and a national law is being inaugurated. To a large extent, the content and method of economic entomology have been appropriated in other special fields — especially is this true in horticulture, where the methods and results of entomological, research are appropriated to such degree that I doubt not many students fail to realize the incorporation. In medicine, also, while we still may speak of Medical Entomology, the relations to medical research have been so close that we may find difficulty in separating the doctor studying entomology from the entomologist investigating insects with reference to their medical aspects. The fact is that various fields have been opened up to a far greater extent than is possible for one man to follow and we have reached a stage of differentiation when to keep abreast of progress one must limit his effort to a limited part of the entomological field. But a feature of the subject which I wish especially to emphasize is the attitude of science, or to be more personal, the scientific worker toward the application of science in human affairs and for human welfare, that is, toward economic or applied science in all its phases. The time was when probably the greatest efforts in invention and in the application of knowledge were devoted to engines of human destruction, and while this effort may have been a stimulus in the acquisition of knowledge it 24 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE could hardly be considered a very favorable influence for the promotion of the race. Now, however, our boast is rather toward the progress in preservation and promotion of life. It is considered cause for glory that we can reduce the percentage of infant mortality, that we can check the spread of pestilence, that we can minimize the dangers of travel, cut down the property loss and the death list from fire or other disaster, and in short, lengthen the span of human life and improve its opportunities for betterment and enjoyment. And, more significant perhaps, is the tact that such improvement is expected and in large degree made to apply to humanity as a unit, not to any individual or special class. This attitude is the more conspicuous if we go back a few years to note the trend of scientific ideal. Read, for instance, the plea for pure science given in 1883 by the brilliant physicist. Professor Rowland, for devotion to pure science. I remember how in my own experience scarce thirty years ago the venerable Dr. Hagen, doubtless the most profound student of entomology of the time if not of the century, made a most emphatic plea with me, with all the force of his German accent, not ,to go into economic entomology, but to give my effort to the pure science, “for the love of the science.” Now I believe that this attitude differed more in appearance than in fact, that the devotees of science, while some of them reaiiy aia not care to have their discoveries made of any value to mankind, were really protesting against the commercializing of their scientific talent rather than the utilization of science for the good of humanity. Often a plea for continuous drafts on the original sources instead of mere application of knowledge already gained. Certainly it is inconsistent with any reasonable desire for the acquisition of knowledge to deplore its use. Nor does it look strictly consistent for a person with this claim to sell his talent even to a university or a Research Institute for so much even as the moderate salaries that they usually afford. But the attitude which I believe is becoming most dominant with scientists is that of the service of science to humanity at large, and the wish that beyond reasonable return for the work involved the profits should not be allowed to pile up for the benefit of a few. What satisfaction is there in discovering a method by which to gain a double crop from the soil, to avoid loss from destructive agencies, or to double the capacity of human labor if the gain is all absorbed by an aggressive few and the scientist, the discoverer and the real producer are left with no betterment of condition. Such absorption does too often occur and it is not much to be wondered at that the pessimistically inclined should question what profit there is in all our boasted scientific progress if the advantages of it all are to be seized upon and appropriated by an inner circle wfiio can. One of the most important problems of the age is to discover how the gains of scientific discovery may be equitably shared by all deserving members of society. In this connection it would be pos- sible to cite some significant examples of men w^ho have given their discoveries and inventions to the world instead of restricting their use by patent. But such an occasion impels us to look forward as well as backward, what will the next quarter century of science reveal to us of the unknown, wdiat IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 25 problems of age-long study will have yielded their solution, what theories of today will have vanished and what will be the nature of those to take their place. For this, as scientists, we can simply say wait and see. But we may be content to believe that progress must continue and I believe we may also say that in most lines this progress will be on the foundations already laid. For one, I have sufficient faith in the science of today to believe that we have reached a secure footing and that we may push forward with confidence, that the structure we build will not be doomed to complete destruction, even if in some of its details the lines must be recast. At least one strong ground for effort is confidence in the truth and permanence of the structure on which we work and despite occasional voicings of dissent I would hold for faith in our own foundations for work. When the next quarter century shall have passed and you celebrate another anniversary, as I have no doubt you will, for the Academy is now so fully established that its lapse is unthinkable, you will plan a wider homecoming to include the many members who will have scattered farther still to the ends of the earth and I shall hope to meet many or all of you now here with many yet to come in that semi-centenary of our birth. Mr. President, you need not for that occasion send me any invitation. I shall come without one if alive, as I hope to be, and if it is within the range of human possibility to do so. But whether here in flesh or not, I assure you I shall be in thought and spirit, for I shall carry with me from this day on not only my early love and devotion for the Academy but an abiding appreciation for the honor you have showm me in asking me to be present 'with you and for the cordial greetings from you all. For all this and for your kind indulgence in listening to these re- marks, I most sincerely thank you. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 27 CHARTER MEMBERS OF THE IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE. BY L. H. PARINIMEL. SAMUEL CALVIN AND J. E. TODD. Two charter members of the Academy, Dr. Samuel Calvin and Professor J. E. Todd, were primarily geologists, both, however, had such good training in the old natural history courses given in our colleges forty and fifty years ago, that they became all-round naturalists. In the early days of teaching science in Iowa, when they did their pioneer worK, they had the whole range of scientific instruction along the ' lines of natural history and natural science. In late years Dr. Calvin was primarily a geologist, never, however, losing interest in natural history. Several biographical sketches of the late Dr. Calvin have been published, as that by Dr. G. P. Kay.* Of all the complimentary notices I have seen of Dr. Calvin, the tribute paid to him by Dr. Jordan in his retiring address as president of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, at the Minneapolis meeting, when he placed him in such company as Drs. Gray, Cope, and others who at the Dubuque meeting of this Association were live wires in that meeting, was perhaps the highest praise. Samuel Calvin was born in Wigontshire, Scotland, Feb. 2, 1840; emigrated to America in an early day and settled in Iowa at the age of 14; received his college education in Lenox College; enlisted in the army where he saw service for a few months; became science teacher in Lenox College, later principal of a ward school in Dubuque, serving for seven years. He was elected professor of Natural Science in the University of Iowa in 1874 and continued to serve the University as an inspiring teacher and investigator until the close of his career. In the early days of his university work he was not only geologist, but botanist, zoologist and physiologist. This, no doubt, helped to give him that broad training so essential in his paleontological work. His contributions to geology have been numerous as the many splendid volumes of the Iowa Geological Survey show. His knowledge of Pleistocene Geology was perhaps unequalled by any of his contemporaries in the United States. Up until the very last he was an interested student in these problems, his last great con- tribution being on the Aftonian Mammalian Fauna and was characteristically thorough and painstaking. He was always concise and able to express himself in good English. In glancing through the volumes of the Iowa Academy of Science I find that Dr. Calvin did not contribute many papers to the Academy reports. Of those contributed I may mention the following: A Notable Ride (7:72); The State Quarry Limestone (4:160); The LeClair Limestone (3:52); the Buchanan Gravels, an Interglacial Deposit in Buchanan County, Iowa, (3:58); Maquoketa *G. F. Kay, Science. N. S. ■S// :106. 28 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Shales in Delaware County (2:40). Many of the volumes of the Iowa Geological Survey contain valuable papers from his pen, which it will not be necessary to name in this connection. His retiring address as president of the Iowa Academy was delivered at Iowa City on April 30, 1909. The title of his paper, “The Work of the Iowa Geological Survey,” w’as a fitting close to his career as a member of the Academy and his work in Iowa, since his death occurred on April 17, 1911. Prof. Calvin was one of my early acquaintances in the Academy. I always found him to be an inspiring friend and a lovable man, every inch a man who loved truth and justice, and who was always considerate. He was more than a scientist; he was a noble type of man for the University and the community. Of his membership in the Academy we may well feel proud. It has given us strength and dignity. AVhen some future historian shall write a history of science in Iowa, a high place will be given to Samuel Calvin, teacher, in- vestigator, and citizen. Professor J. E. Todd, whose kind and genial presence was always welcome in the early days of the Academy, was well known by the older members. I knew of him while a student, through his publication of botanical papers on the pollination of flowers. His paper on The Cross-fertilization of Solanum rostratum elicited a commendatory letter from Charles Darwin, one of the last he ever wrote. His paper on “Directive Coloration in Animals” was very favorably commented on by Prof. Romanes. In those days I did not know that Prof. Todd was a geologist, I knew him as a botanist. Geology has been his chief life work. Prof. J. E. Todd was born in Clarksfleld, Ohio, Feb. 11, 1846, graduated from Oberlin, A. B., in 1867, A. M. in 1870; attended Sheffield Scientific School, Yale, 1870; Summer School of Geology, Harvard, 1875; professor of Natural Science, Tabor College, 1871-1892; State Geologist, South Dakota, 1893-’03; Adjunct Pro- fessor, Beloit College, 1881-1883; Assistant Professor, University of Kansas since 1907. He has published reports in the Minnesota, Missouri, South Dakota and U. S. Geological surveys. Prof. Todd considers the Elk Point, the Aberdeen and Redfield folios his best geological work. In addition. Prof. Todd has published many other papers, among which are New Light on Origin of Loess, and Recent Alluvial Changes in Southwestern Iowa. These papers are valuable for the thorough-going manner in which the subjects are considered. The Academy is grateful to Prof. Todd who stimulated science in Tabor College in the early scientific days of Iowa; he has added to the influence of genuine scientific work in South Dakota, and is now inspiring the young geologists in the University of Kansas. The merits of the work of Professors Calvin and Todd are recognized in Cattell's American Men of Science as both are starred because of their achieve- ments in geology. HERBERT OSBORN. Of the charter members of the Academy no one gave more of his time and energy to the work than did Professor Herbert Osborn. He was president of the Academy in 1887, and secretary-treasurer from 1890-1898. His chief work has been along entomological and zoological lines, .although at one time, while IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 29 connected with the Iowa State College, he gave instruction in geology. Prof. Osborn is one of the starred men in Dr. Cattell’s Men of Science. He has been connected in various ways with the Bureau of Entomology of the U. S. Depart- ment of Agriculture since 1885. This story was related to me. Some years ago when R. P. Clarkson, formerly publisher of the Register and Leader and at one time trustee of the college, was in Washington he met Norman J. Colman, who was then secretary of agriculture. The secretary inquired about Prof. Osborn, stating that he was a valuable man and that the state could not afford to lose his service. Mr. Clarkson came back with a profound respect for the work Osborn was doing in Iowa. Herbert Osborn was born in Lafayette, Wisconsin, March 19, 1856; B. S. Iowa State College, 1879; M. S. in 1880; attended the Harvard University, working with Dr. Plagen 1881-1882; Naples Zoological Station 1894-1895; As- sistant in Zoology and Entomology, Iowa State College, 1879-1883; Assistant Professor 1883-1885; Professor 1885-1898; since 1898 Professor of Zoology in Ohio State University. It has been my pleasure to have been closely associated with Prof. Osborn as a neighbor on the college campus and in teaching and experiment work. I owe my coming to Ames largely to Prof. Osborn. He is an inspiring teacher, a thorough master of his work. There are few entomologists in the country who have inspired more men to seek entomology as a profession than has Prof. Osborn. Many of the men who have taken entomological work under him are holding responsible positions in American colleges, experiment station, and government work. Prof. Osborn is quiet and unassuming, but his fund of entomological knowledge is great and he knows how to put his material together in good shape for both the scientist and the practical man. It is difficult for me to give you in a few words the amount of important work he has accomplished. His chief entomological work has been perhaps along the lines of Jassidae, insects important to the farmer because of the damage they do to our forage plants. In the Ohio State University Bulletin, Volume 12, Number 12, issued in 1908, are seven pages of titles of papers by Prof. Osborn beginning with publications in the Transactions of the Iowa State Horti- cultural Society for 1878. The college paper Aurora for May, 1879, contains one of his papers, “A Grub with Legs on its Back.” The forerunner of the present Academy published in 1880 contains a paper on Native Rhopalocera and Sphingidae. Running through the various reports of the Iowa State Horticultural Society up to the time that his labors in Iowa ceased will be found papers dealing with the various insects injurious to horticulture. One of the early College Bulletins, 1884, contained several papers on economic insects; a subsequent bulletin issued in 1888 contains more economic notes. His interest in animal parasites began quite early in his entomological career. In 1882-1883, in the Proceedings of the Iowa Improved Stock Breeders’ Asso- ciation, he published a paper on Life Histories of Internal Parasites of Do- mestic Animals; subsequently he published many other contributions cul- minating in the most important treatise on the subject which has appeared in this country, namely. Insects Affecting Domestic Animals*. He has pub- lished many monographs, among them papers on The Genus Scaphoideus** ; Review of the North American Species of Athysanus, Jassidae***, with Dr. E. D. Ball; The Jassidae of New York State****. ProL Osborn has published *Bull. Div. Ent. N. S. U. S'. Dent. Ast. .7:302. 1896. *"’=Jour. Cincinnati Soc. Nat. Hist. 19:189-209, 2 pi. 1900. =s^!*Ohio Naturalist. .3:231-256. ***"Report of the State Entomologist of New York. 190.7:498-540. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE a somewhat smaller number of papers since going to Ohio than before, because his time has been occupied with executive duties and developing the Lake Laboratory, Cedar Point, Sandusky; but the more recent papers are mono- graphic in character and show the accumulation of entomological knowledge. In addition to entomological papers he has found time to write an excellent economic zoology and some general scientific papers. Prof. Osborn is a mem- ber of various scientific bodies. He has been president of the Iowa Academy of Science, Association of Economic Entomologists; Ohio Academy of Science; Entomological Society of America, and Editor of its Annals. He has attended and contributed papers to two International Congresses, Boston, 1907, and Graz, 1910, and to the International Congress of Entomology, Brussels, 1910, of wdiich Congress he is a member of the permanent Committee. It is a pleasant duty both as a member of the Iowa Academy and as an old associate of Prof. Osborn, to accord to him this word of praise for the work, he has accomplished as teacher, and investigator, not only for Iowa but for Ohio, in saying that his research work has broadened and enriched science and has benefited agriculture and horticulture in the United States. PROF. C. C. NUTTING. It is not an easy matter to write about the charter members especially about the work they have accomplished in fields which are more or less unfamiliar to a specialist in another and an entirely different field. It has been a great pleasure and satisfaction to me in the period that I have been connected with the educational work of Iowa to have known Professor Nutting more or less intimately. I have followed his scientific career with more than usual interest. I met him when I first attended the Academy meetings. I do not think he has changed any in his attitude toward scientific matters or in his geniality. He is always the same and ready to say. a nice thing about his fellow workers. It is a noteworthy fact that Professor Nutting not only has accomplished much in the way of bringing together a large amount of museum material at Iowa City and arranging it in a thoroughly modern up to date way, but that he has found time to publish a large number of scientific papers. Prof. Nutting’s own estimate of his most important papers is as follows: Narrative of the Bahama Expedition, from the State University of Iowa, 1895; American Hydroids, Part I, “The Plumularidae”, Special Bulletin, U. S. National Museum. . Quarto, with 31 plates, 1900; American Hydroids, Part II, same publication, with 41 plates, 1904; Gorgonaceae of the Siboga Expedition, Six Parts, quarto, 58 plates, Leiden, 1910. These splendid monographs have brought to him a reputation far beyond the borders of Iowa. He is in fact recognized the world over as an authority on Hydroids. His papers on Hydroids and Alcyonarians are numerous. Professor Nutting has also published several interesting papers dealing with evolution*, such as the paper on Pinnepedia and the Significance of the Crests of the Fly-catcher. In addition there are papers on animal in- telligence and those dealing with morphology**. Others of his papers are: The Color of Deep Sea Animals***, Notes on Plymouth Hydroids****, Contribution to the Anatomy of Gorgonidae*****, and Original Significance of Sex******. * ■•■^Proc. In. Acad. Sci. J:196, Pro. Ta. Acad. Scl. 1:242. ="*Proc. la. Acad. 14:115. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. ,/4:119. ' ’ 'Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. >, :1. ^ 'Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. 7:97. + i>Proc. la. Acad, of Sci. .1:32. cxsprcc. la. Acad. Sci. ():27. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 31 I have read also with much interest the report on zoological exploration of the lower Saskatchewan. The notes on animal life are of particular interest to the general naturalist. This paper recalls also that splendid monograph, “Explorations in' the Far North,” by Prank Russell, which no doubt owed its inception to . Professor Nutting. I read this with much interest some years ago and I am glad tlfat Iowa has taken part in northern explorations. It is pleasant to observe in this connection that Professor Nutting is a be- liever in the old way of training the naturalist. Naturalists are developed from students who become interested in the fauna and flora of a country and in general zoological questions before attempting to solve the many intricate problems dealing with the cell; such questions are interesting enough and have helped to solve many of the important problems of evolution, but they do not create an interest in nature as a whole. Really, when we look at it, it is evident that the men who have made great marks as naturalists in the world, have been collectors, first: illustrations of this kind may be cited in the splendid work of Charles Darwin, Alfred Russell Wallace, and others. Nutting’s zoological work has been varied, among the most important of the zoological papers is The Narrative of the Bahama Expedition*, a book of 253 pages and many plates, wiiich is a splendid account of a naturalist’s visit to the famous Bahamas with their interesting plant and animal life. The notes on animal life are particularly full and will give one a splendid idea of the fauna of the region. More than this, it contains an account of the peculiarities of the people, with glimpses of the parks and buildings. I cer- tainly have been greatly interested in the narrative. I And that Nutting’s* name is starred in Cattell’s American Men of Science, and that' he was a member of the following exploring expeditions : Zoological Explorations in Central America for the U. S. National Museum, Naturalist Hawaiian Cruise of Albatross.** PROFESSOR H. W. PARKER. I have been unable to get much about Prof. H. W. Parker, who was con- nected with Grinnell College from 1864-1870, as Professor of Chemistry and Natural Sciences, and again from 1879-1889, as Professor of Natural Sciences. Prom 1870-79 he was in Massachusetts Agricultural College. He was a member of the Executive Council when the Academy was organized in 1887. He came to Iowa from' a pastorate in New Bedford, Mass. He removed to Yonkers, New York, where he was engaged in literary and educational work until his death in 1904. He was the real editor, though not in name, during a con- siderable part of this time of the Journal of Popular Science, Prof. Norris writes me. I And a single paper (abstract) on Animal Intelligence (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1:8, Pt. I) which shows him to have been a psychologist. He was also an abolitionist of a pronounced type**. Prof. Norris has been kind enough to give me the following information: *C. C. Nutting- was born in Jacksonville, Illinois, May 25, 1858, A. B., Blackburn University 1880 ; A. M., 1882. Curator, Museum Natural History, Iowa 1886-1890. Made Professor of Zoology, 1890 ; Fellow of the American Association, Secretary t^cction F., 1897, Vice-President 1902. Member Society of Zoologists and President ■of Central Branch 1906, Naturalists of Central States, Washington Academy, Fellow of the Iowa Acadehiy of Sciency and President 1891, Iowa Anthropological Association, President 1906. ■ **On Dec. 28th, 1862, The Rev. Parker preached a sermon. The Despised Race, in the Salem Baptist Church, New Bedford, Mass. At this time he was pastor of North Con- gregational Church, New Bedford, Mass. Mercury Press, 1863. 32 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE Prof. Norris writes that Professor Parker was naturalist of the old school, a collector and classifier. Of anatomy and morphology he knew but little. During his service for Iowa College he built up three museums; the first destroyed by fire in 1870, the second destroyed by the tornado of 1882, the third remains. He was an enthusiast. He gave freely and largely of time and strength that most teachers claim for their own private right. He was a poet by nature, as one of his colleagues said of him in derision. 1 find that at the opening of the Iowa State Agricultural College on March 17, 1869, he read a poem, “The Ideal Farmer and His Wife.” His scientific writings were net of great importance, being mostly short, paragraph-like articles for the papers. Prof. Macy writes that he contributed to me iNorth American Review a series of articles on natural and ethical philosophy, which were highly commended by men of authority on such sub- jects. In 1888 he published a volume of essays, scientific and aesthetic, en- titled “The Spirit of Beauty.” He. was on the editorial staff of the Standard Dictionary. He made a defence to Prof. Bourne’s attack upon Marcus Whitman, entitled “Plow Oregon was Saved to the United States” (Homiletic Review, July, 1901 j.- Professor Norris says: “He was an inspiring teacher, I can personally testify, to those who were willing to be inspired, but for the average student he had little of practical value. He was too ideal and poetical for the common herd to appreciate. Measured by present standards he was not much of a scientist, but in the time of the height of his physical powers he was an up-to-date naturalist.” He taught by the textbook method rather than lectures. “I have so far found nothing of his antecedents or early life, but he was of choice New England stock.” He was born in Yonkers, New York, in 1822, and died in 1904; he was the son of Samuel Parker who became a missionary to Oregon in 1833, and who is said to have persuaded Whitman to go to Oregon in 1835; he was graduated from Amherst College. DR. CHARLES WACHSMUTH. For some reason unknown to me Dr. Charles Wachsmuth though appearing on the first list of charter members of the Iowa Academy of Science, did not qualify, though in 1875 he was Vice President of the Old Iowa Academy. Eater he was associated with the Iowa Academy. I believe, however, that the dis- tinguished geological work of this prince of collectors and student of crinoids should be mentioned at this anniversary programme. A memorial prepared in his honor by Prof. Calvin and Dr. Keyes (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 4:18, and Annals of Iowa 2:349-359) will give the details of a life rich in its achievements for geology and science of Iowa. He was born in Hanover, Germany, Sept. 13, 1829; came to America in 1852, settled in Burlington in 1855; always frail in health; spent a lifetime studying fossils of Burlington and other deposits rich in crinoids. Honored by various scientific institutions of Europe and North America. It is fitting and appro- priate that we should speak of him today. It is interesting to chronicle that one of the greatest authorities on Crinoids in America attended school up to the age of sixteen only, and then because of failing health entered a mercantile career. He settled in Burlington in 1855. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 33 It was during his early days, in Burlington that he met Dr. Barris and became interested in geological studies, in particular the crinoids. His collection at- tracted the attention of Louis Agassiz, who came to see it and induced him to dispose of the collection to Harvard Museum, Wachsmuth becoming an assistant. He made two trips to Europe and on returning from his second trip started with Mr. Springer to make a second collection. These geologists worked together not only in making collections, but also in their publications. The 'monograph of Wachsmuth and Springer, published by the Museum of Comparative Zoology, stands not only as a monument to the indefatigable labors of these crinoidal students, but also as a worthy production creditable in the highest degree to Science and Geology of Iowa. He died in Burlington on Feb. 7, 1896. ■ , T. II. MACBRIDE AND B. D. HALSTED. An Iowa audience needs no introduction to the work of Dr. Macbride who is the nestor of botanical instruction in Iowa if not of the whole range of subjects usually taught under the head of Natural History. I asked Dr. Mac- bride for information so that it would be easier for me to write this sketch. Because of his modesty the information furnished me was meager. I have no doubt overlooked some of his important work. Dr. Macbride is a naturalist of the old school, trained not only in botany but in zoology and geology as well. We find that he has published not only much that is first class in botany, but has published geological papers, as the Geology of Humboldt, Hamilton, Wright, Sac and Ida Counties. Besides having received a good training in natural history he is an excellent linguist, riot only in the old classics, but in modern languages as well. He can speak German like a German, and writes it with ease. As to his English diction it is perfect. There are very few scientists who write with such ease and perfect English as Dr. Macbride. It is unique among botanists, and may be termed Macbridesque.- He stands foremost among the Iowa botanical lec- turers in being able to present the subject to a layman in an intelligent manner and yet with scientific accuracy. Dr. Macbride has been connected with the University of Iowa since 1878. Dr. Thomas H. Macbride was born in Rogersville, Tenn., July 31, 1848; re'- ceived the degree A.B. from Monmouth College in 1869 and A.M. in 1872; honorarj'' Ph.D. Bonn in 1891; was Professor of Mathematics and Modern Languages at Lenox College 1870-78; Assistant Professor of Natural Sciences. University of Iowa 1878-87; Professor of Botany 1887 to the present time. From the very first Dr. Macbride has taken a deep interest in the Iowa Academy. His idea has been to bring Iowa science to the teachers in the- public schools. So we find that Dr. Macbride has advocated the establishment of parks, and the rural upbuilding of the state. He has been an efficient director and the moving spirit of the Lakeside Laboratory at Okoboji, so that the teachers might find some inspiration in the woods, prairies and waters of Iowa, and its beauties. He was also a moving spirit in the Iowa Park and Forestry Association which I hope may be revivified. The splendid volumes, issued, the best of any reports of their kind, in the country, should be continued, along the same line. Dr. Macbride also was a moving spirit in the publication 34 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE of the Bulletins of Natural History of the State University which should be continued along the same lines. Dr. Macbride was president of the Iowa Acadamy, 1897-98. His address, "‘The Academy and the People” (6:16) is inspiring, indicating the importance of the Academy in this empire of the Great Mississippi Valley, where the wealth of this republic “shall be within 150 miles of where we are gathered this evening.” Dr. Macbride’s prediction, though it has not as yet been entirely fulfilled, will be in the not distant future. Dr. Macbride is the leading American authority on Slime Moulds, a group which most students neglect. He has found time to publish a work of great merit, which botanists have found necessary in a study of these plants. Aside from this work Dr. Macbride has been especially interested in Hymenomycetes. Several papers of importance and of local interest have beeli publishd. His popular addresses, “The Alamagordo Desert”*, and “The Botany of *Proc. Am. Ass. Adv. Sci. Shakespeare”, “Iowa Parks”, “The Lakes of Iowa”, . “Schools and Scholars”, “What is Education,” “The Plant Responsive,” “The Plants that Serve,” “The City Beautiful”, “Plants and the Yosemite”, “The Sonora Desert”, “The Valley of the Rhine”, “Cemeteries, Old and New”, “Mr. Burbank’s' Gardens”, “Life and Light”, “Plant Life; the Living Cell” are charming for their simplicity and beauty of style. They must be counted among the classics of this kind of liter- ature. They represent the reflection both of a scholar and of the student. Dr. Macbride is a member of the Botanical Society of America, American Association for the Advancement of Science, American Phytopathological ‘So- ciety, Davenport Acadamy of Science, Botanists of the Central Western States, having been President in 1907; St. Louis Academy of Science, National Geographic Society, and of the American Forestry Association. Dr. Byron D. Halsted came to Iowa as the successor of Dr. C. E. Bessey, at Iowa State College. He was second Vice President in 1888-89, but no papers of his were published in the Proceedings. Dr. Halsted went to Rutgers College in 1889. He was, however, active along botanical lines in Iowa, issuing two bulletins in 1886 and 1888, covering a wide range of botanical observations, and a paper on an investigation of apple twigs which was later elaborated in Memoirs of the Torrey Botanical Club. Dr. Halsted was born in Venice, New York, June 7, 1852; received the degree of B. S., Michigan Agricultural College in 1871, M. S. in 1874; Sc. D. Harvard University in 1878; .a student of Dr. W. G. Farlow, was editor of the American Agriculturist 1879-1885; Professor of Botany, Iowa State College, 1885-1889; Professor of Botany and for a portion of the time Botany and Horticulture, Rutgers College, New Brunswick, from 1889 to the present time; Associate Editor of Bulletin Torrey Botanical Club; Fellow, American Asso- ciation for the Advancement of Science; President, Botanical Society of Amer- ica, 1901, also of the Society for the Promotion of Agricultural Science, 1899. Member also of other societies; Massachusetts Horticultural Society, Society of Horticultural Science, etc. Dr. Halsted is a splendid teacher, a thorough student and a painstaking investigator. He did much to encourage botanical work among his students. While at Ames and in the early days at Rutgers he did all of the botanical work. Now there have developed great departments in these institutions. His IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 35 work has been along the lines of economic botany, chiefly along the line of diseases of plants. Investigation, it might be said, was the main work and for some years this was conflned to a study of various plant diseases, at the outset — particularly the rots of the sweet potato and of the cranberry, and later the truck crops generally were considered. The results have been published annually in a report averaging a hundred pages fully illustrated; while bulletins upon single subjects appeared from time to time, as upon (1) Diseases of Spinach, (2) of Cabbage, (3) of Beets, (4) of Potatoes, (5) of Asparagus, (6) of Celery. Along with these, attention was paid to weeds, and some bulletins were issued con- cerning these pests; while subjects like Poisonous Plants, Irrigation, etc., were considered, and he even went so far as to compile for a special purpose a bulletin upon Forest Trees, and another upon Live Covers for Country Homes, etc. Of late years his work has been largely in the improvement of plants through selection and breeding, and the annual reports and bulletins of the past seven years are chiefly upon this general subject. The crops worked with have been the vegetable fruits, as tomatoes, eggplants, beans, sweet corn, etc. During late years Dr. Halsted has been handicapped owing to the loss of good eyesight. In his letter to me he says: “The misfortune of disability demanded so great a change in the work that I am at a loss to name any line as the main one of my work years. Had my eyes and nerves permitted, some- thing might have been brought nearer to completion in vegetable pathology. The start was made too late with great handicap to get much done in plant breeding and allied subjects that have kept me out of doors and in touch with plants during late years.” LAUNCELOT ANDREWS. It is safe to say that the Iowa Academy of Science would not have been a w'dl rounded Academy without some representatives from the chemists and physicists who identifled themselves with the Academy in its early day. There were not many at this time, although recently they have been quite active in the work of the Academy. The old Iowa Academy of which this is a child had several members who were physicists. I And among these the names of Dr. G. Hinrichs, Profs. Nipher and Macomber; of chemists in the old Academy I And the names of Profs. Pope and Hinrichs. It is gratifying that the present Iowa Academy has enlisted among its active workers men of this profession from nearly every institution of higher learning in the state. Among the older chemists in the state no one did more for chemistry in the Academy than Dr. Andrews, who attended many of its meetings and presented papers which embodied the results of his investigations carried on at the University. It was my pleasure to have made his acquaintance at one of the early meetings of the Academy in Des Moines. I have worked with him on various committees of the Academy, and it was always a pleasure to do so. Dr. Andrews has published many scientifle papers, the more important being the following: Volumetric Determination of Minute Amounts of Arsenic; Volumetric Determination of Combined Sulphuric Acid; The Use of lodates in Volumetric Analysis; A New Volumetric Method for the Determination of Mercury; On the Nascent State; Study of Iodide of Starch; Refractive Indices of Alcohol-Water Mixtures; Quantitative Separation of Bromides from Chlo- rides; Density Curve of Bromine-Chlorine Mixtures. 36 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE At the present time he is engaged in seeing through the press a work of some 2,000 pages on volumetric analysis. I have been told by some of his students that he was an excellent teacher. He has turned out some excellent chemists which speaks well for his ability as a teacher and coordinator of work. He published the following papers in the Iowa Academy of Science: The Reduction of Sulphuric Acid by Copper as a Function of the Temperature,. (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1895:37-40); Recent Advances in the Theory of Solutions. (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1894:13-19); and L. W. Andrews and Ende, C, A Study of the Physical Properties of Solutions of Lithium Chloride in Amyl Alcohol, (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1894:95-103). The chief points in his life are as follows: He was born in London, Ontario, June 13, 1856, received the degree of Ph. B. from Yale in 1875; teacher of physics in Springfield, Mass., High School, 1876; Ph. D. University of Gottingen, 1882; Professor of Chemistry Iowa State College, 1884; University of Iowa, 1885-1904. His name is starred in Cattell’s American Men of Science. He belongs to many scientific societies, American Chemical Society, president St. Louis Section, 1908-’10; Chemical Society of London, Deutsche Chemische Gesellschaft; Academy of Science of St. Louis, vice-president, 1909; fellow, American Association for the Advancement of Sciep.ce, and Iowa Academy of Science, president in 1894; member Iowa Engineering Society; and honorary member of Davenport Academy of Science. Prom 1904-1909 he had charge of the research department of the Mallinckrodt Chemical Works at St. Louis, Mo. Dr. Andrews is now president of the Andrews Chemical Works of Davenport, Iowa, which makes a specialty of manufacturing oxalic acid and allied products. HOBBY, HILL, SCHAEFFER AND WILLIAMS. I have been unable to get much information about Dr. C. M. Hobby, formerly of Iowa City, who was a resident physician of that place when the present Iowa Academy was founded. In the proceedings published 1875-1880, I find that Dr. Hobby attended quite regularly and at the Fifth Annual Meeting held in Iowa City, he was elected Secretary and Treasurer. Dr. Hobby published the report of this old Academy and in it a paper on Fresh Water Algae of Iowa. When the report was issued he was lecturer on Opthalmology and Otology at the State University. Dr. Hobby is now in California. Dr. R. W. Hill was a resident physician in Iowa City at the time of the first meeting of the Academy. Dr. Radenhausen was a chemist for the glucose works in Davenport. Dr. H. S. Williams is a practicing physician, a graduate from the State University, and for a long time was connected with the Hospital for the Insane at Independence. He was interested in ornithology and published some notes in collaboration with Dr. C. R. Keyes. Dr. Schaeffer, well known as president of the University, should have a more extended notice because of his far-sightedness in reconstructing the University along modern lines. I have been unable to get much .information about Dr. W. S. Barnard, who was connected with Drake University. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 37 The names of Bafnard, Barris, Schaeffer, Hill and Badenhousen do not .appear on the final list of charter members as given in the secretary’s book, but an account of these men should not be omitted from our records. DR. W. H. BARRIS. I find on the final list of charter members the name of Prof. W. H. Barris*. For some reason, unknown to me, his name and a few others do not appear on the subsequent list. It will 'not be amiss, however, in this connection to say a few words about this man since he was so intimately identified with the early scientific work of the state. The Rev. W. H. Barris was born at Brush Creek, Pennsylvania, July 9, 1821; and his death occurred in Davenport, June 10, 1901. He was graduated from Alleghany College, Pennsylvania, in 1841, receiving the degree of C.E. and ■completed his theological course in the General Theological Seminary, New York, in 1850. He became an assistant to W. H. Lee of Rochester, N. Y. It was while in this parish in 1855 that he yielded to the earnest solicitation of Bishop Lee, who had been elected the first bishop of the Episcopal Church in Iowa, to come to this state. E. S. Hammatt states that Bishop Lee called to see him and found him confined to his bed with geological books opened around him. Pointing to a plate of beautiful fossils from the Burlington lime- stone, he said, “Bishop, I would like to go there.” He went to Iowa City in 1855, where he remained until 1859. From Iowa City he moved to Burlington, where his wish to study the fossils in that vicinity was gratified, but it bore still another most fruitful result. A splendid collection of crinoids was made. In the work of Etheridge and Carpenter on Blastoidea in 1866, the authors make special mention of the work of Barris and Wachsmuth. It, too, gained for him a personal visit from Professor and Mrs. Louis Agassiz in 1866. Mrs. Hammatt in a recent letter tells me this story which is worth preserving. “A physician in Burlington said to Dr. Barris: ‘There is an old fellow down in that grocery, who has one foot in the grave, if you could get him ■out in the hills with you, you would save his life.’ That was Dr. Wachsmuth.” In 1866 he was called to the chair of Ecclesiastical History in the Theological Department of Griswold College, Davenport. While he was rector at Iowa City, he served as a trustee of the University of Iowa. He was elected Pro- fessor of Exegesis by the trustees of Seabury Divinity School in 1877, and rector of St. John’s Church, Keokuk, in 1869, and in 1870 of Trinity Church, Davenport. These offers were not accepted by him. In 1873 the chair of Geology at the Iowa State University was tendered him, he declined, saying: “Paleontology is my play, theology my work.” Dr. Barris contributed papers to the Davenport Academy of Sciences. He became a trustee at its first meeting in 1867, and served the Academy in one way or another until his death, being elected president in 1876. That he was not only an enthusiastic geologist, but was also well versed in matters geological *For those who may wish to look up more in regard to the' life of Dr. Barris, the following the biographical sketches will help : C. H. Preston. Prof. W. H. Barris; American Geologist. 28:358. Alfred A. Butler. Wilils H. Barris. The Living Church. 25 : 289. June 29, 1901. Edward S. Hammatt. The Rev. Willis Henry Harris. Proc. Davenport Acad, of Sci. 9 ; separate. Charles A. White. Annals of Iowa. October, 1901. A Vision. Science N. S'. 16 :710. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE is the testimony of his old friend, Charles A. White. As a teacher it has been said by his student, Dr. A. A. Butler, “Dr. Barris was one of a few men who are born to teach and to be admired and loved by those who are taught.” It was my pleasure a few years after coming to Iowa, in 1892, to call on Dr. Barris at his rooms in the Davenport Academy of Sciences, and a few years later at his residence with the venerable Arch Deacon Hoyt, his son-in-law. Though close to eighty years old, he was full of enthusiasm, and the brief visit was a most friendly one. I am glad to say I knew this genial and kind man, a pioneer geologist of Iowa. DR. D. S. FAIRCHILD. Medical men have not identified themselves as much as we should like with the Iowa Academy of Science. There were several among the charter members. The Iowa Academy of Science welcomed the council and advise of two of its well known specialists in medicine in Iowa, Dr. D. S. Fairchild of Ames, and C. M. Hobby of Iowa City. Neither, however, ever contributed to its pages.. The varied and busy professional duties of these men made it impossible to- attend the meetings of the Academy or prepare papers which would be of interest to scientific men. At the time of the organization of the Iowa Acad- emy of Science, Dr. D. S. Fairchild was College Physician at Ames, and Pro- fessor of Therapeutics and Professor of Surgery in Drake Medical School. In addition he was surgeon for the C. & N. W. Railrolad. All of this involved an enormous amount of labor and professional skill. He resigned his professorship from the Iowa State College in 1893 and removed to Clinton to take charge of the surgical work of the C. & N. W. R. R., retaining, however, his connec- tion with Drake Medical School until 1909. In 1903 he was elected dean. He served the Medical School of Drake University for 26 years with credit and distinction. He has always been a student and thus has kept in touch with the newest phases of medical science. He was a splendid teacher and brought to the class room a wealth of material from his practical experience as a physi- cian and surgeon. He is a member of many prominent medical organizations, such as the American Medical Associgition, Vice President in 1907; Academy of Railway Surgeons, President 1900; Western Surgical Association, President in 1898; Iowa Medical Society, President in 1896; also of various local medical societies. At the May meeting of the Iowa Medical Society he was elected Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of the Society, and since he became editor he has contributed many articles; one of special interest dealing with the early history of medicine- in Iowa, has been appearing serially in the Journal. Other contributions have been numerous; among these papers I may men- tion the following: The Present Status of Aseptic and Antiseptic Surgery (Railway Surgical Journal, January, 1907); Some Points in the Examination for Alleged Peripheral Nerve Injuries (Railway Surgical Journal, August, 1906); Report of Committee on Uniform Standard for the Examinations of Railway Employes (Railway Surgeon, December, 1903); Trauma as a. Cause of Malignant Disease (The Railway Surgeon, September, 1903); The Field of Usefulness for the Railway Surgeon (The Railway Surgeon, December, 1901); Observations on the Various Means of Direct Fixation in Fractures (The Rail- way Surgeon, March, 1902). IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 39 Dr. Fairchild has helped not only to advance medical education but medical practice in Iowa. His influence is felt in all parts of the state where the early graduates of the Iowa State College and of Drake JJniversity Medical Depart- ment have gone. His influence has been wholesome and good throughout. K. ELLSWORTH CALL AND F. M. WITTER. When the Academy was organized it was thought that a distinctive service might be rendered to Iowa Science by interesting the science teachers of our high schools in the work of the Academy. While the list of the members shows that not a few of the high schools science teachers of the state have been asso- ciated with us in the undertaking of making science what it should be in our public schools, there is still room for an enlarged interest in this direction. Two high school teachers took an active interest in the early history of the Iowa Academy and were counted among the most active of the charter members, namely. Dr. R. E. Call, now Professor of Biology of the West Clinton High School, New York City, and F. M. Witter, long time Superintendent of the City Schools of Muscatine, who has passed to his reward. Dr. Call served as Secretary of the Iowa Academy of Science from 1887-1891. He was active in promoting the interests of the Academy in Des Moines. While an active member he made a number of contributions on geology, con- chology, and zoology. He is a most versatile and facile writer, and is thor- oughly trained. Born in Brooklyn, New York, May 13, 1856, educated in the public schools- of New York, graduated from the Cazenovia Seminary in 1875, entered Syracuse- University in 1875, graduated from the University of Indiana in 1890 receiving: the B. A. Degree; A. M. in 1891; M. Sc. of the Iowa Agricultural College in 1891; M. D. Hospital College of Medicine, Louisville, Kentucky, 1895; Ph. D. Ohio State University in 1895. He was principal of Stonington, Conn., High School 1877-79; Superintendent of the City Schools of David City, Nebraska, 1880-1883, connected with the U. S. National Museum 1884-85, Special Assistant U. S. Geological Survey 1885, Principal of High School, Moline, 111.; Assistant Professor of Zoology University of Missouri 1887. Professr Natural Science, West Des Moines High School 1887-1892; Assistant Geologist, Arkansas Geolog- ical Survey 1888-1892; Professor of Natural Science, Manual Training High School, Louisville, Ky., 1892-1896; Superintendent of City Schools, Lawrence- burg, Indiana, 1896-1898; professor of Physiography Erasmus Hall High School, Brooklyn, New York, 1898-1899; Curator Children’s Museum, Brooklyn Institute of Arts and Sciences, 1898-1905; Professor of Biology DeWitt Clinton High School, New York, 1906. Also Nature Study lecturer Pratt Institute, Brooklyn, New York, 1903-1905; lecturer Board of Education, New York, 1896. Dr. Call has the faculty of expressing himself in an easy and forcible way. He has shown himself to be a splendid teacher and an enthusiast on scientific subjects. He has inculcated a desire in his pupils to study natural history. His work on the Unionidae in which he has been interested for more than a quarter of a century is of a high order and he has published the following monograph on these groups: Geographic Distribution of the Uniondae of the Mississippi Valley and The Parvus Group of Unionidae (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1:45, Part I). He also has written important papers on The Mollusca of the Great Basin and The Mollusca of Indiana. Call has also made a number of 40 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIE.\XE contributions on fishes: The Pishes of the Des Moines Basin (Proc. la. Acad, of Sci. 1:43, Part II). A study of these animal forms no doubt led up to study the work of that erratic naturalist, Rafinesque, of whom he wrote a biographibal sketch. “The Life and Writings of Rafinesque” trying to properly place this writer among the American naturalists*. He has also made a number of geological and botanical contributions. The Geology of Crowley’s Ridge (Rep. Arkansas Geol. Survey, between 87-92); The Artesian Wells in Iowa (Iowa Acad. Sci. 1:57, Tart II); Notes on the Native Forest Trees of Eastern Ar- kansas (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1:76, Part I). Dr. Call is at present working upon the Unionidae of North America and upon Fungi Destructive to North American Forests.** Dr. Call’s work has been a great credit to the Iowa Academy of Science. Mr. F. M. Witter, whom I counted among my early acquaintances in Iowa, was of a very different temperment, calm, judicious, less enthusiastic only, because he had less time to give to the study of natural history, since he was burdened with executive duties as superintendent of the Muscatine Schools. He was, how^ever, thoroughly familiar with the local botany, zoology, and geology of the region about Muscatine. His v/ide and varied interests may be seen from the papers published in the early volumes of the Proceedings of the Academy (Notes on some Shells, Perns, etc., Proc. Iowa Acad, of Sci. 1:17, Part I); Some Observations on Helix Cooperi (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1:28, Part III); On the Absence of Ferns between Port Collins and Meeker, Colorado, (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1:29, Part III); Notice of a Stone Implement from Mercer County, Illinois, and one from Louisa County, Iowa, (Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1:30, Part III). He was also active in the older Iowa Academy of Science as shown in its proceedings published in 1880. Men like Witter help scientific work largely by their contact with their fellow . men. At least one of Mr. Witter’s pupils has become a botanist, Mr. K. McKenzie, who has published in connection with Mr. Bush and Bishop Mann> papers dealing with the Flora of Jackson County, Missouri. He has elaborated the genus Carex for Britton’s North American Flora. The following is a brief account of the life of Mr. Witter taken chiefly from a biographical sketch prepared by Prof. Shimek***. Mr. Witter had the spirit of an investigator, and his intimate knowledge of shells led him to question the adequacy of the aqueous theory of the origin of loess. As early as 1880 he suggested that this theory could not explain its origin. In addition to his published scientific papers in the Academy reports, he made use of the local press. He also founded the Muscatine Academy of Science, which existed largely through his efforts. Mr. Witter was born in St. Joseph, Indiana, August 15, 1839, removed to Iowa in 1850, enduring the hardships of a pioneer life. *He graduated from the Normal Department of the State University in 1861, receiving the degree of B. S. in 1869 and the M. A. in 1875. The Iowa Chapter of Sigma Xi elected him an honorary member in 1906, practically at the close of his scientific labors in Iowa. It is seldom given to a man in Iowa to be connected with its public schools for nearly half a century in a single community. He organized the *Those who may ho interested in this naturalist will find a splendid biographical sketch and bibliography by T. J. Fitzpatrick. ='‘=*In his letter to me Jan. 27th, he says: “A strange combination.” **'-^Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 17:7. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 41 public schools in Muscatine and served that city and county for forty-eight years as principal, superintendent of the city schools, and later as county superintendent. A man who can serve in this capacity with such a varied con- stituency has unusual qualities as an executive. The esteem in which Prof. Witter was held by his old associates was the unanimous action of the Academy at Cedar Falls in 1908, to elect him an honorary life member. Prof. Witter died at Biloxi, Mississippi, October 29, 1909. % Hf i i; IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 43 TWENTY-FIVE YEARS OF BOTANY IN IOWA. BY THOMAS II. MACBRIDE. To tell of Botany in Iowa for twenty-five years, even as presented in the work of members of this Acadamy, is a task far more difficult than would at first appear. Shall I present a list of all Iowa botany papers for a quarter of a century; such list w’^ould mean much indeed, and such list so far as attainable may be found as an appendix to the present paper. But the slightest reflection suggests that such list, long or short, is, as a matter of fact, no measure what- ever of either the industry or the achievements of those who make up the botanical membership of this Academy. We have not, I believe, a professional botanist among us. We have doctors, druggists, bankers, gardeners, farmers, teachers, bht not a botanist in the sense of single-minded devotion — not an untrammelled student of Botany in Iowa! Perhaps there are not many in the country; there are some; but apart from gardeners the great majority of the men who work with plants at all study them with the duty of instruction ever dominant, determining the direction if not the extent of effort. Even the beginners of the study have, I suppose, in many instances been subjected to the same atmospheric environment. Young men in the past, as now, have prepared themselves to teach; not to study or even to understand — in the fine, wide sense of untrammelled comprehensive ap- preciation. This is America. The atmosphere of altruism pervades our entire social and educational life. Our great educational foundations are either mat- ters of private beneficence based on philanthropy, or they are provided each by a generous commonwealth seeking the common weal; regardful of science only as contributing to the happier living of great masses of men; employing teachers, therefore, not men of the closet and laboratory; at best experimenters, not theorizers, not specifically and solely seekers and lovers of the truth. I think I shall not here be misunderstood. In speaking of my beloved col- leagues I would not for a moment imply that w’e are not seekers after truth, or that we have not studied or followed science for science’s sake. Not one of us, I suppose, but has found pre-eminent satisfaction in the pure enjoyment of those rare visions which sometimes are ours by virtue of our more intimate knowledge of the living world; the unbounded, undiminished, heedless profligacy of life’s unfailing generations especially in the world of plants. Nor has any one of us failed to find somewhere, at least, a tiny field whose contents belong to him and to him alone; a face of nature turned for the first time in all the centuries full upon his enraptured vision. No; we know all of us the strange, compelling fascination of research and her exceeding great reward. But, un- fortunately, sadly for our personal joy, such is not the atmosphere in which we are usually called upon to move. Instead of such inspiration, perpetual note-books haunt our wearied vision; routine procedure fain would waste our hours; until I fear sometimes the steps of the tread-wheel show signs of wear, and the landscape, all unfreshened by new visions of new truths, begins to lose 44 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE its fairness, dying to the ghayness of the common-place, or fading to the twilight indistinctness of forgotten things. It is worth while then, on occasion to stop for a moment in this unending course of patriotic duty faithfully performed, to sum up some of the res gestae, the things really done in the nobler way, even when none of the other things demanded by our day and age have been left undone, or may now go upon the record. As a matter of fact, the science of Iowa, of the world, is abundantly richer today than twenty-five years ago, and this advance is owing in almost every case to the activity of men set by school or college, each in his place, to teach. Before setting in order, as may be, the history of Iowa botany for the quarter of a century now closing, it may be well to note in a few sentences the general progress of the science in the world. For forty years at least the great trend of science in every field and laboratory has been toward that which is imme- diately and directly practical. How better to make oil, or gas, or steel; how better to develop and manage the electric current; how more profitably to extract gold and silver from their ores; how better to raise corn or cattle; how to control disease, — these have been ostensibly the triumphant displays of science in all the later decades of our history. The men who pay the taxes, the men who pay a large part of them at least, the men who create great foundations, can see and understand and put to profit all these things, and it is therefore but natural if the children of wisdom have sought thus to be justified. But after all, our practical triumphs are again only the smaller fraction ol scientific accomplishment. Such reckoning leaves out entirely the world of our intellectual living where the influence of science of every sort has been simply omnipotent and universal. The whole world of philosophy, letters, art, is different today, — is different because of science, and all apart from any so-called practical results of scientific research — but even so, all practical triumphs are but the outcome of pure science; pure science somewhere, perchance obscurely but patiently wrought out, has made these visible achievements possible, and did research for its own dear sake but once for a single generation fail, not only would inspiration grow dull indeed but invention itself would fail and even present attainments be forgotten as are the lost arts of other days. However this may all be, whatever our evident real trend, the most con- spicuous change in all science, whether pure or applied, and no less in botany, has come in the direction of differentiation and -specialization. We have to-day all sorts of botanists, each pursuing his own particular problems. The myco- logist to-day is not presumed to know the number of chromosomes in the nucleus of a lily, nor does the paleobotahist seek the identity of the algal component of the lichens ; albeit he is inclined in these later days to search with Chodat the structure of woody stems, a line of simple investigation which forty years ago led Dawson to assign seed plants to the Devonian. Exarch, mesarch, etc., suggest at last an effort to interpret the obscure beginnings of the trees. The bacteriologist smiles at Mendel’s law, and though scarce willing to admit tem- perature as as great a factor in the forms of life as in the forms of water, he begs to remark that in his earlier studies he has somewhere heard of the response which plants of every rank make to environmental changes. The taxonomist has found undreamed differentiation to engage his time and toil; oaks and haws, birches and willows, shift and change in kaleidoscopic swiftness. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 45 The man of mutations would even make you new species “while you wait”; all going to show that the entire taxonomy of plants must be recast, and that as much awaits the toil of future students as though Linne had never lived. Nor is this all: the ecologist has found a place for himself: he takes the^ field; all forms of vegetation fall into the circles of his pre-established order; plant societies stand all about us, their members stiffly bowing, as if bound in a social code to whose rigorous behests the etiquette of St. James or Hindostan may offer resemblance but surely nothing parallel. To such perfection of ad- justment in relationship have the plants thus come, in the mind of the ecologist at any rate, that no doubt presently altruism, socialism, hedonism, not to say hegemony, and all the more special prerogatives of recent sociological science, will trace their beginnings to the masterly attainments of the vegetable world; our courses in political and social science may begin at last in wide chapters in plant ecology, perchance permitting the poor, long-patient, frazzled amoeba and slime-mould to find a much needed rest, for a season. But in all seriousness, botany may no longer find expression in a single volume; within practically twenty-five years it has broken into many sciences, each of which shows devotees and a literature of its own. The work of tins Academy in the period named has touched these several botanical sciences every one. The taxonomist, the lineal descendant of Linnaeus, still has a place among us. His work, perhaps earliest undertaken, is still far from finished, and a biologic survey of the state is needed, if for naught else, at least to show how very incomplete is still our knowledge of the kinds of plants that have their home in Iowa. Even a mere census of plants is to-day impossible, because these have not yet been sought out and gathered in herbaria, and so far made accessible to students. The morphologist has begun his problem upon Iowa plants as he has upon those of the world at large; the mycologist and the bacteriologist as well, while the ecologist is almost too late upon the field and is frightened lest the progress of civilization, I mean of human occupancy and trespass, may not presently sweep away his problems forever, or ever he see them fairly stated. The paleobotany of our domain has been scarcely touched, although both the Carboniferous^ and the Cretaceous, the two great herbaria of the ancient world, are well displayed within our limits. What has been done affects fragmental materials chiefly; scraps along the shores of physiographic drift: the great body of material is yet to be gathered and made to yield its message, ere we shall see again pictures of Iowa’s paleozoic, mesozoic, or even neozoic flora. But it is time perhaps that this paper should assume something of concrete- ness, take on real historic form, and tell as a matter of fact the doings of Iowa botanists for five and twenty years. To begin with, I find on close inspection that the number of those upon our rolls expressing preference for our science is just sixty-one. Of these, twenty are entered as fellows, forty-one as members or associates. Of the total number, those concerned in single fields of botanical research are few; nearly all are naturalists in the broader sense; incident partly to the fact already mentioned; all, or nearly all, are teachers. In the work reported, the taxonomists lead. The moving spectacle of nature, the snapshots of creation which men today name species, have for us all a wonderful fascination, even though more and more convinced that these abide 46* IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE not. Mendel’s law, the rule of mathematical probabilities, the fascination of strange mutations — of old the gardeners called them sports — , as students we cannot let these alone; charmed are we by the very instability which baffles all our scheming. We have now within the state several great collections of flowering plants. The munificence of Hon. O. M. Olsen and the industry of Mr. Somes have brought together a large collection of flowering plants at Ft. Dodge. Mr. and Mrs. Fitzpatrick have amassed a fine collection at Lamoni. They have perhaps an almost complete collection of the flowering plants of Iowa. The great collections of the University and the State College have been brought together in large part during the twenty-five years we celebrate. In the herb- arium of the University the work of Professor Shimek and Miss Cavanagh has been most effective. No historic reference to this herbarium would be complete which fails to take account of one or two of its most valuable treasures. In 1893 the University herbarium received as a gift a large set of duplicates from the British Museum, embracing thousands of sheets from various parts of the world. In 1892 the University received a car-load of fossil cycadoidean stems from the. Black Hills of South Dakota. To science these old plant remains are simply invaluable. Every Iowan, at least, will take pleasure in the fact that the col- lection is, as a whole, unrivalled and further that in it is found the most perfect specimen of the sort so far discovered. From this was taken the flower which gives the chief ornament to the monograph recently published by the Carnegie Institute at Washington. In 1909 the herbarium was by the gift of Mrs. L. V. Morgan, still further ■enriched in being made the depositary of the magnificent herbarium, chiefly mycologic, accumulated during his life by her distinguished husband, Professor A. P. Morgan of Ohio. These collections taken with the Wingate collection of slime-moulds, secured in 1898, and the myxomycete herbarium of Professor M. F. Peck, also now at the University, make the entire mycologic property of the University certainly as rich as any on this continent. We have had also collections of other cryptogams. The pteridophytes of the state have been probably all assembled by Professor Shimek, and are also to be found in several collections more or less completely represented. The Les- quereux mosses are at the State University and to these have been added very • many representing the Iowa flora. At the State College through the industry of Professor Pammel and his assistants, most of the parasitic forms associated with plant disease, have place. The Fitzpatricks too, have given attention to this field and have at Lamoni a by no means inconsiderable herbarium of fungi with other cryptogamic plants. Professor Fink, now of Oxford, has probably every Iowa species of lichen represented in his collections. So much for collections and herbaria. But this is only one side of the work of our taxonomists; some of these have been great publishers as well as great collectors. Professor Pammel in his work on poisonous and injurious plants has done a great deal of thorough taxonomic work — his book on poisonous plants is famous, so is his volume on “Weeds of the Farm and Garden.” His Grasses of Iowa constitutes so far the most valuable of the Bulletins published by the State Geologic Survey. He has enjoyed the assistance of a long list of helpers, some of whom are enrolled with us and some of whom we name later. A printed list of publications brought out by the staff of the Botanical Depart-' IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 47 ment at tliB State College, entitled “Contributions, Etc., Vol. I,” gives a long list of papers down to 1898. This pamphlet is made a part of the present record and its data will be found with other lists in the appendix following. Professor Fitzpatrick sends me a list of thirty-four papers, most of which are on taxonomy. In these researches he has frequently encountered the name of Rafinesque and Ills fine volume discussing the merits of the eccentric French taxonomist certainly should have mention here. The late Mr. Frederic Reppert of Muscatine and his long-time friend, the lamented Superintendent F. M. Witter, both well remembered by many here, have ceased from labor; but that story of botany in Iowa will be incomplete indeed that takes not account of these enthusiastic and skillful men. Mr. Reppert was ©specially a student of the Naiads and Potamogetons, a vexed and ■difficult group, and Professor Witter especially turned attention in his later years to similar investigations. Both are represented in the published “Flora ■of Scott and Muscatine counties” by Barnes, Reppert and Miller, and the Rep- pert herbarium is now in the State University. Mr. Robert Coombs has published the plants of Cienfuego and the medicinal plants of Cuba for the United States government. Mr. R. I. Cratty has published the sedges of Iowa and the woody plants of Emmet county, and has listed and distributed many sets of the flora of the northwest. Under the direction of the Geological Survey, Professor Pammel, as already stated, has discussed Iowa grasses. Professor Shimek has published much on the flora of Iowa, especially the trees and shrubs. His work will be mentioned again under the head of ■ecology, but hits paper on the Oaks is standard, and his account of the Pteri- dophyta of Nicaragua is the recognized authority for that part of the world. Professor Pink has published the seed-plants of Payette county, and Mr. C. R. Ball has made notable contributions to our knowledge of grasses and of Ameri- can willows; in the latter group he is now the American authority. The Hon. Wesley Greene, our esteemed Secretary of the Iowa Horticultural Society, has published a check list embracing all the plants known to our limits at the time •of issue, including cryptogams. In the same line of work, Mr. H. A. Mueller has published lists of the flora of Madison county, notably considering shrubs and trees, and Professor Wylie has recently brought out an account of the more common aquatic plants in the northern lakes. In the line of cryptogamic botany we have had numerous explorers, investi- gators, and practical workers. Professor Ross has been long busy with the sanitation of Des Moines, its water-supply, and has published several bacter- iological papers. Professor Bates has done a similar work in Cedar Rapids. Dr. Albert has maintained the bacteriological laboratory at the University and lias done much work relative to typhoid. He writes upon the problems of immunity and infection as concerns this dreaded fever. Dr. Albert’s latest ■essay has appeared in the Journal of Medical Science as lately as February, 1912. His work is everywhere recognized. • Professor Pammel has published much concerning bacterial diseases of plants; he has isolated and identified one or more pathogenic microbes and has stimulated in this field research in -every dirction. Dr. R. E. Buchanan, formerly of the State College, has done a great deal of bacteriological work, publishing papers especially on root bac- teria. He has besides written one of the few volumes on veterinary bacteriology. 48 IOWA ACADEMY t)F SCIENCE When we turn to mycology pure and simple we have abundant material at our disposal. Professor Arthur began by publishing in Iowa his famous re- searches on the rusts, and during all these years papers on rusts and smuts- have been issuing from our State College laboratories in number too great for present citation. He and Mr. Holway have at the same time issued several- volumes of exsiccati in the same group. Professor Pammel and Miss King, Dr. Buchanan, Dr. Hume, and others have made applied botany at Ames renowned, and many of the pages of our reports tell of their ever increasing industry. Dr. Buchanan has furthermofe placed all students of fresh water algae in Iowa and the entire northwest under obligations by his most convenient descriptive key to these difficult microscopic plants. Professor G. W. Wilson, now of North Carolina, published from Fayette several important mycological papers, among them those of chief importance are the “Studies of the North American Peronosporales'’ Professor Fink, now of Oxford, Ohio, in a long series of papers, ending in that on the Lichens of Minnesota, as a contribution of the -United States National Museum Series, has reviewed not the lichens of Iowa only, but virtually those of the entire country. Mr. J. P. Anderson, formerly of Lamoni, has given us a descriptive list of the Erysiphales which, within the limits set, is certainly as carefully prepared and as discriminating as anything we have in English; and Dr. Hume, now of Florida, has published a preliminary sketch of the mycologic flora of distant Colorado. Dr. A. S. Beach has given us a book on the diseases of the bean, and Professor Frederick Rolfs a paper on Corticium vagans, a new disease of the potato. Mr. F. J. Seaver, now of Bronx Park, New York, has published a book describing all known Iowa Discomycetes, and more recently a second vol- ume on the Hypocreales of North America. Your present historian has placed upon the record an account of some of the saprophytes, polypores, mushrooms, puff-balls of the state and has endeavored so far as he might to set in order for the continent the notorious slime-moulds. Turning now to morphological research we have some thirty titles. When we reflect that all work in this line must perforce take origin in the relatively few laboratories of Iowa, the list is creditable indeed. • At the State College, Mr. Stewart, Miss Sirrine, and Miss Emma Pammel (the lamented Mrs. Hansen) have considered the structure of leaves; Miss Bigelow, the glands of Ptelea; Mr. V/eaver, the spores of ferns; Dr. Buchanan and Mr. Faurot, the styles of the composites; Miss Fogel (Mrs. Buchanan), the morphology of roots; and Dr. Pammel and Misses Sirrine and Robb, the histology of the coverings of certain seeds. Professor Conard has published studies in the histology of ferns, and the spore-formation of Ly cogala; Mr. Hawkins is the author of an article on the sporangium of Equisetum, and Professor Wylie on the Morphology of Eloclea; while Professor Gow has given account of karyokinesis in corn, and has pub- lished studies of the aroids; and Mr. Knupp has illustrated for our pages the flowers of Myriophyllum. Professor Frye, now of Washington, has a paper on the embryo-sac of Casuarina; and Professor Fink an article on the pollination of the tomato. The present writer has described the grosser structure of the Dakota cycads and some features of their histology. He has also given account of a number of fossil stem-fragments gathered from our Iowa drift. Some IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49 carboniferous plant-remains have also been studied and described. In this con- nection it is proper to mention a report presented some years since before the Academy, descriptive of a wonderful m,oss-deposit discovered beneath the Kansas clays of Fayette county. Finally, in ecology, a vast deal of unnoted, even unnoticed -work has emanated from the State College. Professor Pammel has published one of the few text- books on this fascinating but little recognized branch of our beautiful science. The same' indefatigable author, assisted by Miss Rolfs, has published an essay on the pollination of the composites, and assisted by Miss Alice Beach, another on the fertilization of the curcurbits. During a series of years. Miss Charlotte King has prepared an annual report to the State Horticultural Society on the phenology of Iowa vegetation. Professor Fink has been a prolific publisher and has many ecological papers tb his credit, the latest entitled ''The Composition of a Desert Liehen Flora." Professor Shimek has related ecology to geology by his flora of the St. Peter’s Sandstone, and flora of the Sioux Quartzite; while by his published discussion of prairie and forest, and especially by -his argument that the loess is an ecological problem, he has changed the pleistocene geology of the continent if not of the world. Under the title "The Staminate Flower of Elodea," Professor Wylie presents some remarkable ecological adaptations in the floAvers of that interesting plant. Messrs. Fawcett and Dudyear of Ames have studied the variations in the ray flowers of the composites; Miss Edna Pammel, variations in clover; Professor Pammel, the germination and growth of leguminous seeds; and Mr. F. W. Faurot, the growth and development of Astragalus caryocarpus. Such, members of this Academy, .is the briefest outline sketch of our work in botany during the years we name. The details are found in hundreds of papers and pamphlets or volumes; but, as stated in the beginning of this review, even a published list of all published pages, title by title, would tell of only a smallest fraction of the work really done by members of this Academy for science and for the state. I may not better state this than by quoting a few words from one of the most tireless and efficient of men here represented as lately he Avrote me, sending a long list of important publications: “My life has been varied; lecturing, teaching, investigating, talking to institutes, farmers’ associations, everything; and the years have gone;” As stated at the outset, much of the Amried employment of our people has been incident to our position as organizers of the educational institutions of our commonwealth and of the country. Hardly one of us but has found himself compelled in these undiffer- entiated beginnings to teach more than a single subject. At the University since my connection with its honored staff the same men have taught botany, geology, zoology, Avhat was called biology, and a class or two in English or mathematics! Much more has this been true in other colleges. As time passes this situation ameliorates more and more, and the next tAventy-five years will bring, we believe, to all our toilers, wider opportunities. Under this greater freedom, methods will change. Since Darwin’s time, not here but everywhere, perhaps of necessity, teaching and book-making have been emphasized; not- withstanding the master’s oft-repeated injunction, “Try it, try it,” like that other master’s “prove all things,” naturalists have simply indulged their far- inherited tendencies to disputation; argument has been dominant and experi- ment recessive. 4 50 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE But then, there are surely signs of change. Instead of lying easily content — as we are all, more or less inclined to do, content in the dicta of great teachers — the whole world is now once more alert, searching if these things be so. We no longer assert natural selection; we strive to make nature select before our eyes, and so attack the riddle of life’s kaleidoscopic panorama. The work of Neilson, De Vries, and even Burbank, discredited as he may be by the peripatetic theorizer — the work of such men is full of suggestion for the richness of future botanical science. Argument shall at length become recessive, and dominant shall be the experimental search for truth; so that when in another twenty- five years many of the members of this Academy now sitting before us, shall again gather here to celebrate the full half-century of our story, the list of published articles may not be longer, but their content shall have helped, at least, to change for intellectual humanity, the face of nature; spring shall return with a newer bloom; the flowers shall shine with an added lustre; new forms^ and varieties shall adorn our parks and forests; the fungi still shall weave their web of intricacy, but under guidance of man acting in presence of ascer- tained fact, shall contribute their exhaustless energy to the promotion of utility and beauty; and botany shall begin to show itself, as it really is, the most fascinating, productive, beautiful, and withal, instructive science of this world. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 51 APPENDIX TO TWENTY-FIVE YEARS OP BOTANY IN IOWA. Much difficulty has been experienced in securing the data requisite for com- plete presentation of this subject. To a letter of inquiry sent to members and associates, but fourteen replies came back. The content of these replies is the basis of what here immediately precedes. The papers reported have been arranged by topic tentatively as follows: Bacteriology 9 Ecology 20 Economic 20 Morphology 39 Mycology 16 Paleobotany 4 Taxonomy 130 Here then are the lists as enumerated. Some are mentioned in more than one list, since taxonomy, for instance, may concern mycology, or paleobotany be morphological. The Bibliography of Iowa Botany for the twenty-five years, 1888-1912, inclusive, may be arranged under several separate heads: ' I. Bacteriology. II. Ecology and Physiology. III. Economic, not I. or V. IV. Morphology. V. Mycology. VI. Paleobotany. VII. Taxonomy; except as in V. BACTERIOLOGY. Dr. Henry Albert — Typhoid Bacilli Carriers. Journal Iowa State Medical Society, September, 1911, and American Journal of Public Plealth, February. 1908. Reactions Induced by Antityphoid Vaccination — American Journal of Medical Sci- ences, February, 1912. Diphtheria ; a Statistical Study of Certain Laboratory and Clinical Observations. The Journal of Infectious Diseases, Vol. 4, No. 2, April 10, 1907, pp. 210-218. The Opsonic Index and Vaccine Therapy. Iowa Medical Journal, Vol. 14, August 15, 1907, p. 68. Pseudo-Membraneous Inflammation of the Throat. Iowa Medical Journal, Vol. 14, October 15, 1907, No. 4. Professor C. O. Bates— Clear Water for Cedar Rapids and How to Get It. Dr. R. E. Buchanan — Notes on a Thermophilic Bacillus. Proc. la. Acad., Vol. XH. Professor A. Marston — With Elmina Wilson : Data of Sewage and Sewage Disposal. I. Eng., 1 : No. 3. With L. H. Pammel et al. : Preliminary Data for the Design of the Proposed Sewage Disposal System, City of Marshalltown. Marshalltown, 1900. With J. B. Weems and L. H. Pammel : The Iowa State College Sewage Disposal Plant and Investigation. Bull. la. St. Coll., 1900. Professor L. H. Pammel — Notes on the Bacteriological Analysis of Water. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. VIII. Public Water and Ice Supplies and Disposal of Sewage. Proc. la. Eng. Soc., Vol. XV. Bacteriological Investigations of the Ames Sewage Disposal Plant. Centralbl. f. Bakt, u. Infektions-Krankheiten. Abt. H., 9 :89. 52 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE Some Municipal Water Problems. Proc. la. Acad., Vol. XIV. Bacteriosis of Rutabaga. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 27. An Aromatic Bacillus of Cheese, Bacillus aromaticus. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 21 :791, 1 pi. ‘ Some Bacteriological Work-in the Dairy. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 21:6-13. Bacteria, Their Relation to - Modern Medicine, the Arts, and Industries. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1 : pt. 4:66-91. Notes from the Botanical Laboratory of Iowa Agricultural College. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1: pt. 4:93-97. Nitrification. Vis Medicatrix.- February, 1892, separate 5 pp. Bacteriological Investigations of the Ames Sewage Disposal Plant. Centralbl. f. Bakt. Parasitenk. und Infektion. Abt. II, 9 :89-107, 3 pi. Beggiatoa alha and the Dying of Fish in Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1 : pt. I, 90. With Robert Combs. Some Notes on Chromogenic Bacteria. Proc la. Acad. Sci. 3:135-140. Symbiosis. The Vis Medicatrix. 1 :96-99 ; 159-162. Kramer’s Bacteriology (and other Notes on Bacteria). 1:99. 163. Bacteria of Milk, Cream and Cheese with Exhibition of Cultures. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1 ; pt. 11:19-20. Morphology and Development of Astasia arterospora and Bacillus tumescens. Brown Rot of Cruciferous Plants. Am. Nat. 32:287-291. Characters in Bacteria. Agr. S'ci. 1892: 378-380. Some Recent Work in Bacteriology as Related to Agriculture. Agr. Sci. 1892 r 380, 383. , Bacterial Diseases of the Sugar Beet. Agr. Sci. 1892:383-385, Pigment Microorganism. Agr. Sci. 1892 :385-386. Recent Bacteriological Work. Agr. Sci. 8:114-119. Bacteriosis of Rutabaga. Bull la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 27 :130-131, pi. 1. Microscop. Jour. 1895:145-151. With Emma Pammel. Contribution on the Gases Produced by Bacteria. Centralbl, l.f. Bakt. Parasitik. u. Infektionskrankheiten II Abt., 1896, 2:633-650 pi. 5 Separate Contr. Bot. Dept. ia. Agr. Coll. 2. With J. B. Weems. An Investigation of Some Iowa Sewage Disposal Systems. Centralbl. fur. Bakt. u. Parasitenk. 2 Abt. 13 :395-407, 4 f. With Estelle D. Fpgel. . Some Railroad Water Supplies. Proc, la. Acad., Vol. XII. With R. E. Buchanan and Edna L. King. Some Bacteriological Examinations of Iowa Waters. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 9:111-126. Professor L. S. Ross — An Observation on the Number of Bacteria in Des Moines School Buildings. 1906, two pages. . Apparatus for Plating Out Petri Dishes in the Field. 1905, two pages, one plate. A Case of the Isolation of Diptheria Bacilli , From a Post Mortem; 1098 Abstract. No plate. Mr. L. R. Walker — ' Bacteriological Investigations of the Iowa State College Sewage, Proc la. Acad. Vol. VIII. ECOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Winfield Dudgeon — A Study of the Variation of the Number of Ray-flowers of Certain Compositae. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. XIV. H. . S. Fawcett — Variation in Ray-flowers of Anthemis, cotiila and other composites. Proc. Ia. Acad., Vol. XII. Professor Bruce Fink — Ecological Distribution an Incentive to the Study of Lichens, 1902. Some Common Types of Lichen Formations, . 1903. Some Talus Cladonia Formations, 1903. A Lichen Society of a Sandstone Rip-rap, 1904. The Gynaecocentric Theory and the Sexes in Plants. 1908. Miss Ada Hayden— The Algal Flora of the Missouri Botanical Garden, Rept. Mo. Bot. Gard. .21:1-48, pi. 1-5; 1910. An Ecological Study of a Prairie Province in Central Iowa. 1911. ( Thesis for M. S. Degree at I. S. C. unpublished.) 53 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Mr. E. R. Hodson — Phenological Observations on the Growth of corn. Mo. Riv. la. Weath. & Crop Service, Oct 1898. Charlotte M. King — Phenological Notes for 1901. Trans.. St. Plort, S'oc., 1901 :114-130. Phenological, Notes . for 1902., Trans. St Hort Soc. , 1902 : 131-147. Phenological Notes for 1903. Trans. St Hort Soc. 1903: 113-122. Observations on the Phenology of Plants at Ames Trans. St. Hort. Soc. 1904 : 114- 137. Phenological Notes for 1905. Trans. St. Hort. Soc. 1905 : 204-212. Phenology Notes, 1906. Trans. St. Hort. Soc. 1906:203-218. Phenology Notes, 1907. Trans. St Hort Soc. 1907 :230-251. Phenology Notes for 1908. Trans. St. Hort. Soc., 1908: 276-297. Phenological Notes. Blooming dates for Iowa' Plants, 1909. Trans. St. Hort. S'oc. 1909:239-248. Notes Phenology, Ames, 1910, Trans. St. Hort. Soc. 1910:211-224. Notes on the Blooming Time of Iowa Plants, 1911. Trans. St. Hort. Soc. 1911: 201-211,. Forest Preservation in Iowa. Trans. St. Hort Soc. 1902 :60-63. A Summer Outing in Iowa. Plant World 5 :222-225. Nature in Life and Education. Trans. St Hort. Soc. 1905: 90-93. Professor L. H. Pammel — ■ - The Geographical Distribution of Plants. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 2g. A Comparative Study of the Vegetation of Swamp, Clay and Sandstone Areas in Western Wisconsin, Southeastern Minnesota, Northeastern, Central and South- eastern Iowa. Proc. Dav. Acad. Vol. X. Quince Fruit With an Immense Number of Seeds. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. VII. Climate as a Factor in the Development of Plants. la. Agriculturist, Vol. II. Preliminar:/ Notes on the Flora of Western Iowa, especially from the Physiograph- ical-ecological Standpoint. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. IX. Climate and Plants. Monthly Review of la. Weather & Crop Service. '2:6-12, Oct. 1891. . Phenological Notes' for 1892; Proc. ,Ia. Acad. Sci. 1:46-61: Separate 1-15. Climate and its Effect on the Quality of Apple. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 27 :132- 138. Phenological Notes. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club. 19:375-382. Old Lake Vegetation in Hamilton Co., low’a. Plant World. 2:42-45, Z f. Same Ecological Notes on the Muscatine Flora. Plant World. 2:181-186, 2 f. Some Changed Conditions of Our Flora Incident to the Settlement of the State. Proc. Soc. Prom*. Agr. Sci. 1901:107-112, Separate 6 p. Rare Plant;? and Their Disappearance. Plant World 5 :151-152. Our Vanishing Wild Flowers. Plant World. 5 :173-175^. pZ. 16-20. Some Ecological Notes on the Vegetation of the Uintah Mountains. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 10:57-68, pi. 15-22. Contr. Bot. Dept. la. St. Coll. Agr. & Mech. Arts. 22. Phenological Notes. Proc.. la. Acad. Sci. 1: Pt.' II :12-13. A Trip Among the Rockies. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 1901:333-335. With F. G. Miller. . A Study on the Germination and Growth of Leguminosae, especially with reference to large and small seed. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 62. Flower Ecology. 157, 56 f. Carroll, 1893. Ecology, 364, 181 f. Carroll, 1903. Notes on the Pollination of Rhus. Science 21:331. With Charlotte M. King. Pollination of Clover. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 18:35-45, 3 f. With Alice M. Beach. Pollination of Cucurbits. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 2 : 146-152, pZ. 11-13. A Lecture on the Pollination of Flowers, Delivered at the State Horticultural Soc. Jan. 1892. Cross and Self-Fertilization in Plants, a Paper read at the Meet- • ing of Eastern Iowa Hort. Soc., Dec. 1891, and The Effects of Cross Fertilza- tion in Plants, read at the Meeting of the Northern la. Hort. Soc. Rep. la. St. Hort. So. 27 :439, Dec. 1891. Separate 57 pages, ^5 Some Results Obtained in Crossing Cucurbits. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 28:320-322. On the Crossing of Cucurbits. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 19 :597-600. Results of Crossing Cucurbits. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. S'ta. 23 :906-917. Edna C. Pammel and Clarissa Clark — Studies in Variation of Red Clover. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. XVHI. 54 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE I’. A. SiRRINE — Notes on Methods of Cross-Pollination. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 13 :87-92. Professor B. Shimek — The Flora of the St. Peter Sandstone, 1904. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. la. Vol. V. The Prairies, 1911. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. la. Vol. VI The Flora of the Sioux Quartzite, 1897, 1898. Proc. la. Acad, Vols. IV & V. The Distribution of Forest Trees in Iowa, 1900. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. VII. Living Plants as Geological Factors, 1903. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. X. The Genesis of the Loess in Plant Ecology, 1909. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. XV. Prairie Openings in the Forest, 1912. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. XVH. Flora of Winneshiek Co., 1906. Rep. la. Geol. Surv. Vol XVI. Botany of Harrison and Monona Counties, 1910. Rep. la. Geol. Surv. Vol. XX. ECONOMICS OR APPLIED BOTANY. C. R. Ball — Seed-testing ; Its Importance, History, and Some of its Results. Contr. la St. Coll. 9. Seed-testing. Bull. la. St. Coll. 36. The Purity and Vitality of Grass-seeds, Bull. la. Geol. Surv. 1 :164. Robert Combs — Sugar-producing Grasses. Bull. la. Geol. Surv. 1:233. H. S. Fawcett — ' The Viability of Weed-seeds under Different Conditions of Treatment and a Study of their Dormant Periods. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. XV. Professor B. Fink — What Our Schools May do for Forestry. la. State Register Dec. 2, 1904. The Pruning of our Ornamental Trees. Proc. la. Pk. & For. Assoc. 1904. Lichens, Their Economic Role. The Plant World. Vol. IX. 1906. Harrietts S. Kellogg — Economic Fiber Plants of Iowa. Trans. la. Hort. Soc. 38:124-127. Folk-use of Medicinal Plants. Trans. la. St. Hort. S'oc. 39:143-148. Professor T. H. Macbride — Present Status of Iowa Parks. Proc. la. Park and For. Assoc. Vol. II, p. 1. Plan and Plant. Proc. la. Park and For. Assoc. Vol. HI. p. 8. Civic Improvement in Iowa. Proc. la. Park and For. Assoc., Vol. IV, p. 3. The Farmstead ; its Landscape Architecture. Proc. la. Park and Forest Assoc. Vol. V, p. 81. The Fauna of Town and Park. Proc. la. Park and For. Assoc. Vol. V, 119. County Parks. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. HI. p. 91. 1895. Forestry Notes for Humboldt Co., An. Rep. la. Geol. Surv. XI, p. 150. Forestry Notes for Clay and O’Brien Co.’s, Rep. la. Geol. Surv. XI. p. 499. Forestry Notes for Dickinson and Osceola Co.’s, Rep. la. Geol. Surv. XVIII. 228. Forestry Notes for Sac and Ida Co.’s, Rep. la. Geol. Surv. XVI, p. 549. Forestry Notes for Cherokee and Buena Vista Co.’s, Rep. la. Geol. Surv. XII, p. 344. Forestry Notes for Dubuque Co. Rep. la. Geol. Surv. Vol. X, p. 623. Forestry Notes for Johnson Co. Rep, la. Geol. Surv. Vol. XII, p. 105. Forestry Notes for Emmet and Palo Alto Co.’s, with R. I. Cratty. Rep. la. Geol. Surv. Vol. XV. The Okoboji Lakeside Laboratory. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. — p. — Forest Distribution in Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. Ill, p. 96. Professor L. H. Pammel — Present Conditions of Iowa Forests. Proc. la. Pk. & Forestry Assoc. 3:53-75. What the College Has Done for Park and Forestry During the Last Thirty Years. Proc. la. Pk. and For. Assoc. 4: 51-70. Present View-point of Forestry and Civic Improveipent. President’s Address Meeting la. Pk. & Forestry Assoc. Trans. la. Pk. & Forestry Assoc. 5 : 2 5-4 4. President’s Address 6th Annual Meeting la. Pk. &, Forestry Assoc. Proc. la. Pk. & Forestry Assoc. 6 : 19-3.8. With Estelle D. Fogel. A Catalogue of the Poisonous Plants of Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 14:147-176, J/ f. Contr. Bot. Dept. la. St. Coll. Agr. & Mech. Arts. 37. With Robert Combs. Some Botanical Notes on Corn. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 36 :849-855, 8 f. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 55 Loco Weeds. The Vis Medicatrix. 1 : 4 0-4 2. A Manual of Poisonous Plants Chiefly of Eastern North America, with Brief Notes on Economic and Medicinal Plants and Numerous Illustrations. 977-1-14 //75 f.. and 76 pi. The Torch Press, Cedar Rapids, 1911. With G. M. Lummis. The Germination of Weed Seeds. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agr. Sci. 24:89-100. Quack and Wheat Grasses. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 83 :397-421. Popular Edi- tion, W. H. Ogilvie, 397-402. Exterminating Quack Grass. Pres. Bull. la. S't. Coll. Exp. Sta. 11 :l-4. 2 f. An Address on Weeds. Proc. St. Assoc. County Supervisors. 13 :4-9. The Weeds Of Roadsides. Proc. la. Good Roads Assoc. 1905 :30-35. The Canada Thistle and Dandelion. Bull. la. Agr. Coll. Exp. Sta. 61:143-148. f. 2-6. With Charlotte M. King. A few Troublesome Weeds. Press Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 23:1-4, f. 1-5. The Use of Our Wild Flowers for the Garden. la. Horticulture, 1 :210-220, 2 f. 1908, Holding Railway Banks with. Brass. Railroad Age Gazette. 54:743, 2 f. Canada Thistle. Press Bull. la. St. Coll, Exp. Sta. 12 :l-2, 1 f. Vergiftungen durch Wasserscheierling. Pharm. Rundschau. 13:102-103, f. 1-5. .. Weeds of Corn Fields. Bull. la. Agr. Exp, Sta. 39 :23-52, 22 f. Rep. la. St. Agr. Soc. 44:467-491, 22 /. Some Weeds of Iowa. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 70:294-545. 169 f. Popular edition of the same, 293-372, 62 f. Distribution of Some Weeds in the United States, especially Iva Vanthiifolia, Lactuca Scariola, Solanum carolinense and Solanum rostratum. Proc. la, Acad, of Sci. 2:103-127. The Weedy Plants of Iowa. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agr. Sci. 1900. Separate 5 p. The Methods for Exterminating Milkweed, Horse Nettle, Dropseed Grass, Fox- tail, Squirreltail, Mustard, Butter-print, and Morning Glory. Press Bull, la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 13 :l-5, 1 f. The Problem of Weeds in the West, Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 15:34-46, 8 pi. Contr. Bot. Dept, la. St. Coll. Agr. & Mech. Arts. 44. Two Noxious Weeds in Iowa. Bull. la. Agr. Exp, Sta, 28:199-228, 6 f. Notes on Some Introduced Plants in Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Sci, 4:110-118. Some Troublesome Weeds of the Mustard Family. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. S'ta 34:656-686, 15 f. Some Troublesome Weeds. Rep. Iowa St. Agr. Soc. 1894:523-539, 7f., 2 pi. Some Obnoxious Weeds of Iowa. Rep. la. St. Agr. Soc. 1893 :436-450, 6 f. Report of the Dept, of Botany, Biennial Rept. la. Agr. Coll. 1889:42-48. The Russian Thistle. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 38:1-24, 15 f. Botany of Russion Thistle. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. S'ta. 26:8-25. 20 f. Squirrel-tail Grass or Wild Barley. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 30:302-319, 6 f. Two Noxious Weeds. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 28:199-214, 8 f. Poisoning from Cowbane, Cicuta Maculata L. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta 28 -215-218 6 f. • ’ Weeds of the Farm and Garden. 281, 161 f, 1 pi. New York. Orange Judd Co., 1911, A Talk on Weeds. An Address delivered before the County Road School, Clin- ton County, Iowa, 1910, with an appendix describing a few weeds. 55, si f Ames, 1910. A Few Lessons on Weeds, Prepared especially for the Dallas County Schools. Carolyn E. Forgrave Supt. 21, 18 f., Adel. i912. Poisonous and Medical Plants of Missouri. Bull. Mo. St. Board of Hort. 14:1-46, f. 1-26. With Charlotte M, King. Notes on the Eradication of Weeds with Experiments Made in 1907 and 1908. Bull. Exp. S'ta, la St. Coll, of Agr. & Mech. Arts. 105:261-300, 19 f. Some Desirable Shrubs for the Lawn. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 35 :1 9 4-19 6. Division of Agrostology U, S. Dept, of Agr The Gentlemen Farmer. June 1897 : 5.09-514, IS f. What I he United States Government is Doing for Forestry, Proc. la. Pk. and Forestry Assoc. 1 :57-70, 16 pi. Progress of Forestry in the United States During the Past Year. Proc. la, Pk. and Forestry Assoc. 2 : 18-30. Lines of Investigation Inviting Open to Botanists. Proc. Am. Assoc. Agri, Coll, and Exp. Sta. 16:115-116. Botanical Papers Presented at the New Orleans Meeting of the Amer. Assoc, of Agr. Coll. & Exp. Sta. 18:25-28. 56 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Botany in the Agricultural Cilleges. Proc. Assoc. Agr. Coll. & Exp. .S'ta. 17:168- 170. ■ ■ Tbe^ Use of our Wild Flowers for . the Garden. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 1901. 1^8-175, 5 lol. ' SEEDS. ■■ Seed Legislation, Its Uses and Abuses. Proc. Amer. Seed Trade Assoc. 27^:60-65. Some Seed Studies. Proc. Soc. Prom, Agr, Sci. 28:168-172, Separate 5 p. With Charlotte M. King. Delayed Germination. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 15:20-32. 1 pi. Contr. Bot. Dept. la. St, Coll. Agr. & Mech. Arts. 45. With Charlotte M. King. Results of Seed Investigations for 1908-1909. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 115 :152-177. If. With Charlotte M. King. Results of Seed Investigations for 1907, Bull. ia. .Vgr. Exp. Sta. 99 :71-91. Popular Edition C. V. Gregory, 14 p. 1 f. The Histology of the Caryopsis and Endosperm of Some Grasses. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis. 8:199-220, pi. 17-19. Published also as Contr. S'haw School of Bot. Wash. Univ. With R. E. Buchanan & Charlotte M. King. The A^itality, Adulteration and Impurities of Clover, Alfalfa, and Timothy Seed for Sale in Iowa in 1906. Bull. Exp. Sta. Ia. Coll. Agr. '& Mech. Arts. 88-69. 19 f. Professor B. Shimek — Forestry in Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. IX, 1902.. Botany in its Relationship to Good Citizenship, Presidential Address, Proc. Ia. Acad. Vol. XII, 1905. Wood-preservation. Woodcraft, Vol. VI, Mar. 1907. The Relation of Forestry to Engineering. Proc. Ia. Eng. Soc. 1909. The Conservation of our Woodlands Rep. Ia. Dr. Waterways & Conserv. Com. 1909. The Pioneer and the Forest. Proc. Miss. Vail. Assoc. 1910. Forestry Bill. Proc. la. Pk. & For. Assoc. Vol. I, 1902. Sod and Soddtng.Rep. Ia. Hort. Soc. A^ol. XLIII, 1909. Conservation. Rep. la. Hort. Soc. Vol. XLV, 1911. Future Use of Soft-wood Groves. low’a State Register, Dec. 2, 1904. MORPHOLOGY. C. n. Ball — An Anatomical Study of the Leaves of Erac/rostis. Proc. Ia. Acad. Vol. IV. Cassie M. Bigelow — Study of the Blands of the Hop Tree. Proc; la. Acad. Vol. XI^, 1904. R. E. Buchanan — A contribution to our Knolwedge of the Development of Prunus americana. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. YI. 1903. Robert Combs — Histology of the Corn Leaf. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. V. Professor PI. S. Conard — Homology of the Tissues in Ferns. Proc. Ia. Acad. Vol. XIV, 1907. S'pore-Formation ot Lycogala exiguum. Proc. la. Acad. XVII, 1910. Structure and Life-history of the Hay-scented Fern. Car. Bull. 94, 1907. P’. W. Faurot — Notes on, the Early Development of Astragahis cary scarp us. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. •VIII, 1900. Professor Bruce Fink — Contributions to the Life History of Rumex. Minn. Bot. Studies, 1899. Pollination and Reproduction of Lycopersicum esculentum. Minn. Bot. Studies, 1896. Prfessor T. C. Frye — The Embryo-sac of Casuarina stricta. Bot. Gaz. Vol. 36, 1908. Professor James E. Gow — Studies in Karyo Kinesis. Proc. Ia. Acad. Vol. XIY, 1907. L. H. Hawkins — The Development of the Sporangium -of Equisetum hiemale. Ohio Naturalist, 1907. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 57 K. D. Knapp — The Flowers of Myriophyllum spicatum. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. XVIII, .1911. Professor L. H. Pammee — On the Seed Coats of the Genus Euphorbia. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis. 5 :543- 568. pi 12-13. Contf. ShatN School of Bot. 8. Proc. Am. Assoc. Adv. of Sci. 39: 328-329. .T. R. Burnan and Hannah Thomas. Some Studies on the Seeds and •. Fruits of Berberidaceae. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 5 : 11-2 5, pi. 12-16. On the. Seeds and Tests of Store Cruciferae. Separate from Amer. Mo. Mic. Jour. Contr. Bot. Dept., la. St. Coll, of Agr. & Mech. Arts 6, including 4' full page plates, paged, 1 pi. , Some Methods in the Study of Mature Seed. Jour. Applied Microscopy. 1 No. 3 : 3, ,6 f. Comparative Anatomy of the Corn Caryopsis. Proc. la. Acad. Sci., 5. Contr. la. Agr. College. No. 10, 5 p., 10 f, i With Luella Robb. Notes on the Histological Structure arid .Specific ' Gravity of the ' S'eeds of the Genus Pyrus. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 15 :47-55 inch PI. I & II. The Histologv of the Caryopsis and Endosperm of Some Grass.- Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis .8 :199-220, ijl. 17-19. Contr. Shaw SchoQl of BoL 12. Anatomical Characters of the Seeds of' Leguminosae, Chiefly Genera of Grav’s Manual. Trans of the Acad. Sci. of St. Louis. 9 : 9 0-2 7.3, pi. 7-S5 ; also Wash- ington Univ. Theisis for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy. 5. same paging. With Estelle D. Pogel. The Underground Organs of a Few Weeds. Proc.' la. Acad. Sci. 16:31-40, including 5 pi. • Definite Annual Growth and Its Relation to Hardiness. Trans. la. St. -Hort. Soc. 28:104-113, 1 pi. • Laboratory Guide in Plant Histology. . 30 pages. With Emma Pammel. Some Anatomical Studies of the Leaves of Sporobolus and Panicum. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 3 :148-159, 1 pi. Contr. Bot. Dept. la. Agr. Coll. 1. E.mma Sirrine — . A Study of the Leaf Anatomy of Some Species of the Genus Bromus. Proc. Ta. Acad. Sci. 4:119-125, pi. J/S. Contr. Bot. Dept. la. St. Coll- of Agr. & Mech. Arts. 4. C. B. Weaver — An Anatorical Study of the Leaves of Some Species of the Ge'-’us. Andronogon Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 4:132-137, pi. 12-15. Contr. Bot. Dept., la. Si Coll., of Agr. & Mech.. Arts. 4. A Comparative Study of the Spores of N. A. Ferns. Proc. la. Acad. Vol, ill. . MYCOLOGY. J. P. Anderson — Iowa Erysiphaceae. Proc, la. Acad. Vol, XIV. R. E. Buchanan — . Monascus- purpureus. Mycologia 2. pp. 99-106. ■ Robert Co, mbs — Alfalfa Leaf-spot Disease, Pseudopeziza medicaginis. Contr. Bot. Dept.' la. St. Coll. Agr. No. 9. John Craig — A Destructive Disease Affecting the Native Plum. Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. VI. Professor B. Fink — Blights at Fayette, Iowa, Upper Iowa Univ. 1894. Alice W. Hess — .... A Few Common Fungi of Ames. Bull. la., Agr. Exp. Sta. No. 61. With Harriet Vandivert. Bacidiomycetes of Central Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. Vol. VII. A. S. Hitchcock — Partial List of Iowa Powdery Mildews. Bull. la. Agr. Coll. 4 8. 1887. Provisional List of Fungi. Bull. la. Agr. Coll. 102, 1888. ' With T. H. Macbride. Peronosporeae of Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. I. E. R. Hodson — A New Species' of Neovossia. Bot.- Gaz. Vol. XXX. H. H. Hume — Fungi Collected in Colorado, etc. Proc. Dav. Acad. Vol. VII. Some Peculiarities in Puccinia teleutospores. Bot. Gaz. Vol. XXVIII. 58 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE Professor T. H. Macbride — Saprophytic Fungi of Eastern Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. 1, p. 30. The Peronsporeae of Iowa, (with A. S. Hitchcock). Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. I, p. 45. Saprophytic Fungi of Eastern Iowa, Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. I, p. 181. Common Species of Edible Fungi. Bull. Lab. Nat. .Hist. Vol. I, p. 196. Myxomycetes of Eastern Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. II, p. 98. The Nicaragua Myxomycetes. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. II, p. 377. The Myxomycetes of Eastern Iowa, cont’d. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. II, p. 384. A New Slime Mould from Colorado. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. II. p. 390. Saprophytic Fungi of Eastern Iowa, Polypores. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. HI, No. 3, p. 1. The Nicaragua Hymenomycetes, (with J. B. Ellis). Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. HI, No. 4, p. 190. An Interesting Nicaragua Puff-ball. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Saprophytic Fungi of Eastern Iowa; the Puff-balls, (with Nora Allin). Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. IV, 33. Nicaraguan Myxomycetes (with C. L. Smith). Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. IV, 73. North American Slime Moulds. MacMillan Co., N. Y. and London, 1900. Fungi. Pop. Sci. Monthly Vol. XXXV, p. 187 and p, 350, 1899. Myxomycetes of the Black Hills. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. X, p. 23. The Slime Moulds of New Mexico. Proc. la. Acad. A^©1. XII, p. 33. Notes on Iowa Saprophytes. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. XVIH. p. 57. The Slime Moulds. Rhodora Vol. II, p. 75. A New Genus of Myxomycetes? .Mycologia Vol. Ill, p. 39. Geustis minimus and its Relatives. Mycologia Vol. IV, p. 84. The Nomenclature Question Among Slime Moulds. Proc. ,Ia. Acad. Ill, p. 101. Professor L. H. Pam.mel — Libertiana, Fuckel, with a Bibliography of Fungus Root Rot Diseases. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis. 6:192-232, pi. I, II, 1893. Fungus Diseases of the Sugar Beet. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 15 :234-252, including G pi. & 2 f., 1891. Also separate. Treatment of Some Fungus Diseases, Experiments made in 1891. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 17 :419-442, inclu. 5 pi. 1892, also separate. Diseases of Plants Common to Iowa Cereals. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 18:488-503, • separate. Some Diseases of Plants Common to Iowa Cereals. New Fungus Diseases of Iowa. Jour. Myc. 7 :95-103, 1892. Root Rot of Cotton or Cotton Blight. Bull. Texas Agr. Exp. Sta. 4:1-18, 1889. Cotton Root-Rot. Bull. Texas Agr. Exp. Sta. 7:1-30, 5 pi, 1890. The Most Important Factor in the Development of Rust. Agr. Sci. 8:287-291. 1894. The Effect of Fungicides on the Development of Corn. Agr. Sci. 6, p. 217, 1892. Notes on Some Fungi Common During the Season of 1892, at Ames, Iowa. Agr. Sci. 7:20-27. Diseases of Plants at Ames, 1894. Proc. la. Acad, of Sci. 30:201-208. Potato Scab and Prevention. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 27:120-129. Some Fungus Diseases of Fruit Trees in Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1887-1889 : 91-94. Notes on a Few Common Fungus Diseases. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 23:918-924. With G. W. Carver. Fungus Diseases of Plants at Ames, Iowa, 1895. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 3 :140-148, Contr. Bot. Dept. la. Agr. Coll. No. 1. Some Fungus Diseases of Iowa Forage Plants. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1 : Pt. II : 18-19; 93-94. Corn Smut. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1; Pt. II: 95-96. Recent Contributions to Mycology. Agr. Sci. 8:183-191. Versuche uber die Bekampfung der Pilzkrankheiteh mit Bordeauxmischung und Ammoniak-Kupferlosung Zeitschrift fur Pflanzenkrankheiten. 1 :258-260. Sep- arate. With Herbert Osborn. Machinery and Methods of Spraying. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 20:706-712, separate. Experiments with Fungicides. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 24:985-990. rants. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 20:716-719. Experiments to Prevent Certain Ledf Snot Diseases of the Potato. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 20:719-720. 1893. With F. C. Stewart. Prevention of Corn (and) Oats Smut. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 20:721-728. Experiments with Fungicides. Bull. la. Agr. Exp Sta. 24:985-990. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 59 Diseases of Foliage and Fruit. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 1893: 467-474. Fungus Diseases. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 13:32-71, 18 f. Fungus Diseases of the Strawberry. Rep. la. St. Agr. Soc. i897 :510-516. Diseases of the Cherry. Trans. la. S't. Hort. Soc. 28:248-2,53. Diseases of the Potato. Rep. la. St. Agr. Soc. 1895 :495-506. Mycosis. Vis Medicatrix. April 1892. Separate. Some Mildews of Illinois. Jour, of Mycology. 4:36-38. Fungus Diseases. Experiments in Their Prevention. Trans. la. Hort. Soc. 25 :201- 202. Some Fungus Diseases of the Orchard and Garden. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc.. 25 :129-134. Deaf Spot Disease of the Cherry. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 27:448-450. Fungus Diseases of the Grape. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 27:487-492. Fungus Diseases of Iowa Forage Plants. Separate from Mo. Review of the la. Weather & Crop Service. 33, 46 f. Fruit Rots and Their Prevention. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 27 :4 2 2-42 6. Fungus Diseases of Plants and Their Remedies. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 38:440- 444, 3 pi With Charlotte M. King. Some Plant Diseases of 1908. Bull. Exp. Sta. la. St. Coll. Agr. & Mech. Arts. 104 :236-259, 17 f. Fungus Poisoning in Animals. Aiher. Jour. Vet. Medicine. 6:373-378. Recent Contributions to Mycology'. Agr. Sci. 8:183-191. With Charlotte M. King. Notes on Factors in Fungus Diseases of Plants with Records of Occurrences of Plant Diseases at Ames for a Period of Twenty- five Years. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 16:41. Separate. Contr. Bot. Depc. la. St. Coll.. 41 :l-55. This contains a corrected map on p. 55. Some Unusual Fungus Diseases in Iowa During the Summer of 1903. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agr. Sci. 1904:147-154, 2 pi. Contr. Bot. Dept. la. St. Coll. Agr. & Mech. Arts. 23. Miscellaneous Notes on Fungus Diseases. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 61 :139-142, 1 f. With J. H. McNeil. The Danger from Feeding Hay that Contains Ergot. Press. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. June 1908, 8, 3 f. With E. R. Hudson. The Asparagus Rust in Iowa Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 53:58- 67. With Charlotte M. King, and A. L. Bakke. Two Barley Blights, with Compari- son of Species of liehninthosporium upon Cereals. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 116: 175-190, ^ pi. Powdery Mildew of the Apple. Proc. la. Acad. S'ci. 7 :177-182. pi. 33-33. Some Diseases of Rocky Mountain Plants. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 13:89-114, pi. 7-12. Some Fungus Diseases Common in Iowa During the Season of 1904, Proc. Soc. Prom. Agr. Sci. 1905:69-82. Separate, 16 p. Cedar Apple Fungi and Apple Rust in Iowa. Bull. la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 84 :l-36, 11 f. Popular Edition by W. H. Ogilvie. 1-8. f. l-J/. Some Phytopathological Problems. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agr. Sci. 27:76-81. Sepa- rate 6 p. Fungus Diseases During 1908. la. Horticulture 1:376-381, If f., 1908. Some Fungus Diseases of Trees. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 18:25-33, 3 pi. & 2 f. Some Recent Work on Fungus Diseases of Plants. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 46:188-198. Fungus Diseases in Iowa for the Year 1911. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 46:172-179.. 1 pi, 10 f. Mrs. F. W. Patterson — A Study of the N. A. Exoasceae. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. HI, No. 3. p. 89. Fred J. Seaver — The Discomvcetes of Eastern Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. V, p. 336. Charles L. Smith — Some Central American Pyrenoraycetes. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. HI, p. 394. Professor Gut West Wilson — Studies in N. Am. Peronsporales, III. New or Noteworthy Species. Bull Torr. Bot. Club. 35, p. 361. Mycological Notes. Midland Nat. Vol. I, p. 50. Studies in N. Am. Peronsporales IV. Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. 35, p. 543. A New European Species of Peronspora. Ann. Myc. Vol. VIII, p. 185. Notes on Peronsporales for 1907. Proc. la. Acad. XV, 169. The Polyporaceae of Fayette, Iowa. Proc. la, Acad. XVI. 60 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Preliminary List of the Parasitic Fungi of Fayette Co., la. Proc. Ja. Acad. Tol. XVII, p. 47. With F. J. Seaver ; Ascomycetes and Lower Fungi. Mycologia Vol. I, p. 121, With F, J. Seaver; Ascomycetes and Lower Fungi. Mycologia Vol. 1, p. 268. PALEOBOTANY. ' Paul Bartsch — Notes on the Cretaceous Flora of Western Iowa. Bull. Lab. Nat Hist. Vol. Ill, No. 4. 178. Professor Thomas H. Macbride — A New Cycad. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. 11, P. 391. A New Cycad. Bennetites dacotensis. Cacbr. Am. Geol. Oct. 1893. A Pre-Kansan Peat Bed. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. IV. p. 65. On Certain Fossil Plant Remains in the Iowa Herbarium. Proc. Dav. Acad. Vol. X, p. 153. North American Cycads. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. 1, pt. 4, p. 62. 1894. C. R. Ball — The Genus Salix in Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. VII. R. I. Cratty — The Iowa Sedges Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV, p. 313, Notes on the Aquatic Phenogams of Iowa, Bull Lab. Nat. Hist. Vol. HI, No. 4, p‘. 136. Forestry Notes for Emmet County, la. Rep. la. Geol. Surv. Vol. XV, p. 260. Flora of Emmet County. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. XI, 1904. Professor B. Fink — Some Additions to the Flora of Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 1: 103-104. 1894. The Lichens of Iowa. Bull. Nat. Hist. Univ. Iowa, 3 : 70-88. 1895. Lichens collected by Dr. C. C. Parry in Wisconsin and Minnesota in 1848. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 2:137, 1895, Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minnesota, I. Lichens of the Lake of the Woods, Minn. Bot. Stud. 1:693-701. 1896. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minneapolis and Vicinity — II. .Minn. Bot. Stud. 1:703-725. 1897. Spermaphyta of the Flora of Fayette, Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 4: 81-107. 1897. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minnesota, III. The Rock Lichens of Taylor’s Falls. Minn. Bot. Stud. 2 : 1-18. 189.8, Notes concerning Iowa Lichens. Proc. Acad. Sci. 5:174-187. 1898. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minnesota, IV: Lichens of the Lake. Superior Region. Minn. Bot. Stud. 2:215-276. 1899. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minnesota. V. Lichens of the Minnesota Valley and Southwestern • Minnesota • Minn. Bot. Stud. 2:277-329. 1899. Notes on the Lichen Distribution in the Upper Mississippi Valley. Mem. Torr, Bot. Club, 6:285-307. 1899. Ad'ditions to Lichen Distribution in the Mississippi' Valley. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 7: 173-177. 1899. Additions to the Bibliography of North American Lichens. Proc Iowa Acad. Sci. 6:165-173. 1899. ' Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minnesota, VI. Minn. Bot. Stud. 2:657-709. 1902. Notes on certain Cladonias. The Bryologist, 6:21-27, pi. 7. 1903. (In collabora- tion with Mabel A. Husband.) Contributions to a Knowledge of the Lichens of Minnesota, VII. Lichens of the Northern Boundary. Minn. Bot. Stud. 3:167-236. 1903, Further Notes on Cladonias. Cladonia fimbriata. The Bryologist, 7 : 21-27. pi. 3, f. 7., 1904. Further Notes on Cladonias, HI. Cladonia furcata and Cladonia crispata. The Bryologist, 7:53-58. pi. 7. f. 1-2. 1904. Further Notes on Cladonias, IV. Cladonia verticillata. The Bryologist, 7: 85-88. pi. 11. 1904. Two Centuries of North American Lichenology, Proc. Iowa Ac^d. Sci 2: 11-38. 1904. ; . ' How to Collect and Study Lichens. The Bryologist, 8 : !22-27. 1905. Further Notes on Cladonias, V. Cladonia gracilis. The Bryologist, 8 : 37-41, pi. 4. 1905. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 61 What to Note in the Microscopic Study of Lichens. The Bryologist, 8:73-76 and 86-90. 1905. Notes on American Cladonias. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. 12 : 15-20. pi. 6, 7. 1905. Some Notes on Certain Iowa Algse. Iowa Acad. Sci. 12 : 21-27. 1905. Edward Tuckerman, A Brief Summary of His Work. The Bryologist, Vol. IX, p. 1. 1906. Further Notes on Cladonias, VI. Cladonia cariosa. The Bryologist, 9 : . 21-24. Figure unnumbered. 1906. Further Notes on Cladonias, VIL Cladonia suhcariosa, Cladonia mitriila and Ciddonia leptophylla. The Bryologist, 9:57-60. pi. i.- 196. Further Notes on Cladonias, VIII. Cladonia delicata. The Bryologist, 9:89-91. pi. 8. 1906. Lichens and Recent Conceptions of Species. Proc. la. Acad. Vol. XIII, p. 6.5. Professor T. J. F.ttzpatrick — The Ferns and Their Allies of Iowa. 1896, pp. 14. New or Little Known Plants of Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Sciences, vol. iv. p. 108, 1896. Notes on the Flora of Northeastern Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Sciences, vol. v, pp. 107-133, 1897. Notes on the Flora of Southern Iowa. Proc. la Acad, of Sciences, vol. v, pp, 134-173, 1897. The Flora of Southern Iowa, II. Proc. Iowa Acad, of Sciences, vol. vi, pp. 173- 202, 1898. The Orchidacese of Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad, of Sciences, vol. vii, pp. 187-199, 1899. The Genus Viburnum in Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad, of Sciences, vol. vii. pp. 177- 199, 3899. Betulacfcse of Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci., vol. viii. pp. 169-177, 1900. The Fagaceas of Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sciences, vol. viii, pp. 177-196, 1900. The Juglandacese of Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Sciences, vol. viii, pp. 160-169, 1900. The Ranunculaceae of lovvra. Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. S. U. I., vol, v, pp. 87-137, 1901. Asclenias meadii Torrey. The Plant Yv'erld. vol. ii. p. 107. The Forest Trees and Shrubs of Decatur County. Iowa Geol Surv., vol. viii, pp. 309-314, 1897. The Native Oak Groves of Iowa. . The Plant World, vol. iv, pp. 69-71, April, 1901. Veratrum woodii in Iowa. The Plant World, vol. iv, pp. 192-193, October, 1901. A Study of the Island Flora of the Mississippi River near Sabula. Iowa. The Plant World, vol. v, pp. 198-201, October, 1902. The Scrophulariacese of Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad, of Sciences, vol. x, pp. 136-176, 1902. The Fern Flora of Iowa. The Fern Bulletin, vol. xi, pp. 65-71, Jul5^ 1903. The Basque Flower. The Gamophyllous, vol. i, p, 29. A Visit to a Mountain Meadow. The Gamophyllous, vol. iii, pp. 1-2, 1902. Manual of the Flow’ering Plants of Iowa, part 1, Pol3''petal0e ; part 2, Gamopetalse, pp. 1-150, 1899-1900. The June Flora of the Ocheydan Mound. The Plant World, vol. vii, pp. 220- 223, 1904. The Fern Flora of Montana. The Fern Bulletin, vol. xii, pp. 97-101, October, 1904. Notes on Ferns of Washington. The Fern Bulletin, vol. xii, pp. 108-110, October, 1904. Plants New or Little Known to the Flora of Iowa. The Iowa Naturalist, vol. i, pp. 22-24, 1905. Solanum nigrum Seems to be Perennial. The Iowa Naturalist, vol. i, p. 25, 1905. The Iowa Bladderworts. The Iowa Naturalist,' vol. 1, pp. 30-33, April, 1905. Cassia medsgeri in Iowa. The Iowa Naturalist, vol. i. pp. 61-62. July, 1905. T^ie Melanthacese of Iowa. The Iowa Naturalist, vol. i, pp. 75-81, October, 1905. The Iowa Gentians. The Iowa Najturalist, vol. ii, pp. 11-19, Januarj*, 1906. A Proposed New Species of Lilium. The Iowa Naturalist, vol. ii, pp. 30-31, April, 1907. An Unusual Clitocyhe illudens. The Iowa Naturalist, vol. ii, pp. 62, October, 1909. The Pyrolacese of Flathead Valley, Montana. The Iowa Naturalist, vol. iii, p. 3, January, 1911. The Orchids of Flathead Valley, Montana. The Iowa Naturalist, vol. iii, pp. 8- 10, January, 1911. The Liliales of Iowa. Proc. Iowa Acad. Sci. vol. xiii, pp. 115-160, 1906. 62 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE Wesley Greene — A Check List of Iowa Plants. Professor A. S. Hitchcock — Our Goldenrods. Aurora p. 209, 1887. Catalog Anthophyta and Pteridophyta of Ames, Trans. Acad. St. Louis, 5 :547. 1891. Notes on Iowa Flora. Bot. Gaz. 1889. Story County Flora. Aurora. 1886. Professor T. H. MACBftioE — Lessons in Botany, With Key to the More Common Native Plants. (With Pro- fessor B. Shimek). Allyn and Bacon. Boston. H. A. Mueller- — A Preliminary List of the Flow'ering Plants of Madison County. Proc. la Acad, vol. xi, p. 261, 1903. Trees and Shrubs of Madison Co. Proc. la. Acad. vol. viii, p. 191, 1904. Trees and Shrubs of Hamilton Co. Proc. la. Acad. vol. vii, p. 204, 1899. Olsen and Somes — Flora of Webster County. Proc. la. Acad. 1904. Professor L. H. Pammel — Rocky Mountain Rambles. Plant World. 13 :155-163 ; 181-190, f. 1-5, f. 1-3. Pub- lished originally in Horticulture, rearranged and extended. Comb’s Flora of Santa Clara Province, Cuba. Am. Nat. 32:369-370. Flora of Northern Iowa Peat Bogs .Rep. la. Geol. Survey 19:739-784, f. 106- in ; Contr. Bof. Dept. la. St. Coil, of Agr. & Mech. Arts. 40. Notes on the Flora, especially the Forest Flora of the Bitter Root Mountains. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 12:87-100 pi. 22-27. Contr. Bot. Dept. la. St. Coll. Agr. & Mech. Arts. '31. The Forest Trees and Shrubs of Monroe County. Rep. la. Geol Suiwey. 13 :423- 433. Notes on Some Plants of Northeastern Iowa. Plant World, 1905. Notes on Grasses of Nebraska, South Dakota, and Wyoming. Proc. Davenport Acad, of Nat. Sci. 7 :229-245, pi. 10-16. Notes on Some Introduced Plants in Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 4 :110-118. Contr. Bot. Dept. la. St. Coil, of Agr. & Mech. Arts.’ 4. The Thistles of Iowa with Notes on a Few Other Species. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 8:214-239, pi. 12-31, f, 9-11/. Separate Contr. Bot. Dept. la. St. Coll, of Agr. & Mech. Arts. 19 :1-26, 23l. 12-31, f. 9-1.). Distribution of Plants. Trans. la. St. Hort. Soc. 36:344-35, It f. With F. Lamson-Scribner, and J. B. Weams. Grasses of Iowa. Bull. la. Geol. Survey. 1:525. With Carleton R. Ball. F. Lamson-Scribner. The Grasses of Iowa. The De- scriptive and Geographical Study of the Grasses of Iowa. Supplementary Rept. 1903:436. 270 f. 1 pi. With Charlotte M. King. The Vascular Cryptogams of Iowa and the Adjoining Parts of Southeastern Minnesota and Western Wisconsip. Proc. la. Acad, vol. ix. Notes on the Grasses and Forage Plants of Iowa, Nebraska, and Colorado. Bull. Div. of Agros. U. S. Dept. Agr. 9 :l-47, 12 f. Some Notes on Grasses Collected in 1895, between Jefferson, Iowa, and Denver, Colorado. Proc. Soc. Prom. Agr. Sci. 17 :94-104. Contr. Bot. Dept. la. Agr. Coll. 3. Notes on the Flora of Western Iowa Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 3:106:135. Contr. Bot. Dept. I. S. C. No. 1. Woody Plants of Western Wisconsin. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1: Pt. 11:76-80. Forest Vegetation' of the Upper Mississippi. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1: Pt. H. p. 5-11; Reprint from Garden & Forest. 4 :460, 472, 531. Report of Committee on State Flora. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. 1: Pt. 11:13-17. Notes on the Flora of Texas. Proc. la. Acad. I. pp. 62-76. Professor M. B. Peck — List of Hardin County Plants. Proc. la. Acad. 1905. Professor G. B. Rigg — Notes on the Flora of Calhoun Co., Iowa. Hahn and Rule, Iowa City. Professor T. E. Savage — Preliminary Report on the Mosses of Iowa. Proc. la. Acad. vol. — p. — IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 63 Pkofessor B. Shimek — A Botanical Expedition to Nicaragua. Vol. IT, part 4, pp. 345-376, 1893. Notes on the Flora of Iowa. Vol. Ill, part 4, pp. 195-215, 1896. The Ferns of Nicaragua. Vol. IV, pp. 116-224, 1897. 20 plates. The Iowa Pteridophyta. Vol. V, pp. 145-170, 1901. The Iowa Pteridophyta. Vol. V, pp. 213-215, 1901. (Continuation of preceding.) Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences — Notes on Aquatic Plants from Northern Iowa. Vol. IV, pp. 77-81, 1897. The Iowa Liverworts. Vol. VI, pp. 113-116, 1899. Forestry in Iowa. Vol. IX, pp. 53-61, 1902. Botany in its Relationship to Good Citizenship. Presidential Address, Vol. XII. PI. II, VII. Flora of Lyon County. Report of the Iowa Geological Survey, Vol. X, pp. 157- 184, 1900. Addenda to Flora of Lyon County, published in Bull. Lab. Nat. Hist. S. U. I, The Iowa Oaks. Report of the Iowa State Horticultural Society, Vol. XXXVII, pp. 228-232. Plates I-X. Reprinted in Proceedings of the Iowa Park and For- estry Ass’n, without the plates, in the 2d Annual Report, pp. 93-100. 190‘'. Iowa Medicinal Plants. The Middletonian, Vol. V, pp. 17-22. 1905. Notes on Some Iowa Plants. Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Sciences, 1904, pp. 1-5. Review of the American Tree Book. The Dial, June, 1906, pp. 358-3.59. Macbride Lessons in Botany, Part. Professor R. B. Wylie — The Aquatic Gardens of Lake Okoboji. Bull. Okob. Prol. Assoc.. No 6, 1912. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 65 HISTORY OF GEOLOGY IN IOWA FOR THE LAST TWENTY-FIVE YEARS. BY MELVIN F. AREY. This is so broad and full a subject that the necessary limitation of time and space will compel its treatment in a somewhat bald and meager manner. It is fitting that there should be given at the outset a brief statement of what had been accomplished previous to 1886-7. In 1839 Dr. D. D. Owen organized a corps of observers with whom he made a reconnaissance of portions of low^a, Wisconsin and Illinois, the results of which were published in 1840 as a part of the senate documents. Several years later he revisited the state and the fruits of his survey were published by authority of Congress in 1852 under the title of a Report of a Geological Suryey of Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota. These pioneer reports, so far as they pertained to Iowa, have been of marked value from a scientific standpoint, because they called attention to the things and places of special interest in a state where geology was in the main some- what tame and obscure and apparently unimportant in an economic sense. The difficulties that had to be overcome at the time were extreme and one wonders that results of such extent and value w^ere achieved under the attendant trying circumstances. In 1855, 1856 and 1857 Professor James Hall w^as employed as State Geologist. His report was published in two parts and contained chapters on Physical Geography by J. D. Whitney, General Geology and Geology of Iowa by Hall. Geology of the Des Moines Valley and Certain Counties of Southeastern Iowa by A. H. Worthen, Central and Northern Counties of the Eastern Half of the State, and Chemistry and Economical Geology by J. D. Whitney, constituting Part I, and Chapter VIII ,on Palaeontology by Hall which formed Part II. The impetus given to the interest in the geology of Iowa by this report resulted in the inauguration of a new survey in 1866, which however was discontinued with the publication of two volumes in 1870. Prof. C. A. White was the State Geologist and O. H. St. John was the. assistant. The work was necessarily preliminary to a large extent, but covered the entire state as never before. In 1886, just on the threshold of the quarter century, the geological history of which we are to review briefly, T. C. Chamberlin and R. D. Salisbury made a report on the Driftless Area of the Upper Mississippi which appeared in the Sixth Annual Report of the U. S. Geological Survey. This area is located largely in Wisconsin, but a relatively small portion of it extends across the Mississippi into Minnesota and Iowa and therefore Iowa geology shares amply in the. benefits of this most interesting and able report. In 1890 the Eleventh Annual Report of the Director of the U. S. Geological Survey contained a paper on the Pleistocene History of Northeastern Iowa by W. J. McGee. Undoubtedly this was the most extensive and important con- tribution pertaining wholly to Iowa geology that had been made since the publication of White’s Reports. Considering the area covered it was very complete and thorough- in its details. Its philosophical method of treatment 5 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE gave it unusual prominence and this paper speedily became an important factor in quickening the interest in geology, not only among students of the subject, but in the general public to a considerable extent. Between 1870 and 1892 numerous individuals prompted by personal interest in the general subject, or in some of the many problems it presented, carried on investigations in various directions and along various lines, the results of which appeared from time to time in articles published in periodicals devoted to general science or to geology more specifically and in papers read before various scientific associations. Another advantage, more direct perhaps, showed itself in the increased efficiency of teachers of the subject .in the high schools and colleges of the state. A third benefit of the activity of these earnest workers in geology has maifested itself in so broadening and deepening in the general public an appreciation of the need of an exhaustive geological survey of the state that the legislature of 1892 authorized the establishment of such a survey on such a basis that it has been uninterruptedly maintained up to the present time with good prospects that it will continue until the state has reaped the fullest benefits not only from the geological sandpoint, but from the biological as well. In accordance with the provisions of the legislature a Geological Board was organized, consisting of the Governor, Horace Boies; the Auditor of State, J. A. Lyons; the Presidents of the State University and of the Agricultural College, Drs. Charles A. Schaeffer and W. M. Beardshear, respectively; and the presi- dent of the Iowa Academy of Science, Prof. C. C. Nutting. They at once elected Professor Samuel Calvin, State Geologist; Charles R. Keyes, Assistant State Geologist and G. E. Patrick, Chemist. Special and temporary assistants were selected by Prof. Calvin and Miss Nellie E. Newman was made secretary, a position she has held ever since, a fact which strongly testifies to her faith- fulness and -efficiency. Field work was begun very promptly. As to the char- acter of that season’s work, I quote from Calvin in his first report. “Owing to the lateness of the season when work could be begun, it was deemed best to devote the short time before winter would put an end to field work, to make preliminary reconnoissances for the purpose of settling certain general ques- tions respecting the general geology of the state. At the same time the general purpose of the survey — the determination of the location and extent of geolog- ical deposits of economic value — has been kept in view and a large amount of valuable information has already been collected.” Before entering upon a necessarily brief consideration of the real value of the work of the Survey, I wish to make a further quotation from Calvin’s first report, which, if borne in mind by those who have been somewhat impatient' with the slowness with which the economic phases of the Survey have been developed, will serve as a proper explanation of any seeming failures in that direction, especially, if it be remembered that the appropriations have never been large and that this work has been done by men who are largely employed in other matters. “The work of the Survey is now fairly begun. The questions of greatest economic interest to the people of the state cannot all be fully settled at once. Time will be necessary in order to cover the entire ground. The results along -each line will be made ready for publication as rapidly as circumstances permit, though only when the Survey is completed will the material resources be fully IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 67 presented. It must also be borne in mind that the determination of the economic problems which must ever be kept in view as the end sought after in this Survey is an impossibility without the preliminary determination of questions relating to the genesis and order of succession of the geological strata.” The Survey has been under the general direction and control of Professor Calvin throughout the twenty years since its establishment, until his death a little more than a year ago, with the exception of about two years beginning in 1904 and running into 1906, when upon the resignation of Prof. Calvin, Prof. Prank A. Wilder, Calvin’s assistant at the University, was chosen State Geol- ogist. Calvin’s object in giving up the leadership in the Survey was to secure the needed leisure for the preparation of monographs on the stratigraphy and palaeontology of the state, but which were never completed since Prof. Wilder’s plans were changed and he removed from the state and Calvin resumed the headship of the Survey. The heavy loss sustained by the state and the scientific public at large through the death of Prof. Calvin was greatly augmented by the failure of the com- pletion of these subjects by one whose peculiar fitness for such work lay in his natural qualifications as well as in a most intimate and complete knowledge of them growing out of almost a lifetime’s interest in and observation upon them. In accordance with the plans formed at the outset, the county was made the unit in getting at a full and accurate acquaintance with the various aspects of the geology of the state and special assistants have been employed upon detail county work and their reports have been published from time to time until at the present only fourteen counties remain to be reported upon and the field work in at least half of those has been done wholly or in part. In addition to the county work, special subjects of economic importance have been- assigned to those within or outside the state who have been recognized as experts in those subjects. Twenty volumes in all have been issued, some of which have been devoted almost wholly to the reports on counties, none of which have been void of economic interest. A mere enumeration of the various subjects con- sidered in the other volumes would be of little value at this time, yet my sub- ject demand^ that they should have some consideration at our hands. The first volume contains a 250 page index of the Bibliography of Iowa Geology up to the time of its preparation, 1892, and an annotated catalogue of the minerals of the state by Keyes. The same writer devotes 130 pages to the geological formations of the state as they were then understood. A careful comparison of their character, extent and location as then given, with a similar account that might be given now would readily show how much has been accomplished in the intervening years in this single direction. Other papers on special topics were by Calvin, Beyer, Bain and Houser. The second volume, by Keyes, was devoted wholly to Coal, under such heads as Origin of Coal, Carboniferous Basin of the Mississippi Valley, General Geology of the' Coal Region, Lithology of the Coal Measures, Stratigraphy of the Coal Measures, the Coal Beds, Com- position of Iowa Coals, Waste in Coal Mining, and Extent of Coal Industry. Coming so early in the history of the Survey and covering so clearly and fully one of the most important industries of the state, this volume has been one of the most profitable and satisfactory of the entire series and yet the develop- ment of the subject in the succeeding years gave ample excuse for a fuller and 68 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE more complete treatment of the same subject in Volume XIX under the titles: Coal Deposits of Iowa by Henry Hinds; Fuel Values of low'a Coals by Frank A. Wilder; Analyses of Iowa Coals, James H. Lees and A. W. Hixson; History of Coal Mining in Iowa, Lees; Coal Statistics, Beyer; General Section of the Des Moines Stage of Iowa, Lees; The Carboniferous Section of S. W. Iowa, Geo. L. Smith; and the Bibliography of Iowa Coal, Lees. The same volume very properly also contained papers on Peat and Peat Deposits in Iowa by Beyer, and the Flora of Northern Iowa Peat Bogs by Pammel. These two volumes and extended details in the county reports of counties within thfe coal producing area constitute a very generous scientific and practical presentation of this most interesting and important subject. The third volume, 1893, presented a variety of topics, several of which were of immediate economic value while several were chiefly of scientific interest. They were as follows: W^ork and Scope of the Geological Survey, Keyes; Gypsum Deposits of Iowa, Keyes; Clay Industries of Western Iowa, Lonsdale; Certain Building Stones, Beyer; Thickness of the Palaeozoic Formations in Northeastern Iowa, Norton; Carboniferous and Devonian Outliers in Iowa, Norton; Glacial markings in Southwestern Iowa, Fultz; Cretaceous Rocks of the Sioux river, Bain; the Zinc Industry, Leonard. These topics^were treated necessarily in a preliminary way and have received fuller consideration in later volumes in most instances, but they served to get before the public promptly much valuable information and quickened and increased the interest in further investigation. Volume VI., dealt with Lead and Zinc Deposits in Iowa, Leonard; Sioux Quartzites and Certain Associated Rocks, Beyer; Artesian Wells of Iowa; Nor- ton; Relations of the Wisconsin & Kansan Drift Sheets in Central Iowa and Related Phenomena, Bain. Volume VIII., contains, besides County Reports, an article by Bain on Prop- erties and Tests of Iowa Building Stones. Volume IX., is devoted to County Reports, but also includes an account of the Artesian Wells of the Belle Plain Area by H. R. Mosnat. In Volume X., Stuart Weller discusses the Fossil Fauna of the Kinderhook Beds of Burlington. The rest of the volume is given to County Reports. Besides the County Reports, Volume XIII., has a very valuable report on the Lithographic Stone of Mitchell County by A. B. Hoen. Volume XIV., is given up to the interests of the Clay Industry in a series of six articles as follows: Technology of Clay, Beyer and Williams; Chemistry of Clays, Weems; Selection and Installation of Power Plants, G. W. Bissell; Geology of Clays, Beyer and Williams; Tests of Clay Products, Marston; Direc- tory of Clay Workers, Beyer and Williams. Volume XV., is devoted mainly to county reports, but it also presents a very practical report on Cement and Cement Materials in Iowa by E. C. Eckel and H. F. Bain. Volume XVH., considers economic subjects only. They are: Quarry Products of Iowa, Beyer, William and Bissel; Analyses of Iowa Coals, Limestones, Chalks, Clays, Shales and Marls, Tests of Iowa Building Stones, by Marston. Volume XVHI., is unique in the series and one of the most hotable. It is of purely scientific interest and is wholly given to the consideration of Devonian Fishes of Iowa by Dr. Charles R. Eastman. It is a well nigh exhaustive mono- IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 69 graph made possible by the wealth and variety of material afforded largely by the Devonian limestone near North Liberty, Johnson County, Iowa, though other localities contribute some excellent material. Volumes not specifically mentioned above are given to county reports almost wholly. While space will not admit of referring in detail to the contents of each of these reports, it is proper to characterize them collectively as being rich in data respecting the various geological features to be observed in the counties under consideration whether of merely local or of general interest, and which can be made use of in the preparation of volumes on the stratigraphy, •physiography, palaeontology, and other subjects involving the state as a unit. Whenever a county contains some particular phase of geology presented in an unusually favorable manner or degree, such a county has been assigned to someone particularly well qualified along that line, even though that feature may already have been handled in a monographr in some previous volume. Thus the subject gets a later consideration and at the hands of a second investi- gator. A few instances in illustration may be given. Leonard’s monograph on lead and zinc in Volume VI. is well supplemented in the Dubuque County report in Vol. X., by Calvin and Bain. Wilder’s report on Webster County contains a very valuable monograph on Gypsum and the Gypsum Industry, while the loess has received much, attention in various reports. Shimek in his report on Harrison and Monona counties finds opportunity to give the public the benefits of his latest studies upon that most interesting formation. Similar remarks apply to his treatment of the Aftonian Stage in the same report. The temptation is strong to multiply instances. In fact, every subject of the geologi- cal interest in the state has been given special consideration time and again. I can not forbear to mention the Pleistocene series in a paragraph by itself, however. Calvin in Volume XII., of the Survey says, “The work of our geologists, in co-operation with members of the U. S. Geological Survey, has made Iowa classic ground for the study of problems relating to the drift. The succession of events which took place during that most interesting and most unique of all the divisions of geological time, the Glacial Epoch, is more clearly recorded in Iowa than anywhere else on this continent.” The history of geology in Iowa in the past twenty-five years shows a remarkable advance in the solution of the problem of the drift. Keyes, in his article on the Geological Formation of Iowa in the first volume of the Survey published twenty years ago, says the drift is made up in Iowa of two sheets, the upper and the lower till. Now, if we concede a place in the list to. the Iowan, a condition I make only because of the doubt thrown upon it by Leverett within the past few years, there are five glacial and four interglacial stages definitely displayed and established within the bounds of the state. Involved with these are the loesses, gumbo, or the Loveland, as Shimek is pleased to term it, the Buchanan gravels and several other more or less differentiated deposits; nearly all of which have been placed beyond doubt as to identity, relations, etc. An annual report of the mineral production of Iowa was begun in Volume VIII. This has been in charge of Prof. Beyer in all the succeeding volumes and has proven a valuable feature of the reports. The annual administrative reports of the State Geologist often contain noteworthy discussions of subjects that have an important practical 70 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE bearing on various questions that arise in the public mind. A good illustration may be found in Volume XI. on pp. 17-21 and in Volume VII., pp. 23-27, wherein Calvin plainly and positively sets forth what geology teaches relative to the possible findings of gold, petroleum, gas, etc., in paying quantities in Iowa, discussions which ought to be periodically published in the newspapers of Iowa until they are fully appreciated by the public, and here I cannot refrain from quoting his final paragraph on the subject in Volume XII., since it discloses so clearly the real character and spirit of the man. “Letters received at this ofiice, asking for information and advice relative to boring for oil or gas, have been more numerous the past year than ever before. In every case the writers have been informed as to the exact facts and left to exercise their own judgment concerning the propriety of proceeding with the contemplated enterprise. In the matter of developing our natural resources the people of Iowa are entitled to the best information that geological science can give; and the present knowl- edge of the geological structure of the state makes it possible over the greater part of our area, to predict the outcome of drilling for water or for other products, with a high degree of accuracy. It is difficult, however, to get men — even the most intelligent of men — to appreciate the significance of some of the simplest of geological facts, when it happens that the men are not themselves geologists, nevertheless the world is moving toward a brighter, higher and grander intelligence; and those whose mission it is to teach can afford to ex- ercise patience, to labor and wait.” At the risk of being commonplace and tedious I have given considerable detail to the published volumes of the Survey, because* in a very large degree the geological history of Iowa in the past twenty years, at least, is to be found in these twenty volumes, volumes which will ever stand as a worthy monument to the energy, scholarship and eminent ability of the great souled man who planned the work and himself did no small part of it and who chose and directed as his assistants men who, in the midst of other heavy tasks, gladly gave them- selves to the furtherance of the plans of their great leader, who for forty years was so identified with Iowa Geology that the one can scarcely be thought of apart from the other. ' Earlier in this paper I have spoken of the work done by many who pursued their investigations from personal interest in the subject at a time when there was no help afforded them by the state, or the general government. Similar work has been kept up during the last twenty years, even though their services in many instances were required in furthering the work of the survey. Thus there is a very considerable store of valuable papers scattered through the various periodicals, bulletins and reports that publish such papers, the mere mention of the titles of which would occupy more time than I would be justified in using here. These papers constitute a most valuable supplement to the work of the Survey and I wish to append to this paper as properly belonging to my theme an index of such bibliography. I have alluded to some county field work not yet published. It is proper to say that no inconsiderable amount of work has been done on several special subjects which will be completed and published in the near future. Norton has been collecting data respecting all deep wells that have been put down since the sixth volume of the Survey was published that some time will be given the public in a form that will benefit the general public interested in securing copious supplies of wholesome water. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 71 It may also be added that a few years ago the U. S. Geological Survey, Division of Hydrplogy, made a survey of the State as to its underground waters. I understand that the report will be issued some time during the present year. Norton had this work in immediate charge. . . Topographic surveys have been conducted in certain parts of the state by the Topographic Division of the U. S. Survey and more than forty rectangles have been completed and maps have been published which are available for use in the schools and elsewhere at a moderate expense. Naturally the rectangles have been located where the topographic features are most pro- nounced, but in time the whole area of the state will have been covered by this work. Another important phase of the geological history of Iowa during the last quarter century is the advance made in the work offered in physiography and geology in its high schools and colleges. Without attempting to enter into the details, I wish to call attention to the importance of what has been done. Twenty- five years ago physical geography was taught quite generally in the high schools and in the larger high schools geology appeared in the courses of study offered. But the physical geography of those days devoted much time to topics that had no connection with geology even in its broadest sense. Today physiography is practically the underlying basis of about all that is offered in the place of the old physical geography and it also is largely the basis on which commercial geography is built up, a branch of geography that has been developed almost wholly in the past quarter century. Physiography involves about every practi- cal detail of dynamical geology and much of descriptive geology. The more obvious principles of physiography are often given under the head of Nature Study even in the grades in many schools, thus creating an interest in sub- jects that, when generally understood, will hasten the coming of that “brighter,, higher and grander intelligence” forseen by Calvin. Not only has the scope and application of physiography been greatly enlarged and improved, but it is taught today in every high school of any pretensions in the state. Then, too, the equipment in way of specimens, maps, charts, pic- tures, lantern slides, etc., has been multiplied and the method of handling the subject has become modern in the best sense of the word, insuring a clear com- prehension of the subject and a practical application of the facts and principles involved. And here, I may speak of another phase of the work of the Survey in furnishing all high schools that desired it an illustrative collection of the minerals, rocks and fossils of the state, and also a large wall map of Iowa showing every detail of the formations as they were understood at the time of its publication. The geological column of the state accompanies the map, leaving little to be desired that could be graphically presented. The published volumes of the Survey also became a part of the reference library of each high school, so that the latest knowledge of each county’s geology becomes promptly available in each school. The advance in the courses and equipments of the university and colleges of the state has been even greater than in the high schools, as would have been expected, since they are the fountain heads, whence the advance in the secondary schools has been derived. Since we can not particularize in every case, it would be invidious to particularize in any case. Suffice it to say, therefore, that the IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 72 opportunities for the diffusion among the youth of the state of a knowledge of the geology of the state as well as of general geology are unexcelled anywhere. It appears from a hasty review of what has been done in Iowa geology during the past quarter century that an advance has been made that has involved a critical investigation of every phase of the subject both in the way of the in- dustrial interests and of pure science which, after all, in its ultimate results, is certain to prove of economic value as well and these investigations have been made with such efficiency by those who have given their tinae and effort to them that Iowa has great reason to he proud of the work and the workers. To he sure, much remains to he done. The very results secured have opened up new problems in some cases and it is undoubtedly true that when these new problems have been solved, they in turn will uncover yet others. It is diffi- cult, if not impossible, to reach the ultimate in any direction. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 73 THE PROGRESS IN PHYSICS IN IOWA IN THE QUARTER CENTURY. ' • BY FRANK F. ALMY. . In attempting to outline the progress in Physics in the State of Iowa since , the organization of the Iowa Academy of Sciences, it may be advisable to begin with some statement of the status of that subject in the State at that time. Note that this was six years before the writer, now selected as the patriarch of his group, entered the ranks of teachers of Physics in the State. I can hardly appropriate the term physicists, for, in the main, our work has been administrative and pedagogical. The available inforrhation is rather meagre. I do not think that at the time of the organization of this Academy there was a Chair of Physics in any insti- tution for higher education in the State. To appropriate the appellation due to Oliver Wendell Holmes, there were several “settees” of physical science, but not so called, for ‘While the term “physical science” was coined, it had not been adopted' into the working vocabulary. At the State University of Iowa, Pro- fessor L. W. Andrews was Professor of Physics and Chemistry and Director of the Chemical Laboratory. The Department of Physics became a separate de- partment in 1889, with A. A. Veblen, who as Assistant Professor had shared the “settee” for thkee years, assuming the chair as Acting Professor , of Physics and receiving full title the following year. At the Iowa State College Profes- sor J. C. Hainer was Professor of Chemistry, Physics and Mechanical Engineer- ing; in 1890 Physics and Electrical Engineering became a department, and a year later Professor W. S. Franklin came to that department. At the Iowa State Normal School Diela Knight was in charge of Natural and Physical Sciences and Gymnastics, Professor A. C. Page coming into charge of Natural and Physical Sciences in 1889, Professor L. Begeman coming into a separate department of Physics in 1899. At Iowa College Professor S. J. Buck was in charge of the department of Mathematics, Natural Philosophy and Astronomy until 1893, when the writer came to share the bench, and within the year it was worked over into two chairs. Mathematics and Astronomy, and Physics. At Cornell College Professor Alonzo Collins was Professor of Chemistry and Physics. Professor W. S*. Barnard was in charge of the work* in science at Drake University. Professor J. L. Tilton has been in charge of the department of Geology and Physics at Simpson College since 1888. Professor C. O. Bates began his work at Coe College in 1889 in charge of Mathematics, Chemistry and Physics, and so continued until 1902, when Professor L. D. Weld came, taking the Mathematics and Physics. Courses in Physics were also probably given at that time at Central University, Des Moines College, Iowa Wesleyan Uni- versity, Lenox, Parsons, Penn, Tabor and Western Colleges and Upper Iowa University, but concerning that work I have no data. - The subject matter of Physics of that date is fairly represented by Avery’s Elements of Natural Philosophy, The New Physics by Professor John Trow- bridge, Kimball’s revision of Snell’s Olmstead’s College Philosophy, Atkinson’s 74 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE translation of Ganot’s Physics, Everett’s translation of Des Chanel’s Natural Philosophy, and the then recent Text-Book of Physics by Professors Anthony and Brackett of Cornell University. And while the classical treatises of Fara- day, Maxwell, Mascart and Juobert in Electricity and Magnetism; of Lord Rayleigh on Theory of Sound; Thomson and Tait’s Natural Philosophy, ante date 1887, Maxwell’s Electricity and Magnetism is the only one of them that was in the library of the State University at the time, and probably there was not another copy of any of these treatises in any college library in the State, or, aside from Assistant Professor Veblen, a teacher in the state who had any particular use for any of them. I am not reliably informed, but there was probably no provision for labora- tory work in Physics except at the State University and at Ames. Grinnell had an investment of about $2,000 in physical apparatus, the insurance recovered after the cyclone of 1882, but the apparatus, while of recent purchase, was almost wholly for demonstration work. In this connection we may pause to re- call that the Massachusetts Institute of Technology is a contender for the honor of having been the “earliest institution in which laboratory Physics was pursued according to a systematic plan for its educational value.” In April, 1869, Professor Edward C. Pickering was “very anxious to be ready by the next October to instruct the third year’s class by laboratory work.” In 1871 Pickering says “There are now in America at least four similar laboratories in operation or in preparation.” One of these was undoubtedly that of. the Uni- versity of Iowa, for laboratory work in Physics was begun there by Professor Hinrichs in the fall of 1870. From this it is apparent that systematic labora- tory instruction in Physics antedates the period under consideration by only eighteen years — less than another quarter century. Pickering’s “Physical Manipulations,” Glazebrooke and Shaw’s “Practical Physics,” Stewart and Gee’s “Practical Physics,” Kohlrausch’s “Physical Measurements,” and Glazebrooke’s “Physical Optics” were the sources of inspiration for the instructor in laboratory Physics. The Harvard “Descriptive list of Elementary Physical Experiments” appeared in 1887 and was the beginning of systematic laboratory instruction in elementary Physics. I judge that it would be a liberal estimate to say that probably a hundred students a year were receiving some instruction in Physics in the colleges of Iowa. This was mainly text-book instruction with the solution of numerical problems, mostly elementary, and certainly considerable of it of a grade that would now belong in the secondary schools. At the present time there are at least fifteen colleges in the State that offer a course in General Physics, given by an instructor, who, at least from the point of view of educational training in the subject, is as competent as any one teaching Physics in Iowa in 1887. Eight of these offer courses in advance of a year course in General Physics. Pour colleges besides those of the State institutions probably have better equipped laboratories in Physics than had the State University in 1887; and all have abundantly better texts and laboratory experiments than were available at that time. So nearly as I can judge from the information at hand there must be about seven hundred and fifty students taking college courses annually in Physics in the colleges of the State, of whom fully one hundred are in advanced courses. Several of the colleges in addition to the State College and the University are IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 7.5 giving advanced courses and graduating students prepared to enter upon grad- uate work in Physics; and several teachers of Physics have come into Iowa colleges comparatively recently who should further strengthen the under- graduate teaching of Physics in the state in this respect. At the University there has been some graduate work for a number of years. Under Professor Veblen this was chiefly by men who after graduation were held for a time as graduate assistants or as instructors. Under Professor Karl E. Guthe — a real physicist and enthusiast — came a development of graduate work, and now with the new Physics laboratory, equipped, manned and directed, it would seem that Physics. was entering into its place in the graduate school of the State. Some research is being carried on at the State College by students, chiefly, however, by undergraduates and in Applied Physics. The subject matter of Physics as well as the form in which it is available has made relatively equal progress in the quarter century. Maxwell’s electro- magnetic wave theory, then on the point of being confirmed by the discoveries of Hertz (1888), is generally accepted, and but a small gap remains between the known radiations from hot bodies and the known electro-magnetic waves, and we are just now calling for congressional enactment regulating the use of them! The induction motor, that has made long distance transmission of power practicable, was just in embryo. (Perraris had built a small two-phase motor in 1885, but did not consider a system requiring more than two wires for transmission practical and did not publish until 1888.) Electrolytic conduction was not satisfactorily explained; the work of Arrhenius and others on solutions, that clarified matters in the field of Electro-Chemistry and gave us the Physical Chemistry of today, was just beginning to appear at that time. A decade later we have the recognition of the electron by Professor J. J. Thomson, the discovery of the Roentgen ray, the Becquerel rays— “alpha,” “beta” and “gamma” — the separation of the radio-active substances and the introduction of a new science — Radioactivity — now just in its beginnings, possibly at a stage com- parable with that of Chemistry before the discovery of any means of accelerat- ing or controling chemical actions. The productive work in the State has been chiefly pedagogical, although sufficient research has gone forward to contribute some reports at almost every meeting of this Academy since 1895. For the purpose of this paper I have collected chronologically the titles of papers on physical topics that have been presented before the Academy. 1895: Andrews, President’s Address; Recent Advances in the Theory of Solutions. Andrews and Ende, Studies of the Physical Properties of Lithium Chloride in Amyl Alcohol. Franklin, New Method of Studying the Magnetic Properties of Iron. Design of Transformers and Alternate Current Motors. Note on the Phenomena of Diffraction in Sound. 1896: Hall, Physical Theories of Gravitation. Unit Systems and Dimensions. 1901: Veblen, President’s Address; The Relation of Physics to the Other Ma- terial Sciences. Some Improved Laboratory De'^ices. Boehm, A Ruling Engine for making Zone-plates. Smith, N. F., The Influence of Temperature on the Index of Refraction of a Gas when heated at a Constant Volume. 76 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 1902: Almy, Some Observations on the Action of Coherers when subjected to Direct Electro-Motive-Porce. 1903: Begeman, A Convenient Voltaic Cell. Lorenz, Stereoscopic Projection in Natural Colors. Morrison^ New Method of Cohesion of Water and Adhesion of Mer- cury Apparatus. 1905: Begeman, J. J. Thomson’s Theory of Matter. Lorenz, Three Color Projection. Page, A Laboratory Barometer. Tilton, The Storage Battery and Switch-board at Simpson College. 1906: Almy, The Physical Laboratory at Iowa College. A Simple Demonstration of the Doppler Effect in Sound. The Effect of Pressure on Lines in the Spectrum of Iron. Begeman, Mutual Induction and Internal Resistance of a Voltaic Cell. Guthe, Electrical Standards. Morehouse, Photographic Accessories of the Drake Observatory. 1907: Page, The Physical Science Laboratory of the State Normal School. 1908: Begeman, Determination of the charge on an Electron, by Wilson’s Method, using Radium. Nucleation, according to Barus. Guthe, Some Peculiarities in the Elastic Properties of certain Substances. 1909: Morehouse and Woodrow, The Hysteresis Loop. Smith, A. G., Evaporation from free Surface of Water. / Weld, Effect of Temperature Inequalities on the Balance. Woodrow, The Googler Primary Battery. 1910: Stewart, Concerning a Study of Kerosene Oils by Physical Methods, Sieg, Some Recent Discoveries Concerning the Behavior of Platinum- Iridium Wires. 1911: Almy, The Doppler Effect in Electrodeless Discharge. Clark, Use of a Ballistic Galvanometer and a Pendulum for Measuring rapidly fluctuating Resistances. Crum, Some Characteristics of Light-Negative Selenium. Ford, Illuminating Engineering — A New Profession. Sieg, On the Rate of Recovery of Elastic Properties of a Certain Wire. Weld, Some Remarks on the Solubility of Certain Salts in Water. In text-books: Nichols and Franklin’s “Elements of Physics” was published while Professor Franklin was at Ames. Begeman’s “Physics” has found a de- mand requiring several editions to be printed. Professor Spinney has fllled one of the “long felt wants” with his recently published “Text-Book of Physics” for engineering students; and the manuscript of Reed and Guthe’S “College Physics,” published last year, must have been worked up while Professor Guthe was at Iowa City. In addition: Professors Ftanklin and Spinney published a paper on the “Elastic Properties of Glass;” Professor Spinney presented a paper at a meet- ing of the A. A. A. S. on “The Analysis of Vowel Sounds,” and has published a number of papers on problems of Illumination and Illuminating Engineering, and a good deal of investigation has been done in his laboratory in the line of Applied Physics. Professor Guthe published several papers in the Physical Review while at the University and several members of the present staff are IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 77 publishing frequently, altho their time must be very much occupied with the preparation for entering into their enlarged work in their new laboratory. Among those who, during the quarter century, have been, for a time, of our number, and who haye contributed to our progress, mention should be made of Professor A. A. Veblen (now retired) who was Head of Department at the University from the establishment of the Department of Physics until his retirer ment in 1905, and President of the Academy in 1901; Professor W. S. Franklin, of Lehigh University, who was Head of Department at Iowa State College, 1891 to 1897, and President of the Academy in 1897; Professor Karl E. Guthe, of the University of Michigan, who was Head of Department at the State University of Iowa, 1905 to 1909, and a stimulus to all who were privileged to associate with him in the work in Physics in the State; Professor Edwin Morrison, of Earlham College, Professor at Penn College, 1901 to 1906. Probably not less than thirty graduates of Iowa colleges within this period have continued their work In Physics, have contributed to the literature of the subject, and are now college or university teachers. Professor L. B. Spinney succeeded his teacher. Professor Franklin, at the State College; Professor A. G. Smith came into the department with his teacher. Professor Veblen, at the University; Professor D. W. Morehouse came into the Physics end of the “settee” occupied by his teacher. Professor C. N. Kinney, at Drake University. Profes- sors L. A. Parsons, of Pennsylvania State College, L. P. Sieg, of the State Uni- versity of Iowa, L. D. Weld, of Coe College, A. H. Hoffman, of low, a State Col- lege, Oscar Veblen, of Princeton^ C. H. Bowman, of Montana School of Mines, S. R. Williams, of Oberlin, F. C. Stanley, of Penn College, C. V. Kent, of Carle- ton College; Doctors L. B. Morse, of Columbia, W. M. Boehm, of the University of Pennsylvania, Frederic A. Harvey, of Syracuse University, H. H. Marvin, of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, are some of the graduates of Iowa colleges who as undergraduates pursued advanced courses in Physics in Iowa within the quarter century. . At the present time the departments of Physics in eight Iowa colleges are in charge of men with recent graduate training and whose chief interest is in the subject of Physics. In several others the work is in charge of men with recent graduate training in Physics, but whose chief interest is in another subject. There are about twenty teachers of Physics in the colleges of the State with graduate training who should be associated for their mutual benefit and for the good of the work in the State, in the Academy of Sciences. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 79 THE ‘PROGRESS OP ZOOLOGY IN IOWA DURING THE LAST TWENTY- PIVE YEARS. BY C. C. NUTTING. In endeavoring to estimate the advance in a given science during a definite period of time and in a definite region, it seems evident that the best results can be obtained by ascertaining the work done by the representatives of that science in the region and during the time under consideration, and also the ad- vance made in equipment in the institutions in which that science is taught. In order to definitely limit the scope of this inquiry, I have gathered to- gether what information I could concerning the work of the zoologists connected wdth the Iowa Academy of Science as Pellows, particularly as to the publica- tions along zoological lines, and also as to the number of students which have received instruction from them. As to the institutions, it has seemed neces- sary to confine myself mainly to the colleges and universities within the State. It would have been well worth while to have included the high schools; but they are so numerous and the data so hard to ascertain within the time at my dis- posal, that it seemed best to confine the discussion to institutions of collegiate grade. The Davenport Academy of Sciences has also done much good zoological work in the way of publications; but most of these appear in connection with work done by the members of the Iowa Academy of Science. In response to written requests, I have been able to secure more or less satisfactory data concerning 25 professional zoologists who have been members of the Iowa Academy and have contributed directly to the advance of zoologi- cal science. The progress of zoology in the State is due almost entirely to the zeal and industry of these men; and when we remember that almost every one of them has been tied down to the performance of official duties, usually with- out adequate help and equipment, it seems to me that we may well be proud of the record herein briefly summarized. Adopting an alphabetical arrangement, the first name to be considered is that of Professor M. P. Arey, the veteran teacher of natural science at the State Normal College. No name on the list is more revered and beloved than this. A teacher of teachers, he has imparted zoological knowledge and, better still, something of his own personality to 2,500 beginners in zoology and 110 of col- legiate grade. His publications have been mainly along geological lines, and will doubtless appear in connection with other papers. He has also served as President of the Iowa Academy of Science. Doctor B. H. Bailey, of Coe College (where he succeeded Professor S. Stookey, another member of this Academy) ; has published papers, mainly on ornitholog- ical subjects, aggregating about 100 pages, has instructed some 800 students in zoology and has seen the realization of his hopes in the completion of the new Science Hall at Coe, an entire story of which is devoted to zoology. 80 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE Prof E. D. Ball, now of the Utah Agricultural College, formerly of the Iowa State College of Agriculture, has published an aggregate of about 840 pages of entomological subjects and is at present instructing some 400 students. Professor Samuel Calvin must always be counted among those who have been potent in advancing the cause of zoology in Iowa. Up to the year 1888 he taught zoology in the State University, instructing about 250 students, and it was from him that the three professors in the present department of zoology received instruction and inspiration. His death, just about one year ago, removed the most prominent member of the Iowa Academy of Science. Professor R. E. Call, now of the DeWitt Clinton High School, New York City, was one of the most active members of the Academy during the first years of its existence. I have been unable to obtain a list of his papers, but he published rather extensively on the fishes and mollusks, and also on bibliographic sub- jects. He was at one time teacher of zoology at the West Des Moines High School. Professor Gilman A. Drew, of the University of Maine, another of the early members of the Academy, has taken a prominent place among the zoologists of the country and has published some classic papers on the morphology and biology of the Mollusca. Professor J. E. Guthrie, State College of Agriculture, has published 113 pages of scientific literature and has assisted Professor Summers in the. instruction of pupils. Dr. G. L. Houser, of the State University, has devoted himself to building- up the magnificent series of laboratories of Animal Biology, probably the best equipped and best devised in the Mississippi Valley, accommodating 250 stu- dents at once. About 2,000 students have taken advantage of these facilities under his instruction in the twenty years since he began service at the • university. Professor E. A. Jenner, of Simpson College, and his predecessors have in- structed some 625 students in zoology, and have seen the laboratory equipment in microscopes increased from one to thirty-nine. Professor H. M. Kelly, of Cornell College, has published 23 pages of zoologi- cal matter, and has instructed 566 students in zoology, having at his disposal an equipment of $1,500. Dr. Albert Kuntz, of the State University, has, under the direction of Dr. Houser, published 221 pages, the result of his original investigations on the embryology and morphology of the sympathetic system and the embryology of the adrenals. He has also assisted Dr. Houser in the laboratories of animal biology. Professor A. L. Leathers, of Leander Clark University, reports that there were seven students of zoology of collegiate grade during the year 1909-10. Professor T. H. Macbride deserves honorable mention among those who have advanced the teaching of zoology in Iowa, as he, with Professor Calvin, taught that science in the State University in the early days of the Academy, ana established what was then a series of laboratories and courses of w^hich the State was justified in being proud. Professor W. H. Norris, of Iowa College, is recognized as one of the leading zoologists of the State. He has contributed 118 pages of excellent morphologi- IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 81 cal work, has taught some 1,300 students in zoology and has seen his equipment (including museum) increase in value from $2,150 to $7,000. Professoj C. C. Nutting, of the State University, has inflicted upon the public some 1,800 pages, mostly quarto, of work on the Coelenterates, has per- sonally instructed some 1,200 students in zoology and has seen his department increase in value of equipment from about $15,000 to $300,000, including build- ing and museum, and in numbers from 12 to 400. Professor H. Osborn, now of the Ohio State University, formerly of the Iowa Agricultural College, (and the first President of the Iowa Academy) has an en- viable national and international reputation as an entomologist. He published, before leaving Iowa, some 100 entomological papers with a total of about 1,000 pages, besides the numerous and important contributions which he has issued since going to Ohio. While at Ames he instructed some 1,500 students in zoology, and has had some 700 in his classes in Ohio. Mr. Prank C. Pellett, of Atlantic, Iowa, is a lecturer on zoological subjects, and has published nine papers. The number of pages has not been ascertained. Professor Maurice Ricker, of Des Moines High School, has been a prominent high school teacher at Burlington and Des Moines for many years. He has had an important influence on zoology by his. contact with some 400 high school students, besides publishing papers on Hydra. Professor L. S. Ross, of Drake University, has published about 30 pages of zoological literature and has instructed about 1,200 students in zoology. He has seen his equipment for teaching, exclusive of furniture and building, increased to a value of $3,500. Dr. Prank Stromsten, of the State University, has published 73 pages as a result of his investigations in the embryology of the lymphatics, and has in- structed several hundred students in zoology as assistant to Dr. Houser. Dr. H. E. Summers, of the State College of Agriculture, succeeded Professor Herbert Osborn, both as professor and as State Entomologist. He has published 40 pages on entomological subjects, besides attending to his duties as State Entomologist. He has seen his equipment, not including furniture and museum, increase in value from $1,480 to $10,200. In the meanwhile he has instructed some 1,540 students. Mr.. T. Van. Hyning, Director of the Historical Department of Iowa, has in preparation a catalogue of the Mollusca of Iowa. He has published six pages. Professor H. P. Wickam, of the State University, has published numerous papers on entomological subjects, amounting in all to about 1,000 pages, has built up his laboratories to their present size, has acted as Assistant Curator of the Museum of Natural History, and has personally instructed 594 students of zoology. Professor P. M, Witter, deceased, third President of the Iowa Academy, former- ly of Muscatine (where he was superintendent of schools for many years), should rank among the foremost zoologists in the State in his influence upon younger zoologists. He published important papers on the Mollusca, and has prepared valuable manuscripts on the birds and butterflies of Iowa. These papers were burned, together with the specimens upon which they were based. Although defi- nite records are not available, it is probable that in the forty years of his service as a teacher he instructed thousands of Iowa boys and girls; and, better still. (5 82 lOAVA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE held up to them an example of devotion to science amid adverse conditions which could not fail of a profound influence. A summary of the items noted above shows that the zoological fellows of the •Iowa Academy have contributed 5,453 pages of technical matter to our scientiflc publications embodying a material contribution to our knowledge of anipaals, while they have conferred the benefit of their professional instruction upon some 12,489 students of collegiate grade. Substantial honors have been conferred upon the men who have been doing this work. The zoologists have contributed no less than seven of the Presidents of this Academy. They are: Herbert Osborn, P. M, Witter, C. C. Nutting, H. W. Norris, H. E. Summers, M. P. Arey and G. L. Houser. I have omitted from this list those who, although doing work in zoology, have been more particularly identified with other sciences, e. g., Professors Calvin and Mac- bride. That the zoologists of this Academy are well known beyond the confines of this State is evidenced by the fact that eighteen of them receive mention in American Men of Science, while four of them are starred to indicate the opin- ion of the compilers of that work that these men belong to the first 1,000 scientists of America. Three of our zoologists have a place in “Who’s Who in America,” one of them has served as President of the Zoological Section of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, one has been President of the National Asso- ciation of Economic Entomologists, one has been President of the Entomological Society of America, one has been President of the Central Branch of the American Society of Zoologists, while lesser honors have been accorded them in plenty. While the record of our zoologists is one of which we may justly be proud, there is one fact which intrudes itself on the notice of one who has handled the data concerning the equipment and personnel of the collegiate institutions of the State. While the State and denominational colleges have been fairly well equipped so far as building and material equipment is concerned, the science of zoology has not received adequate recognition in the way of professorships and other grades in the instructional staff devoted entirely to instruction in zoology. I find, for instance, that there are but six chairs of zoology in the State, and four of these are in State institutions. Iowa College and Coe College are the only denominational institutions with chairs devoted exclusively to zoology. In one case, Drake, there is a chair of Zoology and Bacteriology, and in most of the others there are chairs of Biology, or Natural Science. It seems to me that in any college properly regarded as of a high grade there should be a chair of Zoology. The instructional staff in the four institutions having departments of zoology is as follows: State University, three professors, three assistant professors, two instructors, besides assistants of lower grade. State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, one professor, two assistant professors and four instructors. Iowa College, one professor and one instructor. Coe College, one professor and one assistant. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 83 It seems to your speaker that, considering the financial ability of the colleges of the State, and the value and dignity of the science of zoology, there should be from four to six more chairs of zoology in Iowa, and that there should be a suitable number of assistant professors and other instructors to make these chairs effective. One more suggestion: An examination o'f the calatogues of the colleges of the state shows that the men who are teaching zoology are overburdened with work. A man with six or seven hours of daily work in the recitation room simply can not keep up with the advance of his science, and is, of course, utterly unable to take the time to carry on research work and thus become known to the world. It is also practically impossible for a man who is expected to teach botany, geology and zoology to contribute to the advance of science. There are some rather remarkable combinations of subjects in our colleges. For instance, one college has a man who teaches Chemistry, Greek and Zoology! These remarks are not in the spirit of captious criticism. Our smaller colleges have to do the best they can with pitifully small means, and the men working in them are as a rule zealous and faithful, men of ability and noble self-abnega- tion. But these colleges should recognize their obligation to their instructors and realize that it is better to do a few things well than many things poorly. The college that will take the stand that it will teach at least one science well, even if no other science is mentioned in its catalogue, and allow one man to devote his time to that and to research, will create a land-mark in the history of the educational institutions of the State. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 85 GREETINGS PROM VISITING ACADEMIES. FKOM THE ST. LOUIS ACADEMY, BY L. H. PAMMEL. The S. Louis Academy of Science, the oldest academy west of the Mississippi, sends greetings to the Iowa Academy, its younger sister. We trust that the Iowa Academy of Science will in the future do as commendable work as it has in the past quarter of a century. We therefore send congratulations and hope that it may fill a large place in the science of this great commonwealth. GREETINGS FROM THE DAVENPORT ACADEMY OF SCIENCES, BY C. C. NUTTING. Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen: It gives me peculiar pleasure to be honored with the duty of bearing greetings to the Iowa Academy of Science from what is probably the oldest scientific organization in the State, as well as one of the oldest represented at this table. Dr. Ward has represented himself as the bearer of good wishes from a com- paratively young Academy, the Illinois Academy of Science; but I remember that, as a boy, I used to hear of an Illinois Academy of Sciences that met at Springfield. I suppose that the organization represented by Dr. Ward is a lineal descendent of the one I remember. The Davenport Academy was organized in the sixties, I believe, and has a long and honorable history. It is unique, in certain respects. For one thing, it was organized and for many years mainly supported through the efforts of a woman and as an expression of a mother’s love for her son, and to this woman, Mrs. Putnam, the State of Iowa and the scientific interests of Iowa, owe much. This organization stands unique, in this State at least, in being an academy of science which exists apart from any college or institution of learning, and it occupies an important place in the civic life of the city of Davenport. It has published many important contributions to knowledge by eminent men, and these publications, in the shape of the Proceedings of the Davenport Academy of Sciences, have been maintained at a high level of excellence for many years and constitute an honorable literary and scientific monument to the founders,, officers and members of the Academy. This Academy has also gathered and cared for collections of inestimable value, particularly in the line of the archaeology and anthropology of Iowa and the Mississippi Valley. These collections can not be duplicated anywhere, and many of the specimens are among the most important evidences of the life and works of prehistoric man that have been found in North America. I take great pleasure in reporting that the Davenport Acadamy is now on an excellent basis from both a scientific and financial standpoint, and enjoys a munificent endowment of something like a half a million dollars. Its perpetuity and continued good works are thus assured. 86 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE I am commissioned, Mr. President, to bear to the Iowa Academy the cordial greetings and fraternal good wishes from this, the oldest of the scientific organizations here represented. Our wish is that your organization may be abundantly prospered in its mission of increasing the sum of human knowledge^ and that your future may be as honorable as your past. GKEETINGS FROM NEBRASKA ACADEMY, BY A. E. SHELDON. Mr. Toast-Master: Nebraska owes much of her early settlement and greatness to the state of Iowa. Iowa people crossed the Missouri river in large numbers and participated in our first territorial organizations, electing themselves to ofiice in large num- bers and helping organize our infant commonwealth during the first years of our existence. We borrowed the Iowa code as a basis for our own statute law and included in our first constitution the provision in your Iowa constitution, limiting suffrage to free white males twenty-one years of age and above, thereby causing trouble and delay in the admission of Nebraska to full sisterhood in the federal union. Whole townships in Nebraska are settled with Iowa people and in our early years we robbed Iowa educational hen roosts of their choicest poultry for beginnings of our own educational system. So it is with much sense of indebtedness and gratitude that Nebraska brings to the Iowa Academy of Sciences her felicitations upon the completion of a quarter century of useful and happy existence. On the other hand, Nebraska feels with pardonable pride that she no longer depends upon Iowa for her culture, her wealth or her politics. For some years, Nebraska, as the real leader of American progress and democracy, has been furnishing Iowa as well as other states, with the brains and energy necessary to conduct their affairs. We took Prof. George G. MacLean from the chair of literature in Minnesota University and qualified him by life in our intellectual atmosphere, for the position of President of your Iowa State University. We took Dr. E. A. Ross from the jaws of the plutocrats of Leland-Stanford Uni- versity of California, gave him a free platform and full scope for his genius and fitted him for a position in the Wisconsin University as one of the leading American sociologists. We took Dr. Henry B. Ward, who sits at my right hand, fresh from the duelling ground of a noted German University and with sixteen years’ training, fitted him for the present high position he holds in the Univer- sity of Illinois. A young man from a neighboring state came to Nebraska with no capital excepting a respectable character and a voice. We fitted him for the high ofiice of President of the United States in less than ten years’ time, and on three successive occasions offered him to the people of Iowa as a proper man for President and three times through lack of popular education, the people of Iowa rejected him. You are sorry for it now, but you cannot atone for your past sins. So that today Nebraska, calm and self-confident in her natural leadership, extends to your Academy of Science, not only her felicitations but her full welcome into the great fraternity of fellow-workers in the cause of scientific advancement. Our congratulation takes a deeper tone than even these present recollections and suggestions. We rejoice with you in a quarter century of notable things achieved and in notable causes longed for. There is no fellowship so strong as the fellowship of the search for truth and in that fellowship we join with you in one universal brotherhood of emulation and love. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 87 GREETINGS FROM THE ILLINOIS ACADEMY, BY HENRY B. WARD. It is my great privilege this evening as a delegate from the Illinois Academy of Science and from the University of Illinois to bring to the Iowa Academy of Science greetings laden with congratulations for the success of the past and with good wishes for still greater success in the future. Although the state of Illinois antedates in settlement by more than a century the state in which we are gathered together, yet the Illinois Academy of Science was not founded until December, 1907, and, hardly more than four years old, is thus a mere infant in comparison with the Iowa Academy, today in its vigorous youth as it celebrates its quarter century. And this is the second Iowa Academy for the first' was born in 1875 and lapsed in 1884, leaving an unfilled gap of less than three years between it and the present organization. To be sure there was not wanting in the earlier days of Illinois efforts to organize somewhat similar societies. The Illinois Natural History Society, which proclaimed itself to be “for the advancement of science,” was organized on June 30, 1858, and even received a charter from the legislature on February 22, 1861. It formed a state museum “for the use and benefit of the state”*. It organized a Natural History Survey and planned to acquire a broad knowledge of the natural history of the state through a splendid series of voluntary commissions for particular fields led by enthusiastic and energetic men interested in the various phases of nature. Furthermore, its first president. Professor J. B. Turner of Jacksonville, famous as a leader** in the movement for industrial education which achieved nation-wide scope and world-wide approval, gave to the young organization di- rection, energy, and prestige. In spite of its splendid achievements this first society did not succeed in arousing general public support, and a second similar organization found itself equally unable to enlist that general cooperation which is essential to continued success. It is always a difficult problem to determine the reasons for such different results in similar movements and it is surely an invidious task to institute comparisons. This much, however, is clear: Agriculture in Illinois was profit- able; it held a strong but not controlling position in the public mind. Com- merce in Illinois had been immensely successful for more than a century since the old traders making use of the waterways of lakes and rivers established trade routes between the north and the south. Manufacturing and industries of various kinds had built up numerous profitable ventures at many points along lakes and rivers. In the presence of these movements for commercial develop- ment the energies of the population were so completely called into exercise that education languished. It was not until 1867 that Illinois established its State University, some twenty years later than Iowa had taken this step, and even after its establishment the support and interest bestowed upon the institution were distinctly subordinate to that which was given by less richly endowed communities that surrounded it. On the other hand, Iowa seems to have laid an early emphasis on education. From Cornell on the east to Tabor on the west a string of colleges demonstrate the ideals and battle for the principles of the early settlers; even if the realiza- tion of these hopes has. in some cases fallen short of that the founders had *See Forbes S. A., History of the Former State Natural History Societies of Illinois. Trans. HP. State Acad. Sci., 1908, 1:18. **See James, E. J. The Origin of the Land Grant Act of 1862 -Univ. Studies, 1910, 4:1-) IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE dreamed, yet the educational movement has given it strong support in all grades of the educational system. Without doubt another favorable element is to be found in the establishment and growth of the Davenport Academy which, organized in 1867 and beginning its publications in 1876, had by its success aroused a sentiment among the educated public favorable to such enterprise. The men who came together at the first meeting of the Iowa Academy were intimately familiar with the work of the Davenport Academy and their contact with that institution had inspired them with the spirit of its work and with the helpfulness of is plans. Certainly in the broad development of colleges with their enthusiastic teachers of natural history, in the generous support of the early established State University and its corps of vigorous scientific workers, and finally in the infiuence that went out from the Davenport Academy, are to be found important factors in bringing about the early organization and vigorous growth of the Iowa Academy of Science. The original academies of the old world were assemblies of scholars who gathered together collections brought from new and strange lands, and whose meetings dispelled the dogmatism that was born of the isolation of earlier days, while at the same time the personal contact with men and materials aroused enthusiasm and developed the scientific method. The Academy is distinctly the agent of the field and the age in which it is born and serves that time and place best when its attention is devoted most distinctly to the special problems that exist there. The modern academy has found its functions along analagous lines: First, in the preservation of local' data*; second, in the stimulus to local study, and, third, in the development of local interest. Because of its early organization the Davenport Academy was able to bring together a priceless collection representing the aboriginal life of the state and the region. Such a collection cannot be duplicated, and in the absence of such an agency would have been in large part at least, forever lost to the world. The Iowa Academy in its publications has an invaluable series of records concerning the natural history of the state during a change so radical that much which existed then has disappeared forever, and some of the things which have come into exist- ence in recent years were entirely unknown in those earlier days. In the series of twenty-five meetings which have been held under its auspices there have been drawn together teachers and workers from over the whole state. This has aroused in them a common interest; it has stimulated others to participate in this work; it has started on a career of scientific usefulness many a student who has been a half interested, or perhaps only a casual, listener in its dis- cussions or reader of its publications. It would be impossible to calculate the full value of such a movement to the state; and unnecessary to justify the need of its continuance. In closing I may be permitted to indicate one point of great importance which will need added emphasis in the coming years of the history of this Academy. If the local Academy had existed merely for itself, or the state organization had not drawn into its circle those who were connected with other educational institutions, the infiuence of its work would have been far less. Modern busi- ness success has been achieved by eflficient organization and combination on a large scale, and it is not too much to hope that in the next quarter of a century *See Osborn, H., Local Problems in Science. Proc. Iowa Acad, for 1888, P 19. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 89 the organization of scientific work, through scientific workers, may become even more complete and efficient within each state and may extend beyond the limits of the commonwealth, so that the academies of sister states may be brought in closer touch with that which today looks back with pride over a quarter of a century of successful work. We may confidently hope that some- thing of the enthusiasm which has been gained by this work may be transmitted to younger and less experienced organizations, and that through the inter- change of ideas, and even of material things, scientific workers in Iowa and in other states may be enabled to do more for their own organizations and their own communities, and thus directly also for the nation at large. In the move- ment for the conservation of natural resources the Academies are rightful leaders. It rests with them to show the needs and outline the possibilities of the movement. Free from bias and equipped to ascertain the truth, they can lead most effectively in solving this greatest of all problems that confront the Republic. To conduct the campaign they must be organized from center to circumference. To inaugurate this movement for public service in scientific fields devolves upon individual organizations and members. SCIENTIFIC PAPERS PRESENTED IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 93 THE LATE BLIGHT OP BARLEY (HELMINTHOSPORIUM TERES SAGC). BY A. L. BAKKE. INTRODUCTION. To the barley grower, no other disease of the barley is probably of such eco- nomic importance as the late blight iHelminthosporium teres). When active work was begun in the summer of 1909, certain barley plots of the college showed that more than 90 per cent of the plants*, in those plots were infected. The disease presents itself in the form of brownish, orange colored spots, which at first are oval or circular, but later become elongated. As a result of infection, the greater surface of the leaves takes on a yellowish color. In contrast to this effect is the brick red color of the spotted areas. A marked feature, as a result of an examination of a diseased plant, is that a single individual shows all stages of attack. Ordinarily the fungus is noticed in this locality, during the early part of July. Usually at that time, the basal leaves will have be- come completely dried, while those above will show a progressive decrease to the point w'here no spots are present. This disease is closely related to the '^Yellow Leaf.” The last named form is not so destructive for the reason that “Yellow Leaf” singles out individual plants, while the Late Blight is broadcast in its attack. HISTORY. Helminthosporium teres (Late Blight of Barley) has been known in Europe since 1881. It was found upon withered barley leaves near Padua, Italy, by Bizzazero and was diagnosed, named and described by Saccardo^^ as H. teres. In 1889 Briosi and Cavara- described this same disease as occurring upon oats. P. Koplin Ravni2 in 1900 published the results of his extensive investigations in Denmark. Pammel in 1907 and 1908 observed the disease upon barley at Ames, Iowa. In June Pammel, King and Bakkeo, published the results of their observations for the season of 1909**. DISTRIBUTION. During the latter part of June, 1909, there was a reappearaiice of the spot disease of the barley, in the college plots, that had been observed by Pammel in 1907 and 1908. The fungus was observed during the summer of 1909 on barley fields of Minnesota** and Saskatchewan, Canada. Mr. A. G. Johnson of the Purdue Agricultural Experiment Station informed Pammel of the prevalence of a barley disease in the station plots of the South Dakota Agricultural Ex- periment Station during the season of 1909. He stated that one of the plots was practically destroyed. H. L. Bolley of the North Dakota Agricultural *Data furnished by Mr. Burnett showed that in many cases 100% were damaged by .the fungus. There was also considerable variation with different varieties. The varieties OderbrucheVj and Hulless were slightly damaged, but the varieties Primus, Hannchen showed 100% damage. Hanna showed 90% ; Manchuria 5%. **Bull. Iowa Agr. Exp. Sta. 116. M IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Experiment Station has found the disease existing in his state. Recently (August 10, 1911) H, T. Gussow of Ottawa, Canada, wrote the following to L. H. Pammel of the Iowa State College Experiment Station: “This Helminthosporium has been quite serious on our barley plots here this year.” More recently BeckwTth^=‘, in his work on root and culm infections, has shown that Helminthosporium species play an important part in such in- fections. * * CAUSE OF THE DISEASE. After noticing the physical effect imparted to the barley plants by the disease, the next step was to ascertain the cause. Upon a microscopic ex- amination, conidia or spores of a species of Helminthosporium were found in great numbers. In the first publication of this fungus form, the cause was attributed to Helminthosporium sativum n. sp.-*', but since that time cultural experiments have determined that the disease is due to Helminthosporium teres Sacc.^® The description** given to H. teres is as follows: “Oblong spots on either side of the leaves, becoming dark green; hyphae in clusters, lOOu — 130u x 12u, cylindrical, acrogenous, erect, rounded on both sides, lOOu — 115uxl8u: 4-5 divided, not constricted, rather dark green.” This description would hardly be diagnostic for the Iowa species. The characters are as follows*’: “Spots oblong, irregular, dark greenish, penetrating the entire leaf, hyphae fascicled, 150 — 180u=60 — 80u, smoky, reddish brown to dark, somewhat flexed tip, blunt septate, conidia straight or curved, slender, widest at middle, 150 — 130u=15 — 20u, pale, greenish gray, 7-14 divided. A great deal of variation is apparent from the two descriptions. Specimens of the diseased leaves were sent to Saccardo of Italy. He expressed the opinion that the disease was due to Helminthosporium teres. Since the time of the last publication, the organism has been grown upon artiflcial media. Great variations in form and structure are found in all cases. During the summer of 1910, it was the writer’s privilege to meet Dr. K, Ravn of Denmark. He had been working upon the Helminthosporiums in that country. He further sub- stantiated my opinion that the disease was due to H. teres and similar to what had been so prevalent in Denmark during the years 1898 and 1899. ARTIFICIAL INFECTION. Even before active experimentation had been commenced, it appeared in all probability that the infection was transmitted through the seed, as was shown by Pammelio for Helminthosporium gramineum (Yellow Leaf Disease of Barley). Barley grains inoculated with the spores of the fungus were planted in flower pots and covered with bell jars. A short time after the appearance of the first leaves, they became yellow in color, indicating a pathological condition. Microscopic examinations revealed the presence of the mycelium of a Helmin- thosporium species. Spores or conidia were inoculated into the leaves of the corn plant, but in no case was there a resulting infection. Twenty varieties of barley, furnished by Mr. Burnett, were used in the experiment to ascertain definitely whether the fungus is transmitted by the *Bull. Iowa Agr. Exp. Sta. 116. *Bull. Iowa Agr. Exp. Sta. 116: In a recent letter to L. H. Pammel, A. G. Johnson of Madison, Wis., considers H. sativum and H. teres distinct forms. Saccardo, P. A. Sylloge Fungorum. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 95 seed* Twenty-five seeds of each variety were taken, and the spores were placed, by means of a sterile platinum needle in direct contact with the grain. In the second set, twenty-five seeds of each variety were washed with the spores. In each case one row was used as a check. All the seeds were planted in the usual way. The stand from the directly inoculated seeds was very poor. Ex- amination at twenty-four hour intervals indicated that the seedlings lacked vigor. At the end of two weeks’ time there were not over seven seedlings to the row. The roots were not in any sense indicative of a healthy state of growth. The conditions above outlined were a contrast to the more vigorous appearances of the check row. The seedlings arising from the seeds that were merely washed with the spores, numbered more than in the first case, but in no case were there more than twenty plants. When these seedlings had at- tained a height of eight inches some of them began to show yellow demarka- tions, that were similar to the plants artificially infected and . placed under bell jars. Two rows of oats, with twenty-five seeds to the row were inoculated in the same manner as the first set of barley grains. Two rows were used as check. No effect was observed. Seeds of Festuca pratensis (Fescue Grass) were treated by being washed with the spores. The disease did not show itself with the above named plant- as host. This is an interesting fact for the reason that PammeP found spores very similar to those of this species of Helminthosporium upon fescue grass in the fall of 1909, near one of the affected barley plots. These experiments were discontinued after the seedlings had attained a height of ten inches. The results of the above experiments show conclusively that the disease can be transmitted by the seed. Further than this the experiments indicate that this species occurs upon the barley plant alone. FURTHER OBSERVATIONS. In the spring of 1910, there was a resumption of experimental work on this fungus at the Gilbert Farm near Elgin, 111. Twenty-two varieties taken from the infected plots of the year before, on the college farm, were furnished to me by Mr. Burnett. Frequent observations were "made during the growing period, but there was no indication of the disease. On examining the straw later, I was unable to find any spores of Helminthosporium. The same thing was true of the plots at Ames, for that year. The reason for this, is the fact that the season of 1910 was unusually dry. Not until the following fall was there any sign of the presence of the Late Blight. At that time, through the effect of the fall rains, the disease was abundant upon volunteer plants. The season of 1911 showed very little of this fungus disease as compared to the season of 1909. The abundance and wide spread character of the “Blight” during 1909 shows that a moist humid atmosphere is an important factor in dissemination. CULTURAL CHARACTERS AND METHODS. Leaves infected with H. teres were placed in sterile petri dishes, where the moisture was excessive, for the purpose of developing a copious supply of spores. Inside of seven days, the conidia had formed to such an extent that a brownish black appearance was imparted to the leaf. In ascertaining the re- IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE lationship existing between the mycelium and the cells of the host it was found that the mycelium penetrated the epidermis directly and made its way through the intercellular spaces. As soon as the cause of the disease was determined, efforts were made to obtain a pure culture. Somehow, I was not able to grow the organism upon nutrient agar during the summer of 1909. In the summer of 1910 by the use of .1 of 1 per cent oxalic agar medium, I was able to isolate bacteria, and then by transfers in the ordinary way, pure cultures have been easily made. After having once succeeded in obtaining a pure culture, the organism was trans- ferred at different times to nutrient agar, and upon this medium growth was more abundant and its action quicker than when grown upon the acid medium. In all cases a black pigment is imparted to the medium. Better success, as far as pure cultures, was obtained in inoculating tubes, in which leaves of barley were placed with the addition of about 5 cm. of water. The organism upon this leaf medium grows very rapidly. MYCELIUM AND CONIDIA. In noting the growth of Helminthosporium teres, it is convenient to begin with the conidia. The germ tubes first come from the basal and apical cells; later other germ tubes may arise from the remaining cells under favorable conditions. As many as three have been observed at one time growing upon nutrient agar. Noack^ has figured conidia with four germ tubes appearing at the same time for H. graminium (Yellow Leaf Disease). In most cases, how- ever, only two germ tubes will be noticed, one from the apical cell and one from the basal cell. In a favorable medium, like sterile barley straw, under moist conditions, the mycelium develops copiously. The early mycelial threads are septate, branched and fascicled. In older threads, the cells are constricted somew^hat in thb center. In ten days after the sterilized straw is inoculated, the mycelium is distributed over the entire surface. After this period, the white character is lost and instead, a dark color is imparted. This is due to the large number of conidia present. The conidia arise from the tips of the conidiophores, and are so loosely attached that a gentle breeze or a small drop of water coming in contact with them will cause a separation. New conidia will then be formed. This accounts for the difficulty of observing the conidia attached. In giving the characters of the spores, the description indicated considerable variation with reference to color. It has been found that the age of the conidia is a factor that determines this point. The younger conidia will be of a decided greenish tinge, and vary from a light to a dark color, while the older ones are much darker, olive colored, or a gray black. But cultures grown under like conditions are found to be the same. SCLEROTIA. After the culture tubes containing the conidia or spores of H. teres have undergone dessication for a time, there is a clumping together of the mycelial threads. On examining these clumps, the sclerotia appear as black masses that do not conform to any particular shape. These sclerotia vary in size from 250u-600u in length and 150u-350u in width. Sclerotia develop readily IOWA -ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 97 upon sterile straw as well as upon nutrient agar. That HelmintTiosporium species produce sclerotia was first noted by Hecke^ in the case of H. graminium. RaviY^ has observed the same thing with reference to H. teres. Noack^ has further proved that sclerotia are a factor in the life history of H. gram- ineum, while Diedicke® has proven the same thing true for HelmintTiosporium species occurring upon Bromus asper Mur. and Agropyron repens (L) Beau. PYCNIDIA. The next type of spores, the pycnidiospores, are present in the pycnidia. They occur upon sterile straw cultures that have undergone an extended period of dessication. After a month’s interval under the above perscribed conditions, grayish white masses appear which after a time form a dark interior. These bodies or pycnidia are on the average 300-375u wide and 450-600u long. Culture tubes of nutrient agar containing sclerotia and conidia, have not in a single instance developed pycnidia. The pycnidiospores are exceedingly small being ordinarily 1-1. 5u wide and from 2-4u in length. The walls are thin and the unicellular forms are held together by a sort, of a slimy mass. Ravn ger- minated these spores upon beer wort but compared to the conidia they are slow to germinate. After an interval of five days they began to swell and later developed hyphae. He adds that it took fourteen days for a pycnidiospore to develop sufficient mycelium to be observed by the naked eye. PERITHECIA WITH ASCI. In all probability, H. teres has a perithecial form. It also appears as if this form should make its appearance upon sterile straw. Ravn in his publi- cation of 1900 believed that the sclerJlia were unripe perithecia. Diedicke from his work upon Bromus asper Mur. and Agropyron repens (L) Beau, came to the conclusion that HelmintTiosporium species are a part of the life history of a Pleospora species. Fritz Noack^ has proven that H. gramineum has the perfect form Pleospora trichostoma Wint. Noack found the sclerotia occurring upon barley leaves in the field. These, later developed perithecia in their interior. This further substantiates Ravn’s statement, previously made in this paper. In many, cases two perithecia would be formed. By subjecting the perithecia to a temperature of — 10 Degrees C. for a month, Noack succeeded in ger- minating the ascospores immediately, Johnson® has called attention to the fact that the ascogenous stage of H. gramineum occurred in Ireland in 1907. Noack’s work would, therefore, indicate that H. teres has a perfect stage similar to the one reported for H. gramineum. GROWTH AND TEMPERATURE RELATIONS. The conidia germinate quickly when placed in distilled water. Ravn caused increased germination by adding a small amount of beer wort. When conidia are transferred to any ordinary media, conidiophores and conidia develop- very readily. On examining cultures that have dried out considerably, it was found that the structure of the conidia had changed; there appeared to be a shrinking or departure of the respective divisions of the conidium from the outside wall. In some cases there was a wavy undulating surface imparted, while at other times the outline was uniform. This same apparent shrinkage was noticed when spores were mounted in glycerine. From all appearances no detrimental 98 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE effect is imparted to the vitality of the spore, for transfers made from such a culture showed as much growth in a given time as a transfer made from a culture that does not possess this character. The growth and development of the conidia under different degrees of temperature is a point of considerable interest. Cultures kept in the ice box, where the temperature was on the average 5 degrees C., showed considerable growth at the end of a period of seven days. Cultures at room temperature showed good growth at the end of 72 hours. The optimum temperature for growth took place between 23-25 degrees C. At this temperature enough conidia had developed at the end of 24 hours to impart to the medium the dark pigment, characteristic of all cultures of Helminthosporium. The same general con- ditions with reference to temperature apply to sterile leaf cultures. The amount of moisture plays an important part in the development of the conidia. Where sterile leaves were used as a medium without the addition of water at optimum temperature conditions growth could not be induced. In the tubes where about 5 cc. of water had been added, the growth was luxuriant. This point further emphasizes the fact that the amount of moisture plays an important role, not only in cultural wor^ but in the field as well. INFECTION. The carrying over the fungus from one year to another is an important mat- ter from a practical point of view. In this respect the conidia are the im- portant factors. The infection from the conidia may be placed under two heads: (1) the primary conidia; (2) the secondary conidia. The primary conidia are responsible for a direct infection of the seed, and the transmission to the first leaves. The secondary conidia are derived from the primary spores and serve to spread the disease to unaffected parts. These conidia developing in turn may, under favorable climatic conditions, destroy the entire field. The work of H. L. Bolley^' in regard to the soil as an agent in carrying certain cereal diseases is important. The “worn out” soils so commonly de- scribed as due to a lack of chemical constituents, are due to the presence of such fungi as Helminthosporium species. Although the complete life history of H. teres is essential in placing the fungus in its right place as far as classification, yet all forms are not essential for the propagation of the disease in nature. The possible methods of in- fection may be summed up as follows: (1) by mycelium located in the glumes; (2) by conidia that are upon the seed or in the soil; (3) by sclerotia that are in the soil or upon dead leaves or straw; (4) by pycnidiospores that may form upon the straw, of barley grown the previous season; (5) by means of ascospores. REMEDIES. a. Resistant Varieties. Whether or not certain varieties are more resistant to this particular fungus, is a subject that will need further investigation. Prom a general study of the college barley plots in the summer of 1909, the variety known as Chevalier was particularly susceptible, while Oderbrucher was practically exempt. It also appeared as if the early varieties were not attacked to the extent that the later IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 99 varieties were. Ravn came to the conclusion that as a general thing, the two rowed barley was more resistant than the six rowed barley. But in a season, when the disease is wide spread and deep seated, and where there is an indication of a repetition the following season, other remedies must be sought. &. Treatment of the Seed. It has been noted that the seed is a source of infection. Is there then a remedy to prevent the spread and propagation of the disease from the mycelium and conidia in the seed? For the most part this question can be answered in the affirmative. Ravn has found that Jensen’s hot water treatment is effective in dealing with both H. teres and H. gramineum. This consists in placing the seed in cold water, which is gradually heated to a temperature between 52-53 degrees C., and allowing the seed to remain for five minutes. The seed is then cooled by being placed in cold water and later dried. A short time after- wards the seed can be sowm. In addition Ravn has modified the above process slightly, and this gives better results. The plan consists in placing the seed in glass receptacles and in pouring over the grain sufficient water to cover. The grain is allowed to soak for a period of four hours at a temperature from 10-15 degrees C. The water is then poured off, and the receptacles covered with glass plates, until the next day. At that time the seed is transferred to bags and immersed in water. The water is heated to a temperature between 52-53 degrees C., and allowed to remain for five minutes. Afterwards the seed may be sown. Where this latter treatment showed no infection, the former gave 2,3 per cent while the untreated 12.9 per cent. Hollrung" suggests that the seed be treated about a month or a month and a half before being sown. This point does not possess particular significance, as fresh infection may result especially when grain is placed in old bins. Professor PotteF^ in his «lpaper on the “Deaf Ear of Barley’’ has called attention to the experiments that were performed at Cambridge University. Where a 10 per cent solution of copper sulphate was used all traces of a production of diseased plants were lost sight of. But copper sulphate has its disadvantages in the fact that it injures the seed. In 1907 formalin was tried out. The first solution applied consisted of one part formaldehyde to 240 of water; while a second solution consisting of one part formaldehyde to 160 parts of water was also used. Seeds treated by the first solution showed 2.5 per cent sick plants, while in the latter .9 per cent. The crop harvested by the second method showed a better yield as well as better filled seeds. Kuhn’s* treatment w’here seeds are placed for 14 hours in a % per cent solution of copper sulphate, and later soaked in milk of lime, as well as the potassium sulphide (% per cent solution in water) method of Kellerman and Swingle** were both used by Ravn and Potter with good results. In taking these different seed treating remedies into consideration the formalin method with a strength 1 to 160-200, will be the most effective. Pro- fessor Potter says with reference to H. gramineum: “It would appear there- fore that the best remedy is to be found in ‘pickling’ of the grains by means of w'hich the fungus is destroyed, while the power of germination remains unimpaired.” * Report Kansas Agr. Exp. Sta. 1889. **Report Kansas Agr. Exp. Sta. 1890. 100 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE c. Time of Sowing. The time of sowing is another factor that enters in. From the cultural experiments that have been outlined, it is apparent that the temperature has considerable influence. Prom this fact it is at once evident that barley placed in the soil at a time when the temperature is 15 degrees C., will not offer the conditions when it is 24 degrees C. It is therefore advisable to get the seed into the ground when the temperature is sufficient for complete germination of the seed, and where the growth of the fungus is held in check. d. Volunteer Groioth. The remaining stubble and the volunteer growth play a part in the trans- mission of the disease from one season to another. These young plants con- tinue to propagate the conidia, while the straw harbors the pycnidia and sclerotia. Where a field has been in bad shape it is advisable to burn over the stubble before plowing. e. Soil Sanitation. The question of soil sanitation is one that has an important bearing on the transmission of the spores of HelmmtJiosporium species. Serious damage can be imparted to our cereal crops when the soil in which these crops are grown is filled with spores of various parasitic fungi. As a result the tender seed- lings must undergo a struggle for existence that is possibly not equaled at any later period. In Germany, this fact was long ago established for certain crops like the sugar beet and clover. It was shown that these crops were not remunerative because the soil was inoculated with numberless parasites like Rhizoctonia. Pammel found the same thing to be true in the case of the root rot of the cotton {Ozonium auricomum=0. omnivorum^) . Professor Bolley of North Dakota has recently brought this matter of sani- tation to the attention of agriculturists. In his work on flax raising, he found'^ that the farmers of that state were putting flax growing aside for the reason that it was not profitable. These “flax sick” soils were found to possess all. the chemical constituents and compounds that go to make up good soil. In an address before the Fifth International Dry Farming Congress at Spokane, Bolley adds: “But I may state that the three most destructive - parasites taken in their order are one or more species of Helminthosporium, one or more species of Fusariuin, the type of fungus which produces the wheat scab and flax wilt, and one or more species of Colletotrichum. These are universal and effective on roots and leaves, stems and seeds, and various species of Macro- sporium and Alternaria are great blighters of seed and destructive both on straw and on grain especially at germination time. If you declare for careful seed selection in all cases, careful seed disinfection at all times, the formation of a well aerated but compacted seed bed, and for an extensive rotation of crops of as wide spread a character as possible, you of the new dry land region of the West, have the greatest possible opportunity to prove to the world that it is not necessary to lose a crop of such importance as linseed from among your rotations nor is it necessary that your wheat fields yields should fall from the now promising ones of thirty to sixty bushels to the general average of twelve to fifteen.” la. Agr. Exp. Sta. 15:242-251. 1891. Bull. Texas Agr. Exp. Sta. 4 :1-18. 1889. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 101 FUTURE INVESTIGATIONS. It was my purpose when I first commenced a study of this disease in 1909 to be able to obtain the complete life history, before publishing any account. But as the disease is of comparative recent origin in the United States and Canada, and as the disease in the places reported is more destructive than has been recorded for either Germany or Denmark, it was thought best to give forth the results of my observations and investigations to serve the purpose, possibly, of assisting in keeping this disease, and similar allied ones, in check, CONCLUSIONS AND SUMMARY. 1. Helminthosporium teres Sacc., known in Europe since 1881, was first discovered in the United States in 1907 at Ames, Iowa, but w^as not destructive enough to cause appreciable loss until the season of 1909. 2. Helminthosporium teres Sace., occurs upon the barlej^ alone and cannot grow on any other host. 3. Helminthosporium teres Sacc., causes greatest destruction through the formation of its conidia. Further than this, pycnidiospores and sclerotia have been developed culturally. In all probability perithecia, with asci and asco- spores develop from the sclerotia. 4. Inoculation experiments verify the fact that the disease is largely trans- mitted by the seed. 5. Temperature and moisture play an important part in the development of the disease. Seed should be sown when the temperature is sufficient for entire germination but low enough to retard the growth of the fungus. 6. Disease can be best checked by treating seed with formaldehyde. Soil sanitation methods are important factors in following out remedical measures. BIBLIOGRAPHY. la. Beckwith, T. D. Root and Culm Infections of Wheat by Soil Fungi in North Dakota. Phytopathology. 1:169. 1. Bolley, H. L. Conservation of the Purity of Soils in Cereal Cropping. Address before the Fifth International Dry Farming Congress at Spokane, Wash. Oct. 6, 1910. 2. Briosi & Cavara. I Funghi Parasiti Delle Piante Coltivate Od. Utile. No. 81. .8 .Diedicke, H. Uber Den Zusamenhang Zwischen Pleospora und Helminthosporium Arten Centralblatt fur Bakt. und Parasitenkunde II Abt : 9:52-59. 9 f. 4. Hecke, L. Die Braunfleckigkeit Oder Blaltbraune der Gerste. Wiener Land- wirthschaftliche Zeitung. 48 :435, 1898. 5. Hollrung, M. Die Verhutung des Brandes insbesondere bei Gerste und Hafer durch die S'aatkornbeize. Landwirtschaftliche Jahrsbucher 26:145. 6. Johnson, T. Econ. Proc. Roy. Dublin Soc. 1 ;345. 1907. 7. Nback, Fritz. Helminthosporium gramineum Rabh. und Pleospora trichostoma. Wint. Zeitschr fur Pflanzenkh. 15 :193, 1905. 8. Pammel, L. H. Breeders’ Gazette. July 28, 1909. 9. Pammel, L. H., King, Charlotte M., Bakke, A. L. Two Barley Blights. Bull. Iowa Agr. Exp. Sta. 116: 178-190, pi I-.',. 10. Pammel, Weems & Scribner. Yellow Leaf Disease of Barley. Bull. la. Geol. Sur- vey. 1:209. 11. Potter, M. C. Observations on a Disease Producing the “Deaf Ear” of the Bar- ley. Univ. of Durham Philosophical Society Proceedings. 3 :2. 12. Ravn, F. Kolpin. Nogle Helminthosporium Arten. Botanisk Tidskrift. 23:101-320, 1900, pi. 2, f. 26. 13. . Ueber einige Helminthosporium Arten und die von denselben hervorgerufenen Krankheiten bei Gerste und Hafer. Zeitschr. fur Pflanzenkrank- heiten. 11:1-26, 1900. f. 8. Saccardo, P. A. Sylloge Fungorum. 4 :402 ; 10 :610 ; 14 :1062 :1084. 14. 102 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE DESCRIPTION OF PLATES. Plate 1. 1, ,2, 3, 6. — Conidia. 0, 7, 8. — Conidia attached to conidiophores. (Drawings have been recopied by Charlotte M. King.) Plate 2. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. — Conidia germinating. 7. — Portion of mycelium. 8. — Portion of leaf affected by H. teres-. Plate 3. 1. — Sclerotium. 2. — Pycnidium. 3. — Pycnidiospores. Plat® I Plate Plate 3 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 103 SIMBLUM SPHAEROCEPHALUM IN IOWA. BY HENRY S. CONARD. In October, 1911, a student at Grinnell College, Miss Winnie Gilbert, brought in a specimen of the pink stink-horn, Simblum sphaeroceplialum Schlecht. It was found on the north bank of a deep railroad cut, a mile west of town. Further search in this place resulted in the collection of several mature speci- mens and a number of “eggs.” They grew about half way up the slope, facing south, on Marshall silt loam that had slid down the bank, and about at the level of the boundary between the loess and the glacial drift. Perhaps there are special moisture conditions at this level, though other vegetation does not suggest this. With them were Poa pratensis as dominant plant, as well as Acer negundo seedlings, Physalis species. Aster species, etc. Two or three weeks later my colleague. Prof. H. W. Norris, found specimens on a hillside above Skunk River, three miles southwest of Turner station. Through the kindness of Professor Macbride of Iowa State University, I learn that this fungus was reported some years ago by Professor Bessey, but is quite rare in the state. Our material is too old to admit of cytological study. On account of the excessive minuteness of spores and basidia, this would be very difficult. The spores are narrowly ellipsoid, and measure 0.003 mm. x 0.0015 mm. Simblum may be described as a small Clathrus, on the stalk of a Phallus. Our specimens range from 6.5 to 10 cm. tall, with stalks and heads 1 to 2 cm. in diameter. The volva is white, stalk pale pink or flesh color, the receptacle pink and spore mass dull brown. The odor was disagreeable, unlike anything else, but not very strong. The eggs are from 2 to 3 cm. tall and 1 to 2 cm. in diameter, spherical above, tapering below, and terminating in one to three rhizomorphs 2 mm. in diameter and 2 to 3 cm. long. The gelatinous layer is traversed by denser trabeculae. The plant is clearly a member of the Clath- raceae. it i IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE. 1.05 PERNS AND LIVERWORTS OP GRINNELL AND VICINITY. BY HENRY S. CONARD. The flora of the high prairie is peculiarly devoid of mosses and ferns. Ex- cessive insolation and evaporation are prime causes of this. Though the necessary protection for mosses might be afforded by the tall grasses, the ground is too closely occupied, and moisture throughout much of the year is too scant. Of ferns we find in the vicinity of Grinnell (including a radius of four miles) : 1. Botrychium virginianum L (Sw\). 2. Osmunda claytoniana L. 3. Adiantum pedatum L. 4. Asplenium felix-foemina (L) Bernh. 5. Cystopteris fragilis (L) Bernh. 6. Onoclea sensibilis L. Only Cystopteris can be considered a plant of the high prairie. It occurs on porus soils of the Marshall loam type, consisting of glacial drift. Here the vegetation is much less dense than on the fine grained loessial Marshall silt-loams. In slight depressions where there is some seepage of water throughout the year (except in especially dry seasons), Onoclea occasionally appears. These places are the heads of the branches of the smaller streams. In the two lo- calities of this kind within our range, Populus tramuloides, that pioneer tree, is found nearby. These depressions, from their size and position, are to be regarded as among our most recent topographic features. The other four species occur only in well-wooded districts, over the line in Jasper County. They are denizens of the loose sweet humus of the forest. Osmunda, how^ever, usually prefers a substratum of yellow clay. These species have doubtless ascended the river valleys along with the principal trees. We have therefore but one Prairie Pern. ^ In cultivation in Grinnell the above named Osmunda, Asplenium and Cystop- teris prosper when planted on the north side of houses, close to the foundation, or on west or east sides where there is shade. Under the Aspleniums we usually find numerous prothalli in autumn, but the species does not spread successfully. Cystopteris spreads much more, even tending to wander out into grassy and more or less sunny places. Onoclea struthiopteris was introduced last year (1911) into the Botanic Gar- den of Grinnell College, and is growing nicely at this time (April 25, 1912). The plants came from a private garden in Mason City, Iowa. The liverworts are not found at all on the high prairies in this locality.* The nearest occurrence is that of Aneura pinguis oh a clayey bank at Arbor Lake. This “lake” is an artificial pond in the southwest part of Grinnell City. Aneura grew at the foot of a slope facing north, where seepage water supplied constant *Marchantia occurs occasionally in shaded lawns in Grinnell. 106 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIIONCE moisture. With it grew a few slender sedges, grasses and rushes, and nearby were species of Cladonia. It has not been seen for two years. Nearly mature sporophytes were collected in March, 1907, and 1908. One and one-half miles west of Grinnell there is a small stream on the north side of the Rock Island Railroad tracks. The banks are three or four feet high, nearly vertical, and largely composed of naked loess. The south bank is always shaded, and quite moist. Here Marchantia polymorpha is usually found in autumn, but without gametophores. Occassionally Notothylas melanospora has been found on this same bank, beside the water’s edge. Anthoceros laevis has been collected only at the foot of moist banks on the west side of Sugar Creek, in Jasper county, three miles west of town. Here it is always found in autumn. Sometimes it is quite plentiful and covered with sporophytes. In this same region we find on a few stumps and tree trunks a species of Frullania, probably P. virginica. It occurs in large mats. A similar Pr.ullania was also collected on trees along Skunk River at Moore’s Station, twelve miles south of Grinnell. Ricciocarpus natans abounds in many lagoons or ox-bow ponds along Skunk River, three miles southwest of Turner Station. On an outcrop of Redrock Sandstone north of the last place there is a considerable bed of Asterella hemi- sphaerica. This liverwort has been found also on clayey banks of glacial drift along Skunk River in the same general region. Thus there are within four miles of Grinnell five Hepaticae: 1. Aneura pinguis Dumort. 2. Marchantia polymorpha L. 3. Notothylas melanospora Sulliv. 4. Anthoceros laevis L. 5. Prullania virginica Lehm. To this may be added as available to the local botanist: 1. Astrella hemisphaerica Beauv. 2. Ricciocarpus natans L. For some reason Aneura, Notothylas and Ricciocarpus are omitted from Greene’s Plants of Iowa. The last named, at least, is a well-known inhabitant of our State. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 107 SECOTIUM AGARICOIDES, A STALKED PUFFBALLS ' BY HENRY S. CONARD. Last autumn a considerable number of specimens of that odd fungus, 8ecotium agaricoides, were brought to our laboratory. It seems desirable to record the following observations: Secotium was found in October (1911) in three localities. One was a potato field in Marshall silt loam soil, which was then occupied by a crop. The fungus was confined to an area of about thirty feet in diameter. Another patch about SIX feet in diameter was near the edge of low timber, on ground that had been cleared during the preceding winter, but had long been more or less browsed and trampled by cattle, horses and hogs. The particular spot occupied by the fungus appeared to have had some brush burned over it. The third spot was in an open grazing pasture in a valley. The fungi occupied an area about ten feet in diameter. The field was lightly grazed by cattle, and largely overgrown with ragweed (Ambrosia artemisiaefolia). The two latter localities are on the Miami silt loam. Specimens from the first locality vary from 55 mm. to 24 mm. tall by 53 mm. to 25 mm. in diameter. Mostly more or less globular in shape, many are de- pressed, and a few elongate or even umbonate. The proportions run about thus: Height. Width. Proportion of height to width. 55 mm. 41 mm. 1:0.74 54 51 1:0.94 25 42 1:1.68 29 37 1:1.27 of 20—39.1 39.9 1:1.02 Mean— 35.58* 39.17t 1:1.10 Most of the specimens were sessile, but a few are prolonged below into a tapering stipe, buried in the ground. The surface of some is smooth, of others squamose. As the larger and older ones are squamose, this is probably the normal mature condition. The surface is white when young, becoming dull brownish with chestnut brown scales. None of these specimens had dehisced, but many had the peridium loosened from the stipe at base. There was evident in some specimens a tendency for the columella to become slander in the middle of the fungus, and even to disappear. , The other two localities are within about a quarter of a mile of each other. Both were found on the same day, and the collections were not kept separate. These specimens show variations in size and shape about as described above. For example: Height. Width. Height: Width. 73 mm, 42 mm. 1:0.57 67 32 1:0.48 45 44 1:0.98 22 38 1:1.73 Av. 20—46 42.25 1:0.92 Mean — 45.16* 39.42t 1:0.87 '^Secotium agaricoides (Czern) Holl. = C. Warnei Peck. * Average of 7 measurements between 30 and 40 mm. t Average of 23 measurements between 30 and 50 mm. 108 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE These specimens tend to a taller form than the former lot, as shown both by measurement and by general appearance. Several were distinctly umbonate at top. One specimen had dehisced by breaking loose of the peridium from the stem at its base; the peridium then split into segments and spread irregularly. Another had dehisced by breaking open at the apex of the stalk, followed by splitting and spreading of the peridium. In both the process was very irregu- lar, and may have been due to injury. None of the others had dehisced at all. Some specimens in this lot had the trama more or less suppressed on one side of the columella — in one case completely so — thus tending toward a continuous spore-bearing mass without columella. The spores are olive brown in color when seen in mass. They are oval in shape, and measure 0.005 mm. by 0.007 mm. They have smooth thick impervious walls. They are borne in fours, on rather long slender sterignata, upon clavate basidia, which at maturity are 0.006 mm. in diameter, and about 0.022 mm. long. The interior of this fungus can only be described as intermediate between a puffball and a mushroom. A stalk, (columella) which is either stuffed or hollow* (to use mushroom terminology) runs vertically up the center of the body and, joins the peridium. At base the stalk is often prolonged into the ground as in Collybia radicata. Prom the peridium, which is thick and fleshy, many anastomosing and crumpled gills extend toward the stalk. Most of these do not actually join the stalk, though their basidia are closely pressed against it. But some are actually confluent with the stalk. As Macbride has said, one would take the object for an abortive or unopened agaric. Sections of young speci- mens are remarkably like sections of a button mushroom. But the spore mass has a color such as is seen only in puffballs. Secotium may be regarded as a morphological intermediate between the agarics and gasteromycetes. It is a most important form as helping one to understand the relation of these two groups. It may be regarded as a mushroom arrested in the button stage, but with a complicated gill system. Let the stalk be suppressed, or invaded by hymenial growth— as actually happens in some of our specimens — and we have a real puffball. Now if the framework of the gills is reduced until only cottony fibres remain, we should have a Lycoperdon. We must not, however, assume that Secotium is really an ancestral form. It simply shows some of the possibilities of the knob of fungus “meristem” which forms the first stage of all the higher fleshy fungi. * Secotium agaricoides iCsern.) Holl. = C. Warnei Peck. * Average of 6 measurements between 40 and 50 mm. t Average' of 24 measurements between 30 and 50 mm. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 109 BEHAVIOR OP POLLEN TUBES IN RICHARDIA APRICANA. J3Y JAMES ELLIS GOW. During the past year the writer undertook an investigation of the morpho- logy of Richardia africana, (the ordinary Calla Lilly, otherwise known as Calla ethiopica, or Zantedeschia africana), with a view of discovering what might be found relative to its life history, and comparing its life history with that of other Aroids. In at least one respect the results w'ere curious and unexpected. In the greenhouse, pollination of Richardia is seldom accomplished except by artificial means. Unpollinated material was at first experimented with. In the younger blossoms, the ovule appears as a well defined nucellus, surrounded by one integument which is just beginning to develop. At this stage, the primary archesporial cell is prominent, lying in the middle of the nucellus-tip. It is larger than the surrounding cells, has a better-defined nucleus, and reacts differently to stains, being much more responsive to the Haematoxylin than are the surrounding cells, and taking Safranin or Gentian Violet much less diffusely, the staining of the former especially being largely limited to the chromatin, the network of which seems sharply defined from the first. This cell develops directly into the embryo-sac. Between the first appearance of the primary archesporial cell, and the final appearance of the embryo-sac, the ovule nearly doubles in size, the nucellus becoming much longer, and the integuments (which have now become two) lengthening out, and overlapping the tip of the nucellus. Some nucelli, at this stage, show a well-defined megaspore, and some show a well-defined embryo-sac, but most of them consist merely of a mass of perfectly sterile tissue, without differentiation of any sort. The ovary continues to swell for a time, and then begins to wither. The cells of the mature nucellus are large, thin- walled, and very much like the endosperm-tissue common in many of the Aroids, but of course are quite a different thing morphologically. The experiment of fertilization was tried about the middle of January. In the course of a week a few sections were made, but with negative results. Early in February it was observed that the ovaries were swelling rapidly and had reached about double their former size. Upon sectioning the material it was found that all parts of the ovule had grown; the nucellus having nearly doubled in length, and the integuments having kept pace with them. A very few showed indications of containing a badly disorganized embryo-sac, but most of the nucelli were, as before, perfectly sterile. Pollen tubes, however, had penetrated the carpel, and had in many cases approached the tip of the nucellus, and in at least one instance a tube had penetrated the tip of a perfectly sterile nucellus. The tubes were well preserved, stained well with the triple stain (haematoxylin- safranin-orange G), and showed the fertilizing cell and tube-nucleus well in many ways. There was very little shrinkage or distortion. Older material, investigated ten days later, showed a breaking down both of the pollen tubes and the sterile nucelli, but in a few cases the pollen tubes could still be seen penetrating the tips of the now partially disintegrating nucelli. if ■i IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 111 AN ANOMALOUS OVARY. BY JAMES ELLIS GOW. While engaged in a study of the Araceae the writer undertook to study some specimens of Stenospermation popayanense, which were kindly supplied by Mr. Fred J. Seaver, of the New York Botanical Gardens. The genus in question is described by all writers on the subect as having perfect flowers. Two species, other than the one mentioned, are described and flgured by Schott in his Genera Aroidearum; but no description is there given of 8. popayanense. The two species described have a unicarpellate ovary, with extremely thick wall, and four hypogenous stamens surrounding it. In one of the species, however, the filaments cling to the wall of the ovary so that the anthers appear to be sessile and epigynous, and in both the stamen is greatly reduced. S. popayanense is mentioned by Ender in his Index Aroidearum, but is not described. De Can- dollfe mentions it as having hermaphrodite flowers. The entire spadix is covered with crowded, lozenge-shaped blossoms, an exami- nation of which reveals the fact that each is simply a short, truncate pistil, with a somewhat projecting, glandular stigma at the summit. The pistil is never surrounded by stamens, and so far as the first examination extended the blossom appeared to be purely pistillate and the plant dioecious. On sectioning the pistil longitudinally it is seen that there is a rather broad stylar canal, narrowed at the stigmatic end above, and again below just above the entrance of the carpellary cavity. The broader portion is filled with a mass of very regularly arranged glandular hairs, which of course serve as conducting tissue. There is a projection in the central portion of the carpellary cavity, and around this are grouped from four to eight erect, anatropous ovules. In many of the blossoms dissected, however, the ovules are replaced by a group of short, sessile stamens, although in these cases the exterior appearance of the ovary, (if the name may still be applied), is entirely unaltered, and the internal anatomy is unaltered, except for the substitution of stamens for ovules. Many questions have been asked the writer, by those who have seen this curious phenomenon, as to whether it is an abnormality peculiar to this indi- vidual plant, or whether it belonged generally to the species in question. To these queries he can as yet only reply that, as he has been able to find but one individual belonging to the species, and as he has seen but one crop of blossoms coming from that individual, he cannot say definitely what the peculiarity means. It has been asked also what is the fate of the stamens in question. As mature, and apparently perfectly normal pollen grains were found in the anthers, it is assumed that they are functional. Whether the filament later lengthens out, and the anthers protrude from the neck of the “pistil,” the writer is unable to say. All pistils studied were in the same stage of development, and until more material is obtained the later stages can only be guessed at. Perhaps the pollen :s shed in the interior of the carpel. A certain small percentage of carpels con- tain both stamens and ovules, so that the latter process might result in the 112 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE setting of a eerlain amount of seed, though cross-fertilization would of course be iiihibited. These questions await further study, which of course necessitates waiting for material in the proper stage of development. It is hoped that this may ere long be obtained. Should the peculiarity turn out to be constant for the species, or even for one individual of the species (in which case it should probably be interpreted as reversionary in its nature), it may perhaps have some slight bearing on the question of the relation of the floral parts. The writer has long been inclined to question the accepted terminology which deflnes the pistil as a sporophyll, and to regard the ovule rather as the sporophyll, and the carpellary wall as a part of the leaf system of the flower, so modified as to become a protective envelope for the ovule. Under this view the stamen and ovule would be regarded as complementary sporophylls, and the pistil would be regarded as a complex organ, part of which belongs to the system of floral leaves, and part to the system of sporophylls. There are many analogies that would seem to indicate the correctness of this view. The occasional occurrence of ovules on the inner carpellary wall, (“pariental placenta”), does not prove the carpel to be a sporophyll any more than does the occurrence of stamens on petals prove the petal to be a sporophyll. The normal position for a stamen is in the axil of a floral leaf, and, if the theory here advanced be correct, the normal position of the ovule is similar. That both are sometimes mounted on the leaf itself does not in any way effect the morphological signiflcance. The substitution of stamens for ovules in Stenospermation, might perhaps be taken as an indication of the essential homology between the two. The stamen, in this case, has simply, by some strange perversion, developed in the axil of the inner, instead of the outer leaf. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 113 NATIVE DYE-PLANTS AND TAN-PLANTS OF IOWA, WITH NOTES ON A FEW OTHER SPECIES. HARRIETTE S. KELLOGG. In early days, dyers depended almost entirely upon the vegetable kingdom as the source of their supply of coloring materials, the most important exceptions being sepia from a species of cuttle fish and Tyrian purple from the Murex. Feral plants were the chief reliance but the uncertainty of obtaining a sufficient amount of the raw material, as well as the inferior quality of much of that brought to the ma.rket, together with the development of the science ©f organic chemistry led to the replacing of natural dyes with synthetic or artificial dyes. In 1910, Prof. Meldola, in a presidential address before the Society of Dyers and Colorists, said, “Such a revolution in an industry of venerable antiquity as has been effected in about half a century has, perhaps, never been witnessed in the history of applied science. ... An ancient industry, at the touch of science has been transformed.” As a result of this change, today in our large manufactories, research chemists are employed as members of the regular staff. Another result is that aniline dyes derived from coal-tar products replaced the greater number of vegetable dyes, but two, logwood and fustic, not having, as yet, been supplanted. The substitutions have not been wholly satisfactory, many of the aniline dyes not being of sufficient permanency, and experiments have been continued until, at present, coloring principles are manufactured which are identical with the natural vegetable or animal principles formerly employed in dyeing, and moreover have these advantages over the natural products that they may be manufactured in unlimited quantity and be of as great purity or strength as the manufacturers chose to make them. Today, however, in the newer agricultural districts, encouragement is being offered to farmers to experiment with plants containing dye principles with the hope that careful methods of cultivation employed in growing these may again create a market for such plants, although it is not at all probable that collecting plants in their wild state will ever again possess commercial importance. Tannin is of much more usual occurrence in vegetation than are dye-principles; however, in many plants, it occurs in such negligible quantity or is so associated; with some coloring principle as to be without value to the manufacturer. How- ever this may be, it is true that most plants contain tannin. In early days in Iowa, especially before the advent of the railway, tannerS' in Iowa used native barks in their work. Mr. D. S. Morrison, senior member of a firm which has been manufacturing gloves in this state since 1854, says, that at first the black oak was used in tanning, but the coloring matter which, the oak contained made its use rather unsatisfactory so that eventually depend- ence was placed upon the sumac, although experiments were made with other plants, notably smartweed. This was probably the Tanweed, Polygonum Muhlen- hergii, which contains about four per cent of tannin. Appended are lists of tan and dye plants, native to Iowa, which are as com- plete as the resources at command will allow. It is of course impossible to. 8 114 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE collect all the facts in regard to folk-use of such plants even in our own state but it is hoped that the lists as given may possess something, at least of interest in the history of native economic plants of Iowa. The literature relating exclusively to dye-plants is meager, consisting almost entirely of isolated references, here and there, in floras. The fact that many speciflc names of plants are forms of the Latin adjective Unctorius is evidence that dye-principles of certain plants were known to early botanists. Linnaeus mentions four such plants only; but in the fifth volume of his Amenitates Academicae, he published an article of thirty pages by Engelbert Jorln, on Plantae tinctoriae, in which Swedish dye-plants were named. In the fourth edition of William Withering’s Botanical Arrangement of British Plants, pub- lished in 1801, (first edition 1776) fifty species are named which contain dye- principles. The author referred to Lightfoot’s Flora Scotica published originally in 1777. Plowright mentions Pennant’s Tours in Scotland (1782) and Rutty’s Natural History of the County of Dublin (1772) as containing references to native dye plants. Mention should be made of the work of Pierre Joseph Buchoz, who, during the fifty years subsequent to 1758, wrote more than five hundred treatises upon Botanical subjects. These are largely compiled from other sources and cover many phases of plant life. His Manuel tinctorial, published in 1800, while interesting, cannot be accepted as strictly reliable. The better known commercial dye plants have been treated more at length in various publications, as Simmonds’ Tropical Agriculture, in which eight of the most valuable, economically, are discussed. There are many articles in German that consider the subject from a chemical point of view but such are not logic- ally within the scope of this article. In 1901, Dr. Plowright read an interesting paper, before the Royal Horticultural Society of England, upon British Dye Plants, in which he stated that in the Highlands and remote parts of Ireland native dye plants are still employed by the women in their homes. He names sixty such plants and in this paper records the results of a series of experi- ments with them covering a period of two years. The paper was farther illus- trated by 150 skeins of wool which had been dyed in preparations from these plants. Rev. Wilks, Editor of the Horticultural Reports, said that “the effect of the various dyes was very distinct and beautiful in the direction of what may best be described as high art shades.” The bibliography here listed is of the more easily accessible titles, including also a few of the older works. No attempt has been made to list any consider- able number of publications on tan-plants, the majority of those consulted being technical from the point of view of the manufacturer. Bfrry. w c. Coloring' matters for food-stuffs and methods for their detection. Cir. Bur. Chem. U. S. Dept. Agr. 25 :40. Bdankenshtp, J. W. Native economic plants of Montana. Bull. Mon. Agr. Exp. Sta. 56 :36. Buchoz, P. J. Manuel tinctorial des plantes ou trait§ de toutes les plantes que peuvent servir a la teinture et la peinture. Ed. 5. 287. Paris 1800. Chesnut. V. K. Plants used bv the Indians of Mendocino Co., Cal. Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 7:295-408. Blount, A. E. Canaigre. Bull. N. M. Agr. Exp. Sta. 14 :37-44. CoviLLE. F. V. Notes on plants used by the Klamath Indians of Oregon. Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 5 :87-108. Cook, O. P. and Collins, G. M. Economic plants of Porto Rico. Cont. U. S. Nat. Herb. 8:57-269. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 115 Doggett, C. S. See Cyclopedia of American Agriculture. Dyes and Dyeing. 2:267-273. Drabble^ E. The bark of the Red and White Mangrove tanning material from West Africa. Quart. Jour. Inst. Com. Res. Liverpool 3:33-37. Bastard Logwoods from Jamaica. Bull. Dept. Agr. Jamaica 5 :185-186. Engler^ a. and Prantl^ K. Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien nebst ihren G'attungen und wichtigeren Arten inbesondere den Nutzpflanzen unter Mitwirkung zahlreicher hervorragender Fachgelehrten. 4v. Leipsic. 1887-1909. Etherington^ I. The Arnatto dye-plant (Bixa Orellana). Trop. Agr. 25:230-231. Abs. in Bot. Centrbl. 49:608. Gawalowski, a. Ueber die Rothpigmente der Alkanna Wurzel. Zeitsch des allg. Fester. Apotheker-Ver. 49:1001-1002. Abs. in Bot. Centrbl. 92:109. Gray, A. Synoptical Flora of N. A. Gamopetalse with Sup. 494. Published by Smith- sonian Institution. 1886. Greene^ Wesley. Editor. Plants of Iowa. 264. Des Moines 1907. (Bull. la. St. Hort. Soc.) Hare,, R. F. Canaigre. Bull. N. M. Agr. Exp. Sta. 49 :15. Hooper, David. The uses and composition of Tamarind seeds. Agricultural' Ledger. 7997:13-16. Hough^ Walter. A collection of Hopi ceremonial pigments. Ann. Rept. Smith. Inst. 7999:465-471. JoRLNj Engelbert. Plante tinctoriae. Amenitates Academicae 5 :314-342. 1759. KraemeR;, Henry. A text-book of botany and pharmacognosy. 850. Philadelphia. 1908. LightfooTj John. Flora scotica : or a systematic arrangement in the Linaean method of the native plants of Scotland and the Hebrides. 1151. London. 1777. Lyons^ a. B. Plant names, scientific and popular. Ed. 2. 630. Detroit. 1907. Mueller, Baron Ferd. v. Select extra-tropical plants readily eligible for industrial ’ culture or naturalization. 449. Detroit. 1884. Millspaugh, C. F. American Medical Plants. 2 v. 190. 1887. (See notes on specific plants.) Norton, J. B. S. A coloring matter found in some Boraginaceae. Rept. Mo. Bot. Gar. 9:144-151. Plowright, C. B. British dye-plants. Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc, London. 26:452-454. 1901. Safford, W. E. Useful plants of the Island of Guam. Cont. U..- S. Nat. Herb. 9:416. Schulte im Hofe, A. Indigokultur und Fabrikation in Britisch-Indien. Tropen- pfianzer, 1902:78-86; 128-141. SiMMONDs, P. L. Tropical Agriculture. A treatise on the culture, preparation, com- merce, and consumption of the principal products of the vegetable kingdom, pp. 354-392. “The principal dye-stuffs of commerce.” Smith, John A. L. S, A dictionary of popular names of plants which furnish the natural and acquired wants of man in all matters of domestic and general economy. 457. London. 1882. Veitch. Tanning Materials. Cy. Am. Agr. 2:622-629. Withering, W,m. A botanical arrangement of all the vegetables naturally growing in Great Britain with descriptions of the genera and species. 4th. Ed. 4 v. 1720. 1801. LICHENES. Pertusaria communis D. C. A cosmopolitan species and commercial source of litmus. Urceolaria scruposa L. is used in England as the source of a red dye. Other dye plants among the lichens which are, however, not found in the Iowa Flora, are: Bazzania trilohata (L.) S. P. Gray, growing on pines in the Rocky Mountains and used by the Montana Indians, Evernia vulpina (L.) Ach. (Tree Moss, Shwa-wi-san, 01-ga-ti, or Yellow Moss) used by the California Indians, and Xanthoria parietina (L.) Th. Pr. (Wall Lichen), all utilized in dyeing yellow; Umbillicaria polyrhiza L. and Rinodina oreina (Ach.) Walnio, furnish- ing red dyes; and the following yielding litmus: Gladonia sp., Dendrographa leucophaea (Tuck.) Darbish. (California Seaweed), Lecanora tartarea Achr. (Cudbear, Tartarean Moss, Korkablatt, Canary-weed), Parmelia sp. Roccella tinctoria DC. (Dyer’s Moss, Canary Moss) and other species of Roccella. 116 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE PINACEAE. Juniperus communis L. (Dwarf Juniper), as well as species of yew are used, especially in Australia, in tanning. There are many tan barks among the Conifers. Among them are the Pirst-Ba, or White Fir (Adies concolor Lindl.), Lowland Fir (A. grandis Lindl.) and Silver Fir (A. pectinata DC.); the Larch {Larix europaea DC. ); the Spruces — White Spruce {Picea alha L.), Sitka Spruce, (P. sitcTiensis Prank) and Nor- way Spruce (P. excelsa Link.); the Pines — California Swamp Pine {Finns muricata D. Don.) the Monterey Pine (P. insignis Dough) and Aleppo Pine (P. Jialepensis Mill.); the Hemlock Spruce {T. canadensis Carr and T. Jietero- phylla Sarg.) and the Redwoods {Sequoia gigantea Lindl. and Gord. and 8. sempervirens Endl.) Dye plants among the Conifers are not numerous. In the Himalaya Moun- tains, the natives use the. cones of the King, or Dye-Pine {AMes We'bMana Lindl.) in making a violet dye; the Maoris of New Zealand utilize the bark of the Celery Pine, Pitch Pine, or Tanekaka {Phyllocladus trichomanioides D. Don.) in dyeing black and red. The White Fir, mentioned previously as a source of tanning material, is used by the Indians of Northwest America in dyeing a light brown. • GRAMINEAE. Phragmites communis Trin. (Reed) The flowering tops of this plant used with copperas as a mordant, furnish a green dye which, according to Plow’^- right, is utilized in Great Britain. The Dhurra {Sorghum vulgar e Pers.) often escaped from cultivation, is the source of a crimson dye. The use of caramel, derived from sugar, in coloring foods is well known. The Aeluropus laevis Trin. is one of the food plants of a Kermes insect from which a purple dye is made. SABALACEAE. The Dragon’s-blood {Daemonorops Draco Blume) is the source of a red resin much used and also contains tannin. Tannin is present in the roots of the Coco Palm {Cocos nucifera L.) and in the Dwarf Palmetto {Sahal Adansoni Guerns.) LILIACEAE. The cultivated Onion {Allium Cepa L.) -furnishes a yellow-brown dye. Many of the Aloes, as the Cape Aloe {Aloe ar'borescens Mill.) of South Africa, A Succotrina Lam., and A. spicata L., have a commercial importance as sources of yellow dye. Socotra {Draeaena Gima'bari Balf.) is a commercial source of red resin. The roots of Zanthorrhim apiifolia L’Herit. (Shrub Yellow-wort, Parsley-leaved Yellow-wort) are said by von Mueller and Lyons to contain a yellow dye. IRIDACEAE. The cultivated Crocus {Crocus sativus L.) also known as Saffron or Azafran, is grown in Afghanistan for the yellow coloring matter which is contained in the stigmas. ZINGIBERACEAE. The Galangal {Alpina otficinarum Hance) of China and A. Galanga of Java supply the Galangal yellow of commerce. Several species of Curcuma IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 117 are important as commercial sources of turmeric. C. Tonga L. (Turmeric Plant, Huldee, or Indian Saffron) is undoubtedly the . species most utilized, although commercial saffron is also derived from the rhizome of the Ango, Ukon, or Kyo-o (0. Zedoaria Rose.) of Japan, Samoa, and the Himalaya Mountains and from C. viridifora Roxb. of Sumatra. CANNACEAE. The cultivated Canna (Canna indica L.) known also as Ipdian Shot, Mango- halono-tano, or Aliipoe, produces a purple dye which is, however, not per- manent. MARANTACEAE. Another source of turmeric is Eaempferia pandurata Roxb. CASTJARINACAE. A red dye is obtained from the Swamp Oak (Casuarina equisetifolia L.) known also as Beefwood, Ironwood, Agoho, or Toa, of the Pacific Islands and Malay. In the Island of Guam, it is used as a source of tannin. SALICACEAE. Salix alia L. (Silky Willow or Huntington Willow) contains a yellow dye-principle and is a commercial source of tannin. ^ 8. fragilis L. (Snap, Brittle, or Red Willow) contains tannin. Practically all of the Willows and Poplars contain tannin. In England the Saugh, Sal- low, or Hedge Willow (8. Caprae L.) is important. The buds of some species of Poplar (Populus) used in dyeing yellow. MYRICACEAE. The Sweet Fern, Fern-gale or Pern-bush (Myrica asplenifolia L.) is a com- mercial source of tannin. The Devonshire or Moss Myrtle, Moss Wythan, Bay-bush, or Sweet Gale, as it is variously known, (M. Gale L.) is used in Great Britain in dyeing pale yellow; from the Chinese species M. Nagi Thunb. (the Yangmoe of China and Kaiphal of India) a brown-orange dye is obtained. JUGLANDACEAE. Juglans cinerea L. (Bitternut or White Walnut) A decoction from the leaves, bark, and unripe fruit was used in dyeing the famous “butter-nut I)rown” of Civil War times. With an acid this becomes purple. The wood contains tannin. J. nigra L. (Black Walnut) Supt. O. H. Greene of the Indian Agency at Toledo says that the Tama Indians still use the husks from the nuts as a dye material. It is one of the few dyes requiring no mordant. The bark and wood both contain tannin. Cary a olivaeformis Nutt. (Pecan) furnishes a yellow dye-principle. C. porcina Nutt. (Pig-nut Hickory) contains a yellow, and the White- heart Hickory or Mocker-nut (0. tomentosa Nutt.) a green dye-principle. BETULACEAE. The bark of the Alder (Alnus glutinosa Medic.) furnishes a yellow dye and contains tannin. Prom the Munbar (A. flrma Sieb and Zucc.) of Japan is derived a black dye. According to Coville, the Oregon Indians make an 118 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE orange dye from the Wiplam (A. ienuifoUa Nutt.) ; while Chesnut states that in California the Indians use Umse, Ga-sheti, or Kus (A. rJiomMfolia Nutt.) for a similar purpose. In England there is a folk-use of A. nepalensis D. Don.) for dyeing browm. A. maritima Nutt, and A. nitida Endl. are also dye-plants. Many of these barks, notably A. glutinosa Medic, contain tannin. The bark of the Lady Birch, White Birch, Makepeace or Ribbon-tree {Betula aWa L.) is used in Great Britain in dyeing brown and contains tannin. FAGACEAE. Quercus alha L. (White Oak) contains tannin. Q. macrocarpa Michx. (Bur Oak, Mossy-back Oak) contains tannin. Q. nigra L. contains a dye material and, although it was used in Iowa in early days in tanning, the presence of this coloring principle made its use rather unsatisfactory. Q. ruhra L. (Red Oak) contains tannin. Q. velutina Lindl. (Dyer’s Oak, Black Oak, Yellow-bark Oak) furnishes a yellow dye. Practically all oaks contain tannin; some being especially valuable as commercial sources of tan-bark. Among the latter is the Valonia (Q. Aegilops L.) the unripe cups and acorns of which, according to several authors, are used in dyeing and making ink, the annual export from Smyrna alone amounting to thousands of tons. Others are California Black Oak (Q. cali- fornica Coop.), the Turkey Oak (Q. Cerris L.), the Canyon Live-Oak (Q. cJiryso- iepis Liebm.), the Tan-bark Oak {Q. densiflora Hook and Arn.), Black Oak (0. discolor Ait.) which not only tans but dyes the leather a brilliant yellow^ the Pacific Post-oak {Q. Garry ana Hooi]s.) , the Evergreen Oak {Q. Ilex L.), the Ki-yam {Q. lohata Nee) from which, according to Chesnut, the California Indians also make an ink, the California White Oak {Q. lusitanica Lam.) also a source of ink galls, the Chestnut Oak (Q. Prinos L.) the African Oak (Q. Pseudo-suloer Santi.). and the English Oak {Q. Rohur L.) also used in England in deying brown. Several serve as food sources for the Kermes insects and from the galls thus formed is obtained the brilliant cochineal dye of commerce. The most important of these is the Cochineal Oak (Q. coccifera L.) also known as the Kermes Oak. The Chestnut {Castanea dentata Borkh.) furnished both dye and tan ma- terials. MORACEAE. Humulus Lupulus L. (Hop-vine), according to Plowright, is used in Great Britain in dyeing yellow. Madura aurantiaca Nutt. (Osage Orange, North American Bow-wood, Yellow Wood or Osage Apple) contains a yellow dye-principle in its roots. Fustic, Yellow Brazilwood, Holland Yellow-wood, or Cuba-wood {CMoropTiora tinctoria Gaud.) is a commercial source of fustic which has not yet been replaced by an artificial product. The root of Cudrania Javenensis Tree.) of Australia contains a yellow dye-principle. PROTEACEAE. The Heath Honeysuckle (Banksia serratal) contains tannin in its bark, and the same substance is also found in a related species B. integrifolia, in Grevillea striata R. Br, Exocarpus cupressiformis Labill., the Silver Tree (Leucadendrum IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 119 argenteum R. Br.), Kruppelboom or Knotted Tree (Leucospermum conocarpum R. Br.) the Waagenboom {Protea grandiflora Thunb.), Sugarbush (P. mellifera Thunb.), Lomatia ilicifolia R. Br and L. longifoUa R. Br. SANTALACEAE. The Cape Sumac or Pruim Bast {Golpoon compressus Berg.) furnishes a yellow dye and its leaves and twigs contain tannin. The Quandong {Fusanus acuminatus R. Br.) contains dark-colored tannin. POLYGONACEAE. Polygonum amphidium L. (Water Persicaria) contains tannin. P. aviculare L. (Crabweed, Mantil, Ninety-knot, or Pinkweed) contains tannin. P. Hydropiper Mx. (Water Smartweed, Lake-weed, Red-shanks, Redweed, or Biting Knotweed) contains tannin. Plowright in “British Dye Plants” reports a folk-use of this plant in dyeing pale-yellow. P. Muhlenhergii (Meisn.) Wats, has been employed in Iowa in tanning leather and is still known as tanweed or leather weed. P. Persicaria L. (Persicaria, Lady’s Thumb) contains tannin. Other tan-plants among the Smartv/eeds are P. dardatum L., P. Bistorta L., P. chinense L., and P. perfoUatum L. The Japanese Indigo Plant (P. tinetorium Ait.) is a commercial source of indigo. The Sea-side Grape or Lobe-berry {Goccoloha uvifera L.) is one of the commercial redwoods containing dye- principles. The cultivated Rhubarb {Rheum officinale Baill.) is used in Thibet as a dye-plant. The Docks probably all contain some tannin, Canaigre {Rumex hymenosepalus Torr.) probably being the most important, although R. maritu mus L. is also used. CHENOPODIACEAE. The cultivated Spinach (S^pinace-a oleracea L.) contains a yellow dye-prin- ciple. PHYTOLACCACEAE. Phytolacca decandra L. (Pokeweed, Kermes-berries, Portugal-berries, Pigeon- berries, Red-Nightshade, Red-ink Plant) furnishes a red dye. The Blood-plant {Rivina humilis L.) contains a red juice which the ladies of South America use as a rouge. RANUNCULACEAE. Caltha palustris L. (Marsh Marigold, Cowslip). A yellow dye known to folk use is obtained from this plant. Hydrastis canadensis L. (Golden Seal, Canada Yellow-root, Indian Dye, Orange-root, Yellow Puccoon). From the rhizome and rootlets a yellow dye, of commercial importance is obtained. The Asbarg or gandhaki {Delphinium Zalil) is named by W. G. Berry (Cir. 25, Bur. Chem. U. S. D. A.) as being used in Afghanistan as the source of a yellow dye which is derived from the blossoms. The same author mentions the Buttercup {Ranunculus tulhosus L.) as furnishing a yellow dye. In Great Britain, a yellow dye is obtained from Thalictrum flavum- L. (Fen Rue, Poor-man’s Rhubarb). According to John Smith, a yellow dye is obtained from the roots of Yellow-root {Zanthoriza apiifolia L’Herit). 120 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE NYMPHAECEAE. ^ymphaea odorata Ait. (Water-lily). Plowright states that in the Hebrides a dye is used, derived from this plant. BEEBERIDACEAE. Berberis vulgaris L. (Barberry). Prom this is made a yellow basic dye known commercially. Prom the Oregon Grape {B. aquifolium Pursh) a similar dye is obtained. MENISPERMACEAE. The Palse Colomba-root {Coscinium fenestratum Colebr.) furnishes a yellow dye used in the East Indies. LAURACEAE. The Persea Lingue Nees. of Chili contains tannin. PAPAVERACEAE. Sanguinaria canadensis L. (Blood-root, Red Indian-Paint, Red-root, Blood- wort). Its roots yield a red pigment which the Indians formerly used to color their bodies. The Tama Indians use this as a dye. The Garden Celandine (Chelidonium sineyise DC.) is a commercial source of a yellow dye, and the Corn or Pield Poppy (Papaver Rhoeas L.) cultivated in our gardens, furnishes through its petals a coloring matter used in red ink. CRUCIFERAE. The cultivated red Cabbage (Brassica oleracea L.) furnishes the red coloring material known as caulin. The Wallflower {GheirantJius Cheiri L.) is the source of a commercial yellow dye. The Dyer’s Woad, Dyer’s Weed, Pastel, or Ash-of -Jerusalem (Isatis tinctoria L.) as well as J. indigotica Port, and I. lusitanica Brot. of China yield indigo. The beautiful Kendal green was made by “topping” the blue from I. tinctoria with a yellow dye from Weld {Reseda Jbuteola). ANONACEAE. The Yellow-dye Tree {Xylopia polycarpa Oliver) of Soudan contains a yellow dye-principle. MONIMIACEAE. The bark of the Boldo {Peumus Boldus Molina) contains a dye. CAPPARIDACEAE. The Capers {Gapparis^ spinosa L.) furnish a yellow dye. DROSERACEAE. Prom the Sundew {Drosera WJiittalcerii Planch) is obtained a dye used in coloring red to brown. RESEDACEAE. The Yellow Weed, Dyer’s Rocket, Weld, or Dyer’s Weed {Reseda Luteola L.) is the source of the commercial “Dutch Pink” and is said by Plowright to furnish the best yellow dye in Great Britain. It makes a yellow, blue, or green dye according to the mordant used and, according to Smith, is used largely in coloring paper-hangings. In coloring to produce Kendal green, the IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 121 material is first dyed a blue with woad and then put in the yellow dye from weld, thus producing the famous shade. SAXIFRAGACEAE. TlT,e Curtidor Bark (Weinmannia pinnata L., W, racemosa L., and W. tinc- toria Sm.), the Alum-root (Heuchera americana L.) and many other represent- atives of the family contain tannin. ROSACEAE. The berries of the Whitethorn, Maybush, or Wickens {Crataegus Oxycantha L.) are used in making a yellow dye. According to Coville, the Klamath Indians of Oregon express a purple dye from the outer coat of the berries of the Chaklo or Buckbush (Purshia tridentata DC.) with which they stain their bodies. According to Plowright, there is a folk-use in England of the Tormentilla, Septfoil, or Shepherd’s-knapperty (Potentilla Tormentilla Neele.) in making a dull-red dye. The plant also contains tannin which also is present in the bark of the Apricot {Prunus Armeniaca L.) and of the Mountain Ash (Pyrus Aueuparia Ehrh.) In Great Britain, the green inner bark of the Apple {Pyrus Malus L.) is used in dyeing green. LEGUMINOSAE. Amorpha fruticosa L. (False Indigo, River Locust, or Bastard Indigo) was formerly a commercial source of indigo. Baptisia tinctoria R. Br.) (Wild Indigo, Indigo Broom, American Indigo, Yellow Indigo) contains indigo. Many of the Legumes contain indigo and are commercial sources of this product, the more important being the various species of Indigofera and Tephrosia, the West Indian Indigo-plant or Devil’s-eye {I. Anil L.) and the I. tinctoria L. being the species most cultivated of the former and T. Apollinea Link and T. toxicaria Pers. of the latter. To obtain the indigo, the whole plant -is immersed in water and undergoes fermentation and maceration through heating. The water is then drawn off, the blue powder settles at the bottom of the pans where it is allowed to dry and is then made into cakes. There are many dye-plants among the Acacias. The Black Thorn (A. ■farnesiana Willd.) furnishes a red dye which is used in Guam; the Black Wattle (A. decurrens Willd.) yields a red, brown, black, or violet dye according to the salt used. A. Catechu Willd. (Ourouparia Gambler, Cashou, or Katechu) yields a dull-brown dye but is chiefly valuable as the source of gambler so much in demand by tanners. Practically all Acacias contain tannin, the principle commercial species being the Red Cebil, (A. Cehil Griseb.), Espinillo, (A. farnesiana Willd.), the Black Wattles, A. hinervata, DC., A. dealhata Link., and A. decurrens Willd.), Pilang (A. leucophaea Willd.) Hickory Bark (A. penninervis SiebA, Golden Wattle (A. pycnantha Benth.) the Doornbosch (A. horrida Willd.) and A. Suma Kurz. The heartwood of the Red Sandal- wood or Kulalis {Adenanthera pavonina L.) supplies a red dye which the Brahmins of India used in marking their foreheads. The Ipil or Ifit {Afzelia hijuga Gray.) contains a brown dye. Goa powder comes from the Araiba or Araroba Tree {Andira Araroha Ag.). The Kidney-vetch, Cat’s-claws or Crawnel {Anthyllis Yulneraria L.) is of folk-use in Great Britain in dyeing yellow. The Barwood, Camwood, Kambe-wood or Baban-wood {Baphia nitida Lodd.) 122 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE of Tropical Africa and Jamaica is a commercial redwood. The flowers of the Dhak-tree, Pulas or Palas-trge, or Bastard-teak (Butea frondosa Roxb.) are employed in making a red dye. Tannin occurs in B. superba Roxb. The Caesalpinias are the sources of various dyes and many of the species contain tannin. Pernambuc, Red Brazilwood, Japanwood, Red Sandalwood (Gaesalpinia ochinata Lam.) is a commercial redwood. The bark of Sappanwood, Sampfen- wood or Bukkum {C. Sappan L.) of India furnishes a red dye. A yellow dye is obtained from C Crista L., a red dye from C. sepiaria Roxb. and C. vesicaria L. while tannin is obtain from many species as C. hrevifolia Baill, C. Brasil- iensis L., C. Gacalaco H. and B., C. coriaria Willd., C. digyna Rottl. and the species named above. In Siberia the leaves of the Pea-tree {Garagana arl)o- rescens Lam.) furnish a blue dye. A saffron dye is obtained from the wood of the Yellow Wood, known also as Kentucky Yellow Wood, Yellow Locust, Gopherwood or American Fustic (Cladrastis' tinctoria Raf.). The Purple Heart (Copaifera publiflora Benth.) yields a yellow dye which however needs alum to be permanent. The Broom, Hag-weed or Golden Willow {Gytisus scoparius Link.) contains both a yellow coloring principle and tannin. A red dye is obtained from Waras (Flemingia congesta Roxb.). One source of the famous Kendal green was Genista tinctoria L. which has many local names as: Dyer’s Furze, Dyer’s Whin, Dyer’s Green Woad, Dye-weed, Widow-wisse, and Alleluia. A yellow dye is obtained from this plant, the flowers alone being used in Germany, but the whole upper part of the plant in certain other localities. Liquorice {GlycyrrJiiza gladra L.) contains a brown dye-principle. The most important of the leguminous dye-plants is undoubtedly Logwood (Heamatoxylon campecJiianum L.). As previously stated, it has not yet been replaced by an artiflcial product. It grows chiefly in South America where it is also known as Campechy Wood or Blauholz and is the source of a yellow dye. A yellow dye is obtained also from the Guamachi {Pithecolo'bium dulce Benth.) of Guam and Tropical America. The Pterocarpus cabrae De Wild. (Molompi, African Rosewood, Red Sandalwood), P. santalinus L. (Santalwood) and P. Marsupium Roxb. (Kino-tree, Biji, Bastard Teak) all yield a red dye, the last named containing considerable tannin. The Pagoda Tree of China and Japan {^opliora japonica L.) and the Spanish Broom (Spartium junceum L.) yield yellow dyes. From the Tamarind {Tamarindus indica L.) is secured a red dye which is especially important in that it is its own mordant. The roots of ElaphantorrMza BurcJielli Benth., the leaves and pods of the Cashaw or Mesquite-tree (Prosopis dulcis Gill.) and the bark of the Turwar, {Cassia auriculata L. and C. Fistula L.) contain tannin. MALPIGHIACEAE. The Barbados Cherry, Mancite or Mangrutta {Malpighia punicifolia L.) contains a light-colored tannin. ZYGOPHYLLACEAE. The Guayacan {Guajacum sanctum L.) produces the famous resin, Guajacum which in turn is the source of Guayac Blue and of Guayac Yellow. The juice of the Syrian Rue {Peganum Harmala L.) contains a red dye-principle. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 123 EUTACEAE. A yellow dye is obtained from the Herb-of-Grace, An-grac, or Herb-of-Repent- ance (Ruta graveolens L.). BUESEEACEAE. The Braziletto-wood or Jamaica Redwood {Commiphora sp.) is a commercial redwood. MELIACEAE. Both tannin and a purple dye-principle are. present in the Toon Tree or East Indian Mahogany {Cedrela Toona Roxb.) and in the Australian species C. australis v. Muell. Both are utilized in the manufacture of a beautiful purple leather. POLYGALACEAE. The Rhatany {Krameria triandra Ruiz, and Pav.) contains a coloring prin- ciple used in wines. The Chacate {K. canescens Gray) contains a red dye- principle which the Mexicans employ in coloring leather. The Milkwort {Poly gala javana DC.) contains indigo. EUPHOEBIACEAE. A number of the Euphorbias contain either a dye principle or tannin but all are foreign to Iowa. Among these are the Candlenut-tree or Tahiti Walnut {Aleurites triloba Porst.) from the fruits of which a dye is obtained; the Baloghia lucida End!., the sap of whose wounded trunk furnishes a red dye; the Blood-tree {Groton gossypifolius Vahl.) from which is expressed a juice which the Aztecs used to dye cotton cloth a dark-red; Euphorbia tinctoria Boiss. and Huet. the source of a deep-purple Turnsole dye; the Kamala, Kameela, Monkey-face-tree, or Spoonwood {Mallotus philippinensis Muell.) from which a red powder is derived which is of commercial value; the Tallow-tree {Sapium Sebiferum Roxb.) the leaves of which are used in making a black dye; and the Kodari {Gleistanthus collinus Benth. and Hook.) and Phyllanthus Emblica L. containing tannin. EMPETEACEAE. The Heathberry, Curley, Crake-berry, or Black Crowberry {Empetrum nigrum L.) produces berries containing a dye-principle. COEIACEAE. The Tanner’s or French Sumach {Goriaria myrtifolia L.) and the Tutu {C. ruseifolia L.) both contain a black dye-principle and the latter also con- tains tannin. ANACAEDIACEAE. Rhus aromatica Ait. (Squaw-berry, Sweet-scented or Trefoil Sumach) con- tains tannin. R. glabra L. (Smooth Sumach, Vinegar-tree, Mountain Sumach) was much relied upon in Iowa in early days as a source of tannin. R. typhina, L. (Staghorn Sumach) contains tannin. There are several other species of Rhus that are important sources of tannin. Among these are the Tanner’s Sumach {R. Goriaria L.), the leaves and bark both being utilized, L., R. lucea L., and the Purple Fringe or Feather-Tree, also known as Aaron’s Beard {R. cotinus L.) 124 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Many of these also contain dye-principles. R. Coriaria L. with an alum lake produces a hrown dye; R. cotinus L. the yellow dye, fustic, which has not been replaced by artificial preparations; the juice of the berries of the Squaw- bush {R. trilohata Nutt.) mixed with Pinon gum are used by the Hopi Indians in making a red paint which is the Cup-na-la, a ceremonial pigment. Other tannin plants are the Kliphout (AnapJirenium argenteum E. Mey.), the Mango {Mangifera indica L.), the Quebracho {QuehracMa Lorentzii Griseb.), the Mastic or Balsam-tree (Pistachia Lentiscus L.), the Turpentine-tree (P. Tere- hinthus L.) the tannin being contained in galls produced on the bark by an aphis, and species of Schinus {S. dependens Orteg., S. tereMnthifolius Raddi. and the Pepper-tree S. Mollee L.). Of other dye-plants in this family, there are the Quebracho, already mentioned, which affords a yellow dye, and the Oriental Cashew-nut or Marking-fruit (Semecarpus Anacardium L. fils) the juice of which produces an indelible black stain. AQUIFOLIACEAE. The Mate or Paraguay Tea (Ilex paraguensis A. St. Hil.) contains about 15% tannin which is also present in other species of the family. ACERACEAE. Acer saecharum Marsh (Sugar Maple, Rock Maple.) The bark of this species is important in the manufacture of several American dyes. HIPPOCASTANACEAE. The bark of the Horse Chestnut, Buckeye, Bongay, or Konker-tree (Aesculus Hippocastanum L.) contains tannin. EHAMjSTACEAE. The seeds of Christ’s Thorn (Paliurus aculeatus Lam.) contain a dye. The various species of Rhamnus yield dyes, the color depending upon the mordant used. Thus the purple juice of the fresh, ripe berries of the Buckthorn, Rhineberry, or Hartsthorn (R. cathartica L.) treated with an alkali is the source of the “sap-green” or “bladder-green” of commerce. In England, ac- cording to Plowright, a folk-use of the berries of this species and of the Black Dogwood or Berry Alder (R. Frangula L.) in making a yellow dye is known. Chinese green indigo is obtained from R. dahurica Pal. and R. tinctoria Waldst. and Kit. The French-berries (R. Alaternus L.) yield a dye. The Spanish- berries (R. saxatilis Jacq.) with alum produce a bright-yellow dye, but with iron, it becomes a dark-olive. R. oleoides yields a green dye. The root-bark of the Kanwait or Ventilago (Yentilago madraspatana Gaertn.) contains a brown coloring stuff, the berries a blue. BIXACEAE. The pods of the Anatto or Orlean (Bixa Orellana L.) contain a yellow dye- principle used in coloring butter and oils. The Indians prepare a paint from the same species. VIOLACEAE. The Pansy, Heart’s-ease, Lady’s-delight, Herb-trinity, Love-in-idleness, or Three-faces-in-a-hood (Yiola tricolor L.) a cultivated plant often escaped from cultivation, contains a yellow dye-principle. DATISCACEAE. A yellow dye is obtained from the Bastard Hemp (Datisca cannaMna L.) IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 125 CACTACEAE. Various species of Opuntia as 0. vulgaris Mill, and of Nopalea, as N. cocci- nellifera Salm-Dyck. furnish food for a cochineal insect which is the source of a commercial cochineal dye. LYTIIRACEAE. The powdered leaves of the Egyptian Privet, Camphire, or Alkanna (Lcnosonia alha Lam.) are chewed by women of eastern countries to color their teeth. They are sometimes made into a paste and used as a cosmetic under the name of Henna. The Al-root, Soorangee, or Nino (Morinda citrifolia L. and M. tinctoria Roxb.) with an alumina lake produces a yellow dye; the bark and leaves of the Lafoensia Pacari St. Hil. of Brazil, a yellow dye, and the flowers of Woodfordia ilorihunda Salisb, a red dye'. The root of the Purple Loosestrife {Lythrum Salicaria L.) contains tannin. PUNICACEAE. The fruit and bark of the Pomegranate {Punica granatum L.) contain a yellow dye and tannin. RHIZOPHOKACEAE. The Many-petaled Mangrove {Benguiera gymnorhiza Lam.) is used in India as the source of a black dye and in Japan in coloring a reddish-brown. The Red Mangrove (RJiizophora Mangle L.) is the most important com- mercially of the dye-plants of this family, the bark containing both a reddish- brown dye-principle and tannin. COMBRETACEAE. The Umbrella-tree or Indian Almond {Terminalia Catappa L. ) is used in the Tropics both in making a black dye and for ink; from T. cycloptera R. Br. is made a yellow dye; from the nuts and fruit of the Ink-nut or Hara-nut (T. Chedula Retz.) is obtained a black dye and the bark also contains tannin; a black-olive dye comes from the Bedda-nut (T. Bellerica Roxb.) and tannin is also present in this and other species. The White Mangrove {Laguncularia racemosa Gaertn.) contains tannin. MYRTACEAE. The Apple-tree {Angophora intermedia DC.) contains tannin. Practically all Eucalypts contain tannin and dyes; thus a red dye is obtained from the Iron- bark-tree {Euealyptus leucoxylon F. MuelL); an orange to red kino from E. macrorhyncha F. Muell. The bark of the Java Plum {Eugenia Jaml)olana Lamarck.) is used in dyeing. E. Smithii Poir and E. Chequen contain tannin. The Myrtle-berry (Myrtus communis L.) produces a bluish-red dye. MELASTOMATACEAE. According to Kraemer, a black dye is obtained from the Tamonea {Melastoma malal)athricum L.), from Ti'bouchina Maximiliana Baill.) and from Tococa guianensis Aubl. and a yellow dye from Memecylon. Tannin occurs in the barks. HALORHAGIDACEAE. The roots of Gunnera ehilensis Lam. contain both a dye-principle and tannin. 126 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE ARALIACEAE. Prom the leaves of the Ivy-Bindweed or English Ivy {Hedera Helix L.) a black dye is obtained. UMBELLIFERAE, Daucus Carota L. (Carrot) The juice has a commercial importance as a butter-color. The celery {Apium graveolens L.) furnishes a yellow-green dye and the Parsley {A. petroselinum L.) a yellow dye. THYMELAEACEAE. ' A yellow dye is obtained from Tliymelaea tinctoria Endl. CORNACEAE. The Cornelian Cherry, Kizzeljiek, .or Redwood of Turkey {Gornus Mas L.) furnishes a red dye. Some species contain a small amount of tannin. ERICACEAE. The Bearberry or Manzanita {Arctostaphylos Uva-ursi Spreng and A. pungens H. B. K.) contain tannin. In England, Plowright reports the use of Ling or Dog Heather, Crow Ling, Besom or Broom {Calluna vulgaris (L) Salisb.) in making a yellow-brown dye. Prom the Bilberry or Whortleberry (Vaccinium myrUlloides and Y. Myrtillus L.) a blue to purple dye is obtained and from the Cranberry or Red Bilberry (P. Yitis-Idaea L.) a red dye. PLUMBAGINACEAE. Tannin is present in the Marsh Rosemary or Sea Lavender (Statice Li- monium L.) EBENACEAE. Tannin is present in the unripe fruit of both the native Persimmon {Biospyros virginiana L.) and the Japanese species (D. KaTci L.) and is probably present in other species. SYMPLOCACEAE. Prom the leaves of the Sweet-leaf, Horse-sugar, Plorida Laurel or Yellow- wood (Symplocos tinctoria L’Herit.) a yellow dye is obtained. OLEACEAE. Fraxinus quadrangulata Mx. (Blue Ash) contains a blue dye-principle. Prom the berries of the Privet, Skedge, Prim, or Print (Ligustrum vulgare L.) a bluish-red dye is made. Prom the same plant a green dye is known to folk- use in England. GENTIANACEAE. A yellow dye is obtained from the Yellowwort {Chlora perfoliata L.) and from the Bitter-root or Bitterwort (Gentiana lutea L.). APOCYNACEAE. The leaves of the Ivory-Tree (Wrightia tinctoria R. Br.) contain indigo. Aspidosperma Quel)racho-l)lanco Schl. contains tannin. ASCLEPIADACEAE. The leaves of Stephanotis {Marsdenia tinctoria R. Br.) yield indigo. BORAGIXACEAE. EcJlium vulgare L. (Blue Thistle, Viper’s Bugloss, Blue-weed, Blue-stem) contains a violet dye-principle in its roots. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 127 Lithospermum arvense L. (Corn Gromwell, Printing Plant, Saltern, Bastard Alkanet) .contains a red dye-principle in its roots. L. canescens Lelim (Indian Paint, American Anchusa, Hoary Puccoon) has properties similar to those of L. arvense. L. offieinale L. (Gromwell, Stony-hard, Lichwale) has properties like those •of L. arvense. Many species of Lithospermum possess dye-principles. The North American Indians make a violet dye from the Blue Flax (L. angustifoUum Mx.) ; a red dye is obtained from the North American Alkanna (L. hirtum Lehm) ; ac- ■cording to Norton, dye-principles are present also in L. muUiflora, S. Wats. (L. strictum Lehm., and L. spathulatum Mart, and Gray. The Borage family is rich in dye plants. Among those foreign to Iowa are the Alkanet {Alkanna tinctoria (L) Tausch,), the root of which yields an im- portant commercial dye varying from red to crimson. The Alkanna green is also obtained from the root. Species of Arnehia yield a violet dye. The petals of the Forget-me-not {Myosotis palustris Lam.) contain a dye-principle. The roots of Golden-drop (Onosma Emodi Wall, and 0. eehioides L.) yield a red dye. Gray mentions a violet dye obtained from Plagiohothrys tenellus Gray. According to Chesnut, the crimson juice of the Kockh (P. eampestris Greene) is used by Indian women and children to stain their cheeks. Chesnut also speaks of the purple juice of P. ursinus A. Gray. The depth and yield of color will depend somewhat upon the age of the plant. Other species of Plagiohothrys^ according to Norton, also undoubtedly contain dye-principles. A red coloring material comes from Symphytum offieinata L. (Blackwort, Healing-herb, or Boneset). VERBENACEAE. From the Puriri (Vitex littoralis Decne.) yellow dye is obtained which needs the addition of alum lake to become permanent. LABIATAE. Staehys palustris L. (Hedge Nettle, Cock-head, Marsh Moundw'ort). Ac- cording to Plowright, a pale yellow dye from this plant is known to domestic use in England. S. sylvatica L. is used in the Himalaya Mountains in making a red dye. A red dye is obtained from the Chuia {Perilla arguta Benth.) and a yellow ■dye from the Salvia {S. offieinalis L.). SOLANACEAE. According to Baron von Mueller, a violet dye is obtained from the berries ■of Solanum guianense Don. and 8. indigoferum A. St. Hil. S CROPHULARIACEAE . From Lyperia atropurpurea Benth. of South Africa, the natives obtain an orange dye. BIGNONIACEAE. From Bignonia Chiea H. and B. is obtained the Chica red, a commercial dye. The Lapach or Taigu-wood (Teeoma Lapaeho (K) Sch.) yields a yellow dye. ACANTHACEAE. Indigo is obtained from species of Ruellia. 128 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE EUBIACEAE. Galium Mollugo L. (Greater Wild Madder, Whip-tongue, White Hedge) con- tains a red dye-principle. G. trifidum L. (Smaller Wild Madder (Dyer’s Cleaves) contains the same principle. In England there is a folk-use of G. verum L. in making a red dye. No family is richer in dye-plants than is the Rubiaceae. Among these are manj" of commercial importance and many known onlj^' to folk-use. Of the former, there are the Gardenia (G. grandiflora Lour.) the source of Chinese yellow; the Indigo-berry or Ink-berry (Randia aculeata L.) yielding a blue dye; the Madder plants (Rudia tinctorium L., R. cor difolia L., R. pere- grina L., and other species) which are sources of Turkey-red; the Lonez-root {Toddalea aculeata Pers.) yielding a yellow dye; and the Gambler {Uncaria GamMer Roxb.) which produces the yellow gambler. In China the natives chew it with the Betel-nut. It also contains tannin. Other plants known especially to folk-use are the Indian Mulberry, Al-tree or Yaw-weed {Morinda tinctoria Roxb.) yielding a red dye; the Clay-root, Che-root or Indian Madder- plant (Oldenlandia umdellata L.) yeilding a red dye and having also some commercial importance; and 0. umhellata L. CAPEIFOLIACEAE. Samhucus canadensis L. (Elderberry) yields a red dye. Other species as St. nigra L., Ehulus L. and /8. racemosa L. contain the same dye-principle and are of commercial importance. COMPOSITAE. Helia^ithus annuus L. (Sunflower, Comb-flower, Larrabell). From its blos- soms is obtained a yellow dye. An orange-yellow dye which according to Plow’right is fast without a mordant is obtained from the Chamomile {Anthemis tinetoria L.). Plowright is also authority for the use of the Water-Hemp (Bidens tri- partita L.) as a dye-plant. Prom the flowers of the Safflower, Dyer’s Saffron, or American Ssiflron (Car thamus tinctorius L.) is obtained a yellow dye which with the addition of French chalk is sometimes made into a rouge. The Corn- Marigold (Chrysanthemum sagetum L.) produces an orange-yellow dye-principle which however requires a mordant to become permanent. Millspaugh states that the Fire-weed (Erechtites) contains a dye-principle. The flowers of Heterothalamus hrunioides Less, produce the dye known as yellow Romerillo dye. From the Chamomile or Matricaria (M. Chamomilla L.) comes a yellow dye. Plowright says that in the Highlands, the Weeby, Stinking Willey, Cushag or Staggerwort (Benecio Jacol)aea L.) is used in making a dye. The Saw-wort (Berratula tinctoria L.) produces a yellow dye. Wormwood (Ar- temisia Adsinthium L.), an introduced plant which has become established in Iowa, contains a yellow dye-principle which is known to domestic use. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 129 SOME POINTS ON THE FLORAL DEVELOPMENT OP RED CLOVER ( TRI FOLIUM PR ATEN 8E). BY J. N. MARTIN. The approximate lengths 6f the different floral parts at the time the pollen mother cells are beginning to form pollen grains are as follows: Calyx, 1 mm.; corolla, % mm.; longer stamens, % mm.; shorter stamens, % mm.; pistil, % mm. The stamens do not develop simultaneously. Some anthers are in the pollen mother cell stage, while others are in the tetrad stage. The longer stamens are usually more advanced in development. The elongation of the filaments keeps pace with that of the style, so that the anthers maintain about the same relative position in refenence to the stigma throughout their development. The development of the pistil is much slov/er than that of the stamens. At the time the pollen grains are being formed, the ovules are very small, the integuments barely evident, and it is not until much later, that a megaspore mother cell appears. The style is characterized by a cavity which leads from the interior of the ovary up to the base of the stigma. The ovules arise from a cushion of tissue on the standard side of the ovary. Two ovules are present and both develop equally up to stage of fertilization. After fertilization, one ovule aborts and only one seed is present in the mature pod. The ovule is campylotropous and has two integuments. There are 3 rows of cells in the outer integument, 2 rows in the inner integument, and 5 in the nucellus. The nucellus is rapidly destroyed by the developing embryo sac, so that only about one-fourth of the nucellus remains at the time of fertilization. As this remnant is at the antipodal end, the embryo sac is in direct contact with the inner integument on the sides and at the micropylar end. Pistils self-pollinated and killed 16 hours afterward, show pollen tubes which have traversed more than one-fourth the length of the style, but none have been found to reach the embryo sac. A more detailed account is to follow. 9 .1^ IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 131 NOTES ON HETERANTHERA DUBIA. BY KOBEET B. WYLIE. . One of the common acquatic plants of our Icwa lakes is Heteranthera duMa (Jacq.) MacM. In the lakes of the Okohoji region this form is conspicuous along sheltered shores of suitable depth. While only sparingly present on the more exposed margins of the larger bodies of water it grows luxuriantly in the shallower bays and associated smaller lakes. In waters of appropriate depth considerable areas are often dominated by this form, sometimes to the ex- clusion of other large plants. During the summer of 1910 many acres of the “long slough” south of Center Lake were occupied almost exclusively by this species. Portions of the upper end of East Okoboji Lake were occupied this past summer by extensive beds of this plant where for a number of years it had developed but scantily owing to the higher water level. The writer desires in this brief article to call attention to the apparently uniform cleistogamy of this plant in such habitats. In common with other submerged seed-plants that have not developed the habit of pollination beneath the surface of the water this species of Heteranthera is forced to bring its flowers to the air if cross-pollination is to be. affected. In favorable habitats the plants may be two or three feet in length and stand nearly erect buoyed up by the water. Under such conditions the plants may never reach the surface of the water even at the end of the growing season. If in shallower water the plants are turned at the tip and lie horizontal near the surface of the water. In this relation the younger portions of the plant which bear the scattered flowers would, be in most favorably placed with reference to bringing the flowers to the surface. The plants thrive best however under conditions that permit few, if any, of the flowers to open at the surface of the water. The flowers are perfect and the tubular perianth is surrounded by a spathe which completely invests the developing blossom. The stigmas, etc., are brought to the air, if at all, by the elongation of the flower, which is sessile and hypogynous. Since the maximum elongation of the slender flower is but three or four centimetres it follows that a plant must be most favorably placed if the flowers open above the water. The open perianth displays a six parted limb with its slender segments nearly symmetrically arranged, and this has no doubt suggested the common name “water star grass.” Within the slender flower are the three stamens, which are not radially disposed and give to the blossom a zygomorphic ap- pearance. The style is long and very slender and bears at its tip a fringe of large glandular hairs. Within are the chambers through which the pollen- tubes make their way to the ovules. This floral structure, while well adapted to quiet waters of limited depth, seems illy fitted to the average habit of the plant. Owing to the limited length of the flower it can reach the surface only under restricted conditions and those not the most favorable for vegetative growth. The writer has studied 132 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE these plants quite carefully in the Okoboji region and was impi :ii.teed by the uniform flowering habits of the plant at varying depths of submergence. It was noted that whereas the submerged flowers never open they seemed to set seed with perfect regularity. This suggested that the flowers were either cleistogamous or that the embryos develop apogamously. Numerous dissections of the mature but unopened flowers showed that they were self-pollinated. Within the flower bud scores of pollen grains were found adhering to the stigma, and with a hand lens the pollen tubes could be seen entering its tissues. Further study of these unopen flowers showed that all the pollen in the anther germinates even though but the tip of the stamen comes in contact with the stigmatic hairs. With forceps the whole pollen-mass, consisting of spores and tangled pollen tubes, could be lifted from the anther as a mass. Most of these tubes never reach the stigma but turn and twist in various ways within the anther. Obviously the stimulus to germination is transmitted from the stigma throughout the pollen-mass and to spores that lie even at the opposite end of the pollen-sack. An abundance of material was collected for more careful study and details may be expected in a later paper. A preliminary study of the sections shows, however, that the pollen tubes reach the ovules so there is no reason for sus- pecting apogamy. In this connection it may be recalled that clesitogamy is apparently rare among submerged seed-plants, where, on account of the difficulties in the way of cross-pollination one might expect to find it of common occurrence. On the other hand, there seems among many forms a pronounced tendency away from the bisporangiate to the monosporangiate type of flower. It would appear that the general tendency toward dioecism in so many of the submersed aquatics might be to avoid self-pollination. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 133 THE EFFECT OP CONTINUED GRINDING ON WATER OP CRYSTALLIZATION. (Second Paper.) BY NICHOLAS KNIGHT. * In the proceedings of the “Iowa Academy of Science,” XVII, 131, we described a series of experiments to show the effect of long grinding on water of crystallization. Some of the results were rather surprising, and we decided to repeat the work, and also to include a larger number of hydrates in the experi- ments. The conditions under which the work was done were as uniform as possible. After grinding, the specimens were kept from the air in ground glass stoppered bottles of about 20 c.c. capacity. Gram portions were weighed out for all determinations. In finding the water content of the unground specimens, the coarse crystals were merely crushed, and the fine crystals were used without further division. Usually about three grams were taken for the grinding, which was effected in a large highly polished agate mortar. The grinding was continued for two. hours. In some cases it might be hard to decide whether the loss of water is due to efflorescence or to the heat caused by the continual grinding. Both causes doubtless contributed to some of the results. In our work on barium chloride, the chemically pure products of two manu- acturers were used. The sample was taken from the original package, and the amount of water determined, and another portion was ground two hours, and the water content estimated in the same way. The two specimens were then crystallized once from water, and coarse and fine crystals were obtained. They were dried between filter-papers and at once placed in the glass stoppered bottles. The water was determined as in the original specimens. The results are as follows: kahlbahm’s. Unground Ground . Loss Unground Ground . Loss -Crystals- Per cent. Coarse (percent) Pine (percent) . 15.03 14.86 14.84 . 14.79 14.80 14.80 . 0.24 0.06 0.04 MERCK’S. . 14.89 14.78 14.78 . 14.38 14.74 14.77 . 0.51 0.04 0.01 It will be noticed that the loss is greater in the original substance than after one crystallization from water. It is also greater in the coarse than in the fine 134 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE crystals. The increase in weight, and the stickiness noticed in the case of barium chloride in our first paper were probably due to the presence of the very deliquescent calcium chloride as an impurity. To ascertain whether it was superficial water that the grinding removed, or the water of crystallization, portions of one of the original specimens, and of the coarse and fine crystallizations, were weighed out, heated a few moments, and the loss of w'ater determined. The residue was then ground for two hours, and portions weighed out and again heated, and the loss by the grinding determined. The results were as follows: Original specimen, 14.89% water. Removed by first heating Removed by second heating Total Loss Purified crystals, 14.78% water. Removed by first heating Removed by second heating Total Loss First Second determination. determination, (percent) (percent) 2.31 . 14.62 12.42 0.26 14.73 14.88 0.16 0.01 4.75 14.11 10.01 0.68 14.76 14.79 0.02 0.01 It requires a comparatively low temperature to remove 10 or 12 per cent of the water. It was also observed that the specimen in the crucible could be placed very near the fiame without decomposition. Results that differed from one another by no more than one-hundredth of a per cent were easily attain- able. The results with barium chloride seem to indicate that most of the water removed by grinding is superficial, although a small portion of the water of crystallization can also be removed. To learn the effect of the atmosphere upon barium chloride before and after grinding, portions of each were left in the air a few days. The unground specimens underwent no change, but the ground portions took up the greater part of the water that had been removed. The fine crystals after grinding would take up slightly more w^ater than the course ones. Removed by grinding (Per cent) Days in air Regained (Per cent) Kind of crystals 0.04 1 0.007 Pine 0.04 3 0.03 Pine 0.06 1 0.01 Coarse 0.06 3 0.04 Coarse 0.24 1 0.06 Uncrystallized 0.24 3 0.16 Uncrystallized Potassium Alum, AIK (804)2 I2H2O. Ammonium Alum, A1NH4( 864)2. I2H2O. These salts require more care in heating than barium chloride as they are quite easily decomposed. The commercial products were purified by crystalliza- tion, and co, etc. Additional information about many of them may be obtained from the partial bibliography by Nathan Banks. Amyot, C. J. B.. et Serville: Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Hemipteres. (1843). Banks, Nathan: (a) A list of Works on North American Entomology. U. S. Bur. Entom., Bui. 81, n. s. (1900). (b) Entomological News, xxi, p. 324. (1910). (c) Catalogue of Nearctic Hem. Het. (Am. Ent. Soc. 1910). Bergroth: (a) Revue d’Entom. 1905, 112. (b) Entom. News, 1897. 96. Burmeister, H: Handbuch der Entomologie, ii. (1835). Caudell, A. N. : (a) Canadian Entomologist, xxxii, p. 67, (1900). (b) Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., x, p. 1 (1901). Champion, G. C. : Biologia Centrali- Americana. Rhynchota. ii. (1898-1902). Costa: in Ann. Mus. Zool. Nap. ii, p. 80 (1864). DeGeer: Mem. des Ins. iii. (1773). Hohrn : Linn. Ent. xiv. Drury: Illustr. i. Erichson: Schomb. Reisen British Guiana, iii, p. 613, (1848). Eabricius: (a) Entomologia Systematica, Vol. iv. 1794. (b) Systema Rhyugotorum, 1803. Fallou: in (a) Le Naturaliste, (1889), p. 131ff, Fieber, F, X.: Die Europaischen Hemiptera. (1861). Germar: (a) Magazin der Entomologie, i, b. (1815). (b) Reise nach Dalm.j'p. 286 (1817). Gmelin: Syst. Nat. i. 4 (1788). Guerin: Mag. Zool. 1830-40. ’ Hahn, C. W., und Herrich-Schaeffer, G. A. W. : Die wanzenartigen Insekten, (10 vol. 1831-53). Howard, L. O. : Heteroptera responsible for “spider bites.” Pop. Sci. Monthly, Nov. 1899, pp. 31-42. Kirkaldy: Entom. 202 (1900). Klug: Symb.Phys. ii, pi. ix (1830). Kolenati: Meletemata Entom. vi. p. 42. (1857). Laporte: in Guerin’s Mag. Zool. 1832. Lamarck: Syst. Nat. 1801, p. 296. 218 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE Latreille : in Humb. et Bonpl. Obs. Zool. i. (1811). LeConte, J. L. : in Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phila. vii. (1855). Lepeletier et Serville : Bncycl. Meth. x. (1825), Lethierry et Severin : Catalogue general des Hemipteres. (1893). Linnaeus: Syst. Natur., ed. 12, i, part 2. (1767). Mayr: Reise der Novara. Hemiptera. Montandon; in P. U. S. Nat. Mus. xvi, p. 50, 1893. Montr. et Signoret; Ann. Soc. Ent. France (1861). Perty: Del. Anim. Art. Brazil, p. 173. Provancher; (a) Petite Faune du Canada. Hemip. 1887, p. 182. (b) Naturaliste Canadien, iv, p. 106. (1876). Reuter, O. M. ; (a) Scandinaviens ocli Finland Reduviider. (1872). (b) Act. Soc. Fenn. 1882. xii. 728. Say, Thomas: The Entomology of North America. (1859). Serville: in Ann. Sci. Nat. Vol xxiii, p. 218. 1831. Signoret, V.: in Ann. Soc. Ent. France, viii. (3rd ser.) Spinola, Max : Essai sur les Genres d’lnsectes, appartenant a I’ordre des Hemipteres. (1837). Stal, Carolus: (a) Bidr. till Rio Janeiro-traktens Hemipter fauna, i. (1862). (b) Hemiptera Africana, iii. (1865). (c) Bidr. till Reduviidernas Kannedomen. Ofv. vet.-Ak. Forh. 1866, pp. 235-302. Ibid. 1859, p. 371. (d) Analecta Hemipterologica. (From Berlin. Entom. Zeitschrift 1866-9.) (e) Hemiptera Fabriciana, i, (1868). (f) Enumeratio Hemipterorum, ii. (1872). (g) Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1862. (h) Berl. Ent. Zeit. Vol. iii. p. 104. 1859. Thunberg: Nov. Ins. Sp. ii, 33 (1783). IJhler, P. R. : (a) List of Hemip. west of Miss, river. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Terr., Bui., Vol. 1, 1875, pp. 267-361. (b) Rept. on Ins. Col. in Exploration of 1875. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv., Bui., Vol. iii. No. 2, pp. 355-475. (1875). (c) Hemiptera; in The Standard Natural History, ed. by Kingsley, vol. ii. (1884-5). (d) Checklist of the Hemiptera Heteroptera of North America. (1886). (c) Heteropterous Hemiptera of Lower California. Proc. Cal. Ac. Sci. Vol. iv (ser. 2). 1894. (f) P. Z. S. 1894. (g) Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., iv, p. 508, (1901). VanDuzee: (a) Can. Ent. Nov. 1912, p. 324. (b) Ent. News, 1906, 390. Walker: Catalogue of Hemiptera Heteroptera. Westwood: Introduction to the Modern Classification of Insects. (1839). Wolff: leones Cimicum, iii. INTRODUCTION. The “Assassin Bugs,” the family Reduviidae, in tfie United States form one of the more obscure groups of Rhynchota. Though the species are many, individuals are few and injure neither crops nor domestic animals. Half a dozen species have attracted attention at times by biting human beings with very painful results. One of them has been named “The Kissing Bug” for the lips have often been the point of attack. In spite of glaring newspaper headlines on the subject there is practically no chance of their becoming so numerous as to be dangerous to men and the bite is no . more likely to be fatal than a wasp’s sting, (Howard, 1899). Spiders have often been blamed for wounds undoubtedly inflicted by these bugs. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 219 The Reduviida© belong to the superfamily Reduvioidea of the section Tro- chalopoda, suborder Heteroptera, order Rhynchota. The Trochalopoda are bugs which have the coxa© of the hind legs acetabulate, rotating and un- grooved. The Reduvioidea. are characterized by terminal tarsal claws and by having the metathoracic epimera wholly uncovered. This includes tldree families, Emesidae, Reduviidae, and Nabidae, the Reduviidae being distin- guished from the other two by the body, which is of ordinary form (not greatly elongate), the three jointed beak, the four jointed antennae, and the two dorsal ocelli. In four of the genera, however, the ocelli are absent. At present no satisfactory and comprehensive systematic work on this and many other families of Heteroptera exists in any language. Stal’s “Enum- eratio Hemipterorum,” published in 1872, with its fragmentary keys and oc- casional descriptions furnishes practically the only means for the rapid deter- mination of genera. For the species one is referred to the obscure maga- zines in which the descriptions were originally published. Champion’s work on the Heteroptera of Central America, with its excellent figures, keys to species and lists of synonyms is invaluable for the tropical American species but he gives no method for the identification of genera. In this paper are included all forms found recorded in America north of the southern boundary of Mexico, and in the West Indies. Fifty-six genera and 168 species are treated, keys being given which it is hoped will material- ly aid in the identification of specimens to genus and species. For the genera Stal’s writings have been largely translated, the method of introduction of several later genera being original, based on descriptions, and specimens. Cham- pion’s work has been used in the discussion of species although the differ- ence in the territory covered has necessitated many changes in his keys both in omission and in the introduction of new material. In most cases state- ments have been verified by comparisons of specimens, figures of different writers, descriptions, etc. Thanks are due to Professor H. E. Summers for kindly placing at my disposal the excellent collections of Iowa State College and for the use of certain unpublished material of his own. I wish also to acknowledge my obligation to the librarian of Iowa State College for aid in securing literature from the Congressional Library of Washington, D. C., and to Mr. C. A. Hart of Urbana, 111., for many corrections and suggestions. KEY TO GENERA. A. Ocelli none; wings and hemelytra always present in adults; no discoidal areole at proximo-anal angle of anal areole of membrane, Saicinae. B. Scutellum and posterior lobe of pronotum armed with spines; ante- ocular part of head short; anterior femora unarmed 2. SAICA BB. Pronotum unarmed; scutellum sometimes with one terminal but never with dorsal spines. C. Ante-ocular part of head long, subcylindric; anterior lobe of pronotum narrow 3. ORTHOMETROPS CC. Ante-ocular part of head very short. D. Anterior femora unarmed; anterior lobe of pronotum wider than long; apex of scutellum produced into a long spine 5. ONCEROTRACHELUS 220 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE DD. Anterior femora with a double row of spines; anterior tibiae with three long spines 4. TAGALIS AA. Ocelli present in winged individuals. B. Anterior coxae nearly as long as femora, four times as long as wide; anterior femora with a row of spines beneath; membrane with single closed areole. Bactrodiiiae 1. BACTRODES BB. Anterior coxae short. C. Hemelytra without a quadrangular or discoidal areole at the proximo- anal angle of the anal areole of the membrane. D. Ocelli not farther cephalad than the caudal margins of the eyes; joint 2 of antennae simple. E. Thorax usually constricted caudad of middle; anterior coxae externally flat or concave. Piratinae. F. Middle tibiae without spongy fossa; head long; no lateral tubercles on neck 2 8. SIRTHENIA FF. Middle tibiae with spongy fossa; fore tibiae convex above. G. Neck destitute of lateral tubercles; head constricted im- mediately behind eyes 24. THYMBREUS GG. Neck with a small tubercle on each side. H. Cephalic half of pronotum without oblique sulci; meta- pleural sulci distant from margin; apical spongy part of anterior tibiae produced into a lamina more than one- fourth the length of the tarsi 25. TYDIDES HH. Cephalic half of pronotum with oblique sulci; lamina of anterior tibiae short. I. Apical portion of anterior tibiae angularly dilated be- neath, the spongy fossa being preceded by a small prom- inence 2 6. MELANOLESTES II. Tibiae not dilated as in I; spongy fossa elongate; meta- pleural sulci close to margin ..27. RASAHUS EE. Thorax constricted in the middle or cephalad of the middle; anterior tarsi three jointed. F. Apex of scutellum narrow, without spines or with a single spine. Reduviinae. G. Antennae inserted in lateral or dorso-lateral margins of head; antenniierous tubercles slightly projecting from sides of head; head produced strongly cephalad. H. Ocelli at least as far apart as the eyes. I. Antennae inserted very near apex of head; joints 1 and 3 of rostrum short, joint 2 nearly four times as long as joint 1 23. RHODNIUS II. Insertion of antennae various, remote from apex of head, sometimes nearly as close to eyes as to apex of head. J. Body slightly hairy; pronotum distinctly constricted, angles distinct; anterior lobe quadrituberculate with the middle tubercles large and conical. .22. MECCUS JJ. Body glabrous, margins of pronotum sinuous, scarcely constricted; anterior lobe lined with little tubercles 21. CONORHINUS IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 221 HH. Ocelli not nearly so far apart as eyes; pronotum armed with dorsal tubercles ....... .20. MACROPHTHALMUS GO. Antennae inserted on top of head between margins, close to eyes; antenniferous tubercles not projecting from side ofi head. H. Femora unarmed above; prosternum without row of setigerous teeth; anterior tibiae usually with spongy fossa. I. Anterior lobe of pronotum with a bispinous or bituber- culate disc; femora unarmed 19. SPINIGER II. Disc of pronotumi unarmed; apex of scutellum pro- duced into a spine. J. Ocelli close to eyes; eyes large and close together. 18. REDUVIUS JJ. Ocelli remote from eyes. K. Femora armed on both sides with an acute little tooth or spine; prominent tubercle on each side of neck; lobes of pronotum' distinct; eyes small, separated 17. LEOGORRUS KK. No tubercle on neck; lobes of pronotum indis- tinctly separated 16. ALLOEOCRANUM HH. Fore femora spinose, at least, below; prosternum armed with row of blunt setigerous teeth; no tibial fossa. I. Middle tibiae neither incrassate nor spinose; anterior lobe of pronotum rugose... 14. NALATA H. Middle tibiae incrassate and spinose; middle femora spinose; anterior lobe of pronotum not rugose 15. MICROLESTRIA FF. Apex of scutellum broad, with two or three spines. Ectrichodiinae. G. Joint 1 of rostrum more than half as long as head, longer than joints 2 and 3 together; joint 1 of antennae short. 2 9. POTHEA GG. Joint 1 of rostrum not extending behind eyes, subequal in length to joint 2; joint 1 of antenna© about as long as head 30. ECTRICHODIA DD. Ocelli cephalad of hind margins of eyes; joint 1 of antennae stout, joint 2 of many jointlets. Hammatocerinea. E. Antennae inserted near eyes; head in front of eyes short, sub- equal to distance between eyes 32. HOMALOCORIS EE. Antennae remote from eyes; head in front of eyes over twice as long as distance between eyes 31. HAMMATOCERUS CC. Hemelytra with a quadrangular or discoidal areole at the proximo- anal angle of the anal areole of the membrane. D. Anal areole of the membrane not extending as far proximad as the costal areole; basal joint of antenna thickened, porrect; other joints slender, folding back beneath head and joint 1. Stenopodinae. E. Head armed with a ramous or furcate spine below on each side caudad of the eyes. 222 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE F. Joint 1 of antenna incrassate, apex produced in a spine beyond insertion of joint 2 6. PNIRONTIS FF. Joint 1 of antenna not produced beyond the insertion of joint 2. G. Apex of head at base of rostrum unarmed; joint 1 of ros- trum extending caudad of eyes, nearly twice as long as the two apical joints together; fore femora unarmed 7. PYGOLAMPIS GG. Apex of head produced into a short, porrect obtuse spine on each side at base of rostrum; joint 1 of rostrum extend- ing to caudal margin of eyes, subequal in length to the two apical joints together; fore femora with a double series of short spines below 8. GNATHOBLEDA EE. Head unarmed below or armed with a simple spine; rarely with a subfurcate spine at sides of base. F. Ocelli not at all or only slightly elevated; postocular part of head not at all or very slightly and uniformly narrowed caudad 10. STENOPODA FF. Ocelli considerably elevated, postocular part of head short, strongly narrowed caudad (margins as seen from above, curved). G. Joint 1 of rostrum nearly as long as or longer than joints 2 and 3 together. H. Joint 1 of rostrum slightly longer than joints 2 and 3 together; hind femora not reaching apex of abdomen; fore femora armed beneath; head produced cephalad from bases of antennae 9. SCHUMANNIA HH. Joint 1 of rostrum slightly shorter than joints 2 and 3 together; fore femora unarmed, slightly incrassate; hind femora scarcely reaching apex of abdomen; head not produced cephalad from bases of antennae. 12. DIADITUS GG. Joint 1 of rostrum not longer than joint 2. H. Joints 1 and 2 of rostrum of equal length; fore femora very little thickened, unarmed; hind femora reaching be- yond apex of abdomen ll.NARVESUS HH. Joint 1 of rostrum much shorter than joint 2; fore- 'femora incrassate, with small spines below; hind femora just reaching apex of abdomen. . . .13. ONCOCEPHALUS DD. Anal areole of membrane extending farther proximad than costal areole. E. Ocelli farther apart than the eyes. Apiomerinae 33. APIOMERUS EE. Ocelli not so far apart as the eyes. Zelinae. F. Posterior lobe of pronotum inflated, produced backward over scutellum and also nearly covering anterior lobe 37. NOTOCYRTUS FF. Pronotum not inflated nor produced over scutellum. G. Sides of mesosternum without a tubercle or fold in front. H. Fore femora as long as or longer than hind femora; joint 1 of rostrum much shorter than joint 2. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 223 I. Lateral angles of pronotum unarmed; joint 1 of ros- trum shorter than or suhequal in length to part of head before eyes. (Subgenus Zelus) 39. ZELUS II. Lateral angles of pronotum armed. J. Posterior disc of pronotum unarmed. K. Spine at posterior lateral angles without a tooth behind at its base; abdomen linear 3 6. D ARB ANUS KK. Pronotum at posterior angles armed with a sharp spine and behind it a tooth giving it a bi- spinous appearance; abdomen showing a little at each side of the elytra. (Subgenus Diplodus) . . . 35. ZELUS* JJ. Disc of pronotum armed with two spines. (Sub- genus Pindus) 35. ZELUS HH. Fore femora shorter than hind femora, rarely of equal length, in this case joint 1 of rostrum as long as or longer than joint 2. I. Joint 1 of rostrum shorter than joint 2; fore femora a little shorter than hind femora; joint 1 of rostrum dis- tinctly longer than head before eyes .,34. PSELLIOPUS II. Joint 1 of rostrum as long or longer than joint 2. J. Postscutellum acute, produced into a tooth; head long, bispinous 38. DEBILIA JJ. Postscutellum not acutely prominent behind scutel- lum. K. Two spines on apex of femora... 39. RICOLLA KK. Apex of femora without spines or with two very short ones. L. Pronotum armed with spines on the disc. M. Fifth and sixth abdominal segments con- jointly and abruptly dilated, their margins forming an acutely angled foliaceous plate, armed with an apical spine; antennae as long as body 43. SOSIUS MM. Penultimate segment of abdomen unarmed and not dilated. N. Juga distinctly prominent at the apex and often acute or subacute; fore femora dis- tinctly incrassate; hemelytra usually not reaching apex of abdomen. O. Head as seen from the side gradually narrowed behind the eyes 41. ROCCONOTA 00. Head as seen from the side suddenly constricted at base. (In part) 42. FITCHIA NN. Juga when prominent obtuse at apex; eyes full width of head; fore femora not in- 224 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE crassate; pronotum with four spines on pos- terior lobe 40. REPIPTA LL. Pronotum unarmed on the disc. M. Apical angles of penultimate segment of ab- domen armed with a prominent spine; an- tennae about three-fourths as long as body; fifth and sixth abdominal segments not greatly dilated 47. ATRACHELUS MM. Apical angles of penultimate segment of abdomen unarmed. N. Ocelligerous part of head not elevated; lobes of pronotum indistinctly separated. (In part) 42. PITC'HIA NN. Ocelligerous part of head elevated. O. Femora thickened, body rather stout; joint 1 of antennae shorter than head and pronotum together 44. CASTOLUS OO. Body and legs slender; eyes prominent in male; joint 1 of antennae as long as head and pronotum together. P. Fore femora subequal in length to head and pronotum together 46. GRAPTOCLEPTES PP. Pore femora longer than head and pronotum together ... 45. HIRANETIS GG. Sides of mesosternum with a tubercle or fold in front at the hind angles of the prosternum; joint 1 of rostrum longer than part of head cephalad of eyes. H. Fore femora thickened, spinous, densely granulated; hind femora unarmed. I. Fore tibiae with three long spines on the ventral side. 54. SINE A II. Pore tibiae unarmed. J. Fore femora armed above with a long spin© near the apex 53. SINDALA JJ. Pore femofa without subapical spine above 52. ACHOLLA HH. Pore femora unarmed, rarely a little thickened, a lit- tle granulated. I. Pronotum produced caudad over scutellum with a high mesal tuberculate ridge 50. ARILUS II. Caudal lobe of pronotum six sided, not elevated nor produced caudad. J. Fore tibia armed with a tooth on the ventral side; apical angle of the corium not produced beyond the middle of the membrane., 51. STHIENERA JJ. Fore tibia without a tooth below; apical angle of, the corium produced beyond the middle of the membrane. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 225 K. Sides of the posterior lobe of the pronotum armed with a tooth or knob near the produced lateral angles; joint 2 of rostrum distinctly longer than joint 1 48. PLOEOGASTER KK. Sides of posterior lobe of pronotum without a tooth or knob near the lateral angles; posterior lobe with four spines 49. HEZA SYNOPSIS OP THE SPECIES. Subfamily BACTRODINAE. BACTRODES Stal. Stab (a) 80, (f) 124; Champion, 175. Individuals of this genus are not found north of central Mexico. They are as closely related to Emesidae as to Reduviidae, differing from the former in the less elongate anterior coxae and the cephalic prolongation of the ventral part of the prothorax. The two species occurring in central Mexico are separated by Champion as follows: a. Head and pronotum not spinose except feebly at the sides of the anterior lobe of the pronotum; scutellum with a short spine; abdomen not foli- aceous at sides 'biannulatus. aa. Head and pronotum with spines bearing hairs; scutellum and post scutellum each with a long spine; fifth abdominal segment strongly foliaceous spinulosus B. BIANNULATUS Stal. Mexico. B. SPINULOSUS stal. Mexico. Subfamily SAICINAE. SAICA Am. et S. Amyot et Serville, 371; Stal, (e) 129; Champion, 176. Anterior femora are setose; middle and hind legs are long; scutellar and pronotal spines are long. a. Femoral setae regularly arranged; legs, antennae and elytra nigro- fuscous; base of femora and costa of elytra vermillion red fuscipes. aa. Femoral setae irregularly arranged; femora and base of tibiae vermil- lion red; rest of legs and antennae brownish tibialis. aaa. Femoral setae regular; legs and antennae fuscous to nigro-fuscous; elytra ochraceous recurvata. 1. S. FUSCIPES Stal. Mexico. 2. S. TIBIALIS Stal. Mexico. 3. S. KECURVATA Fabv. {Zelus recurvata Fabr.=;8aica rubella Am. et S.) Mexico. 3. ORTHOMETROPS Uhler Uhler (Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., iv, p. 508, 1901.) This is a monotypic genus easily distinguished from the other Saicina by the long head and the unarmed pronotum. O. DEcoRATA Uhler is a greenish yellow form found in Pennsylvania. 15 226 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 3a. SAICODES Uhler S. ANNULATus Ufiler is recorded (Uhler, d) as having come from the western United States. No descriptions of genus and species seem to have been made. It will be necessary for some one to find the insect in one of Uhler’s former col- lections and publish a description of it. 4. TAGALIS Stal Stal, (a)76, (e)130, (f)124; Champion, 179. This genus is easily separable from other Saicinae by the spines on the an- terior tibiae and femora. A second species from Panama has been described by Champion. T. iNORNATA Stal (=8aica annulipes Uhler) is described with the genus. The femora are yellowish, usually with a narrow brown or black annulus before the tip. Range is south from southern Mexico. 5. ONCEROTRACHELUS Stal Stal, (e)130, (f)124; Champion, 180. Only one of the two known species of this genus occurs in North America. O. {Reduvius) acuminatus Say (p. 356):“Body yellow, hairy; joint 1 of rostrum longer than joints 2 and 3 together; scutellum with three elevated lines and terminating in an acuminated spine; anterior lobe of the pronotum longer than the posterior.” Range includes New Jersey, South Carolina, In- diana, Mexico and Panama. Subfamily STENOPODINAE 6. PNIRONTIS Stal Stal, (b)149, (e)126, (f)120; Champion, 181; {=Gentromelus Fieber, pp. 42, 151.) Stars later references to this genus only mention the characters given in the key. Champion says that the first joint of the antenna has a stout, rigid spiniform prolongation extending beyond the insertion of the second joint, joints 2-4 which are slender, folding backward under the head and being received with the rostrum along the under side of the head in a groove. a. Tibiae armed on anterior edge with three spines only. b. Basal joint on antennae spinose beneath; genae not prominent. iw/irma bb. Basal joint of antennae unarmed; genae very prominent languida aa. Tibiae possessing a long terminal spur near the third spine on the anterior edge modesta P. MODESTA Banks (b) from Virginia is a pale greenish yellow species re- sembling certain South American forms. The latter, however, possess several additional tibial spines. P. iNFiRMA Stal is distinguishable from the other North American species by the basal joint of the antennae being spinose beneath and the genae not being prominent. Illinois, Carolina, Mexico, Panama. P. LANGUIDA Stal has very prominent genae and the basal joint of the anten- nae is unarmed. Carolina, Texas, Mexico, etc. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 227 7. PYGOLAMPIS Germar Germar: Reise nach Dalm. p. 286; Burmeister, 246; Stal. (e)126, (b)149, (f)121; {=Ochetopus Hahn, i, 176.) Species of Pygolampis are distributed all over the world. Three of the eleven described species occur in America, one of them only in Panama and Guiana. The other two may be separated as follows: a. Head, thorax and scutellum and veins of the hemelytra gray-sericeous; antennae short with the first segment subequal in length to the ante- ocular part of the head; fore femora incrassate sericea aa. Body slightly sericeous above, antennae longer; with the first segment longer than the ante-ocular part of the head; fore femora only slightly incrassate pectoralis P. SERICEA Stal. Pennsylvania and temperate America. P. PECTORALIS Say (=P. fuscipennis Stal). Massachusetts to Florida, Texas and California. 8. GNATHOBLEDA Stal Stal, (e)126, (f)121; Champion, 184. This genus may be recognized by a row of stout setiferous spines on each side of the post-ocular portion of the head beneath. The two North American species are “doubtfully distinct” (Champion). G. LiTiGiosA Stal. Mexico. G. TUMiDULA stal. Cuba, Texas and south. Stal: G. tumidula differs from the preceding species in the slightly narrower head, with its distinctly rounded and tumescent ante-ocular part, in the narrower posterior lobe of the thorax, and the median transverse vitta. 9. SCHUMANNIA Champion Champion, 185. This genus was named from a single specimen secured at Vera Cruz, Mexico. It differs from related American genera in the long first joint of the rostrum, the armed fore femora, etc. S. MExicANA Champion is grayish ochreous, mottled with fuscous. It is 18mm. long. Banks (c) records its presence in North Carolina. 10. STENOPODA Laporte Laporte, Guer. Mag. Zool. 1832, p. 26; Stal, (b)149, (e)127, (f)122; Champion, 187. Ante-ocular part of the head is two or three times as long as the post-ocular part; the first joint of the rostrum is slightly shorter than the two apical joints together; eyes slightly transverse. S. cuLiciFORMis Fahr. (Gerris [Cimex] culiciformis Fabr. =S. cinerea Lap. =sul)inermis Stal =cana Uhler) Cuba, Mexico, Texas, Florida, etc. The insect is gray with black spots on the elytra and black margins on the scutellum. 228 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 11. NARVESUS Stal Stal, (e)128, (f)124; Champion, 188. A monotypic North American genus. ^ N. CAROLiNENsis Stul has been found in Missouri, Carolina, Texas, Mexico and the Antilles. The lateral angles of the pronotum vary from acute to rounded at the apex; the post-ocular portion of the head is armed with two sub- conical tubercles. 12. DIADITUS Stal Stal, (e)128, (b)150, (f)124; Champion, 188. Only one of the four described species of this genus occurs north of Panama. The genus may be distinguished by the characters given in the key. D. piCTiPEs Champion, Texas, Mexico. Joint 1 of antennae shorter than head; joint 2 about one-fourth longer than 1 and clothed with projecting hairs; frontal spines stout, blunt at tip; eyes small; anterior tarsi with joints 2 and 3 almost fused into one. 13. ONCOCEPHALUS Klug Klug (1830); Stal, (e)128, (f)123 (Spilalonius.) ^ O. GENicuLATus Stal. Body a pale grayish yellow, slightly hairy; legs yel- low, glabrous; antennae of the male slightly longer than the ante-ocular part of the head; posterior femora just reaching apex of abdomen. Southern U. S. O. APiciJLATUs Reuter (b). Antennae of the male scarcely equalling in length ,» the ante-ocular part of the head; posterior femora not reaching apex of abdo- men. Missouri. Subfamily REDUVIINAE. 14. NALATA Stal Stal, (a)79, (b)123, (f)llO, 119; Champion, 190. The head has three prominent, conical, setiferous tubercles on each side be- neath; the femora are asperate and setose; the anterior trochanters are each armed with a stout spine. a. Anterior lobe of pronotum with a regular marginal row of tubercles and a second regularly arranged row near the median sulcus rudis. aa. Anterior lobe of pronotum with marginal rows of tubercles scattered and irregular, but median rows regular setulosa. N. RUDIS Stal. Mexico. N. SETULOSA Stal. Mexico. 15. MICROLESTRIA Stal ** Stal, (f)llO, 120; Champion, 195. Stal separated this genus from Nalata fourteen years after the latter had been described (1858-72.) Some of the principal differences in the later genus are the presence of tubercles on the anterior lobe of the pronotum, the presence of a spine on the anterior trochanters and the distinct separation of the mem- brane and corium. M. FUSCicoLLis Stal, (a) 80. Head pronotum and scutellum, dull and rugulose; anterior lobe of pronotum distinctly tuberculate. Mexico and southward. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 229 16. ALLOEOCRANUM Reuter Reuter calls this a subgenus of Stal’s Microcleptes. Leth. et Severin (96, 261) use this name for the genus, Microcleptes being preoccupied in Coleoptera. Stal, (c)240, (f)109, 119; Reuter, Act. Soc. Fenn, xii, p. 332. (1881.) A. niANNULiPES Montr. et Sign., (1861, p. 69) was transferred from Opsicoetus by Stal to form this monotypic genus. It is found in Cuba, Panama and the islands of the Pacific. 17. LEOGORRUS Stal Stal, (f)109, 118; Champion, 197. The following key to the species has been adapted from Champion: a. Posterior lobe of the prbnotum transversely rugose; head with .lateral post-ocular portions nearly twice as long as eyes, latter prominent; membrane with nervures slightly ochreous; over 18 mm. long formicarius Fabr. a. Posterior lobe of pronotum smooth or faintly rugulose; length 11-16 mm. b. Head with lateral post-ocular portions not longer than eyes, latter large, prominent; nervures ochreous Utura Fabr. bb. Head with lateral, post-ocular portion longer than eyes, latter mod- erately large or small; nervures not ochreous. c. Elytra with rather large patch below base and apex of corium broadly ochreous; post-ocular portion of the head little longer than the eyes Venator Stal cc. Elytra with small ochreous patch below base; post-ocular portion of head very much longer than eyes longiceps Champ. L. FOEMiCAEius Fahr. (Reduvius formicarius Fabr. [b, 280] =Platymeris^ formicaria Burm. ^Acanthaspis formicaria Walk. ==Reduvius lugudris Walk. -R. plagipennis Walk. =R. areolatus Walk.) Mexico. 2. L. LiTUEA Fahr. i=Gimex cayennensis Gmel. =Platymeris myrmecodes H-Sch. =Reduvius signifer Walk =R. partitus Walk.) Mexico. 3. L. VENATOR stal. Mexico and Costa Rica. 4. L. LONGICEPS Champ. Mexico. 18. REDUVIUS Lamarck. Lamarck, 298; King; Stal (b)138, (f)108, 119 {Opsicoetus). The sting of the species of this genus results in a swelling more painful than that of a bee. Two species have been recorded from North America, one of which is our very notorious ‘'kissing bug.” R. PEESONATUS Linn. (724) (Fabr. (a) 194, (b)257; Howard, 33) has received unusual attention on account of its large size and wide distribution. The color is piceous. Synonyms: R. pungens LeC., Gimex quisquilius, DeG. and R. alhosignatus Prov. R. SENILIS YanDuzeeih) was described in 1906 from a specimen from Arizona. It is only 10 mm. long and is pale testaceous in color, “inclining to piceous on the head, pronotum and scutellum.” The small size and light color dis- tinguish it from R. personatus. Reduvius guttatus Walk and R. signifer Walk, belong in Homalocoris and Leogorrus respectively. 230 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 19. SPINIGER Burm. Burmeister, (b)234; Am. et S. 234; Stal (f)109, 113; Cbampion, 202. i=Acrocoris lldA.n=AcidO'][>arius ^tdi\=Micracidius ^i2l=OvistTiacidius Berg. =^Pantopsilus Berg.) About sixty species have been referred to this genus but they are all confined to Central and South America except four. a. Anterior lobe of the pronotum armed with two erect spines on the disc. b. Scutellum bearing an erect spine spinidorsis bb. Scutellar spine oblique Umdatus aa. Anterior lobe of pronotum unarmed; scutellum bearing an oblique spine.. arizonica S. AfeizomcA Banks (b) is a recently described species from Arizona. It is a shining deep black in color and 22 mm. long. S. spiNiDOEsis Gray {=flavipennis MsLYr=flavis,pinis Stal) is found in Yu- catan. The scutellum bears a long erect spine; the pronotum bears a long spine at each of the posterior angles and a small tubercle on each side. S. LiMBATus Lep. et Serv. (^circumcinctus Hahn) occurs in Mexico and the West Indies. The spine on the scutellum is only semi-erect; a short spine is found at the sides of the anterior lobe of the pronotum and the hind angles of the latter are acutely dilated. S. BicoLOE Stal (Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1859, p. 396; Berl. Ent. Zeit., 1869, p. 234). Banks (c) records the presence of this form in Texas and Arizona. It is dis- tinguished from the other species by having the posterior lateral angles rounded and unarmed and by possessing on the anterior lobe of the pronotum four small tubercles, the lateral two of which are minute. 20. MACROPHTHALMUS Laporte Lap. 11; Stal, (f)109, 113; (Macrops Burm. 232; Am. et S. 342; Stal (b)121, (g)456; Walker, viii, 11) This genus requires a new name, Laporte’s being preoccupied in Crustacea and Burmeister’s in Reptilia. “These insects live under the bark of decaying trees, in forest clearings, and prey on freshly emerged Coleoptera, etc.” (Cham- pion, 205) M. HiSTEioNicus stal. Mexico and southward. Jugae very prominent, oblique, subconical, more or less uniting at base and together forming a broad, bifurcate elevation; body elongate. M. FALLENS Lap. Mexico and southward. Jugae not prominent; body rather short; corium with a narrow transverse black fascis before the apex. 21. CONORHINUS Laporte Stal, (e)123; Uhler 284; Champion 206; i=Triatoma Laporte.) Several species of Conorhinus are well known in America and have a wide distribution. Their bite is dangerous. Both generic and specific char- acters in this paper are adapted from Stal, except for the first three species from Uhler and for minor additions from Champion. The key is unsatisfactory in the characters &. and 1)1). where it is a literal translation from Stal (e). In the absence of any named specimens of the group however, I am unable at the present time to improve it. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 231 North American species all have joint 1 of the rostrum longer than or sub- equal in length to that part of the head in front of the antennae; antenniferous tubercles unarmed externally at the apex and the ocelli on very slightly elevated tubercles. а. Surface of pronotum and prosternum more or less granular. b. Smoke-brown in color, base of pronotum and outer part of connexium red; rostrum brown banded with white; scutellum flat; pronotum obsoletely rugose; about 20 mm. long l.ruhidus Uhl. bb. Piceous or nigro-fuscous; pronotum not marked with red; rostrum without white bands. c. Juga and tylus separated by terminal notches; rostrum barely reaching prosternum; about 35 mm. long 2.maximus Uhl. cc. Juga and tylus not distinctly separated terminally; less than 25 mm. long. d. Eyes small; head black; body very narrow, one-flfth as wide as long; rostrum reaches middle of prosternum 3. protractus Uhl. dd. Eyes large; head fuscous; body at least one-fourth as wide as long 4. ruhrofasciatus DeG. aa. Pronotum and prosternum destitute of granules. b. Border of abdomen of one color (black or fuscous), segments of border, narrowly at base, broadly at the apex, bordered with reddish brown; clavus, except at the extreme base, fuscous or black, c. Rostrum slender; joints 1 and 2 slightly pilose, 2 more than twice as long as 1; tubercles at the apical angles of the pronotum slightly acute, conical 5. sanguisugis EeC, cc. Rostrum entirely pilose, joint 2 a third longer than joint 1, joint 1 much longer than joint 3; tubercles at the apical angles of the pronotum slightly elevated, obtuse 6. variegatus Drury- bb. Base of the border of the abdominal segments fuscous or black or with black spots. c. Broad border of the abdomen yellowish or light brown marked with a black spot at the base of each segment. d. Black spot on the disc of the corium small or obsolete 7. dimidiatus Latr. dd. Disc of the corium with a broad, more or less interrupted black fascia S. maculipennis Stal cc. Border of the abdomen entirely black except for a narrow yellow- ish spot at the apex of one segment 9. gerstaecJceri Stal l. C. RUBIOUS Uhler. Lower California. . 2. C. MAXIMUS Uhler. Lower California. 3. C. PROTRACTUS Uhler. California. 4. C. RUBRO FASCIATUS DeGeer (=staln SigTi.=gigas Fsihr. =erythrozonias Gmel.) is distributed throughout North and South America, Asia and Africa as far north as the latitude of Kansas and China. 5. C. SANGUISUGIS LeC. {-^lateralis Stal). Maryland to Illinois and south to Florida, Texas and Central America. б. C. variegatus Brury {=claviger GcmQ\.=lecUcularis ^i2i\=lenticularis Stal). Georgia, Illinois, Texas, California. 232 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 7. C. DiMiDiATUs Latr. Mexico. 8. C. MACULIPENNIS Btal is called a variety of C. dimidiatus Latr. by Cham- pion. Mexico. 9. C. GERSTAECKERi Stal. Tcxas. 22. MECCUS Stal Stal, (f)109; Champion, 209. This is a genus of very large insects resembling Conorhinus but distinguished from the latter by the longer post-ocular portion of the head and the more prominent pronotal tubercles. Champion separates the species as follows: a. Hind angles of the pronotum obtuse. bb. Corium with the base broadly and an ante-apical fascia ochreous, the membrane and the apical half of the clavus fuscous 1. phyllosoma Burm. bb. Corium except at apex and at base of outer margin, apical half of clavus and basal margin of the membrane, dirty white 2. pallidipennis Stal, aa. Hind angles of pronotum acute; corium with base, an ante-apical fascia] and the outer margin beyond the middle, ochreous.. 3. mexicanus H.-Sch. l. M. PHYLLOSOMA Bttrm. (246) California and Mexico. 2. M. PALLiDiPENNis Stal (f, 110). Mexico. 3. M. MEXICANUS H.-Sch. (viii, 71). Mexico. 23. RHODNIUS Stal Stal, (f) 108, no, (e) 123. No species are found on the continent. R.prolixus Stal (Umosus Walk.) occurs in the West Indies. Its description may be found Berlin Entom. Zeitschrift, iii, 104. (1859). Subfamily PIRATINAE 24. THYMBREUS Stal Stal. (b)113, (f)105, 109. (Opinus Walk.) A little known genus of which one species occurs in Mexico. T. CROCiNOPTERus Stal i=Pirates semirufus Walk.) Mexico. Length about 11 mm. Clavus and corium white, membrane dark colored. Legs stout, setose. Pronotum piceous or fuscous. 25. TYDIDES Stal Stal, (b)113, (f)105, 108; Champion, 213. A monotypic tropical American genus. T. RUFUS Serv. i=l)rachiatus Pertj=sulcicolUs Uhler). Pound in consider- able numbers in southern Mexico. Pronotum and clavus flavescent, latter with a dark spot, corium fuscous. Length about 18 mm. 26. MELANOLESTES Stal Stal, (f)105, 107; Champion, 213. The first two species of this genus are common under stones and rubbish in the Atlantic coast and Gulf regions of the United States. They are active and bloodthirsty insects and infiict a severe wound (Uhler, Howard). IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 233 1. M. piciPES H.-Sch. is black with piceous legs and antennae. It as well as M. addominaUs has the inter-ocular part of the head broader than the eyes as seen from above. Illinois to Atlantic coast. 2. M. ABDOMiNALis H.-ScTi. has the sides and sometimes the whole dorsal surface of the abdomen red. Illinois and southward. 3. M. MOEio Erichs. {Pirates picipes Walk.) has larger, less widely sepa- rated eyes in the male so that the inter-ocular part of the head is narrower than the dorsal aspect of the eye. Mexico. 4. M. DEGENEE Walk. {Pirates degener Walk) is very similar to M. morio and occurs in the same locality. 27. RASAHUS Am. et S. Am. et S., 325; Stal, (f)105; Champion, 214. {==Callisphodrus Stal=Macrosandalus Qtal= Sphodrocoris Stal.) The species of this genus are large conspicuously colored insects of wide distribution. Those in North America are not pubescent but have long scattered hairs on the head and pronotum. Champion separates the species as follows: a. Pronotum almost smooth, the anterior lobe with the median sulous only distinct, the other sulci obsolete except at the sides in front; elytra with the base .and apex of the corium broadly, a common patch joining the apex of the scutellum, a transverse mark below the base of the membrane extending down along the inward margin and a large patch at the apex, sordid white, the pale portions of the corium often reddish; size large. . . . 1. albomaculatus Mayr aa. Pronotum with seven more or less distinct sulci. b. Pronotum shining, sulci deep, posterior lobe faintly rugulose in front, c. Costal margin of hemelytra pale at base. d. No transverse vitta at base of membrane 2. Uguttatus Say dd. Transverse pale vitta at base of membrane.. 3. sulcicollis Serv. cc. Costal margin of hemelytra black to base; elytra with a narrow ochreous patch on corium and clavius A. hamatus Pabr. bb. Pronotum opaque; all but median sulci shallow and granulate 5. guttatipennis Stal. l. R. ALBOMACULATUS Mayr {=Pirates hamifer WaYk.^Lestomerus tuhercu^ latus Fallou). Mexico. 2. R. BIGUTTATUS Say (307, 358), {=mutillarius Gner. =thoraeicus Stal) is found in the southern United States and is common in Mexico. There is great variation in color. 3. R. SULCICOLLIS Serv.. {=spheginus ft.-Sch.). Mexico. 4. R. HAMATUS FaT)r. {=mutillarius EahY.^uncinatus Gmel.) Walker has described this species four times in the genus Pirates, calling it: maculipennis, indecisus, concisus, and contiguus; and Fallou has used the names: Pirates sipolisii and Lestomerus varipes. Mexico. 5. R. GUTTATIPENNIS Btal {^Pirates mexicanus Walk.). Mexico. 28. SIRTHENIA Spinola Spinola, 100; Stal, (b)113, (f)104, 105; Champion, 220. S. STRIA Fahr. {=carinatus Fahr.=roseus H.-Sch.) is a conspicuous species ranging south from Carolina, Illinois and California throughout the Americas. 234 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE Subfamily ECTRICHODIINAE 29. POTHEA Am. et S. Am. et S., 344; Stal, (b)102, (f)lOl, 103; Champion, 221. These are rare insects confined to America. They may be recognized by the elongate post-ocular portion of the head and its cylindrical posterior portion. The first joint of the rostrum is longer than the other two put together. In North American species the elytra are fuscous or fiavescent and the anterior femora show a sinuous dorsal margin. P. AENEO-NiTENS Stal. Tylus unarmed in the male; ocelligerous tubercles very obtuse, lower than the inter-ocular part of the head. Southern states. P. MACULATA Champion. Tylus cariniform; ocellar prominences moderately raised; head comparatively short, shorter than the pronotum. The single specimen was found in Mexico. 30. ECTRICHODIA Lep et Serv. Lep. et Serv., 279; Stal, (f) 101, 102; Champion, 224; {RUginia Stal, (b) 102). An American genus each of whose species shows much color variation. Those north of Panama have a smooth posterior lobe of the pronotum and straight tibiae. 1. E. ciNCTiVENTEis Stal. Legs black or piceous; dorsal surface of head, base of the hemelytra, dorsal disc and margin of the abdomen, sometimes also disc or discoidal spots on the venter, yellowish. Eyes of the male prominent; post-ocular portion of the head shorter than in other species; tylus somewhat elevated. Texas and Mexico. 2. E. CRUDELis stal i^ruficollis Stsil= crucifer a Stal=/erwda Walk.) Legs and body black; two inter-ocular spots and ocellar tubercles a dirty yellow; tylus not much elevated; thorax with a black cruciform impression on the reddish pronotum, posterior lobe of pronotum sometimes subrugose. Mexico. 3. E. CEUCIATA Say {=l)icolor H.-Sch. =media Walk.) Legs pale except for apex of femora; elytra short and fuscous; post-ocular portion of the head broad; eyes small. Pennsylvania to Mexico. Subfamily HAMMATOCERINAE 31. HAMMATOCERUS Burm. Laporte, 79 (Hammacerus) ; Burmeister, 235; Stal (f)lOO; Champion, 226. This is an American genus whose species have many color varieties. Those in our range have most of the corium and clavus a dirty white and the anterior femora armed with a spine near the apex. H. PUECis Drury {=nychthemerus BuYin.=furcis Blanch.) is found through- out the southern United States. All or only the posterior femora are rufous at the base. H. LucTuosus Stal from Mexico has all the legs black and has a rod shaped black spot at the base of the corium. Both species are large insects varying from 21 mm. to 28 mm. 32. HOMALOCORIS Perty. Perty (175, Platycoris) , 216; Stal (f)lOO; Champion, 227. The second antennal joint is divided into many small jointlets but the ab- domen does not have a densely pilose ventral spot. The following is adapted from Champion: IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 235 a. Legs annulate; pronotum with lateral margins ochraceous; second an tennal joint divided into eight jointlets l.varius Perty aa. Legs black; second antennal joint divided into 13 to 18 jointlets. b. Corium flavous or ochraceous with a median large oblong black spot; membrane pale at apex 2. macuUcolUs Stal bb. Corium and membrane black, corium with a small spot at base; pronotum with two small ochreous spots on posterior lobe in front. . . . 3. guttatus Walk. l. H. VARius Perty ether a annulipes Stal) Mexico and South America. 2. H. MACuLicoLLis Stal, Western United States, Mexico, Costa Rica. 3. H. GUTTATUS Walk. Mexico. Subfamily AFIOMERINAE 33. APIOMERUS Hahn Stal (f)95; Champion, 230; Am. et S., 354 {Herega) ; Stal (e)116 {Dichro- rhahdallus) ; Stal (e)117 (CalWbdallus) . This is a genus including many species with a broad range of territory. Fifteen are recorded from North America but two of them cannot be included in a key. Champion lists all except Nos. 1, 2, 4, 5, ,and is the authority for most of the characters and the plan of separation used below. Other sources of information I have noted with the discussion of the species, a. Female with orbicular foliaceous genital appendages; male with two divergent, upwardly curving spines at apex of last genital segment. {Apiomerus Hahn). Male claspers slender; sixth dorsal segment of male narrowly dilated posteriorly, truncate or rounded at apex; moderately large species. b. Pronotum and legs black; corium with a very large ochreous patch.. 3. elatus Stal bb. Pronotum with an ochreous transverse band; tip of femora and base of tibiae ochreous i.repletus Uhl. aa. Female without foliaceous genital appendages. b. Female with sides of first genital (terminal dorsal) segment forming a. continuous outline with the connexival margin, c. Male with a single truncate process at apex of last genital segment; body sparsely pubescent b.ventralis Say cc. Male 'with two upwardly curved, more or less divergent spines at apex of last genital segment, d. Membrane infuscate. e. Male with the two spines at the apex of the last genital segment strongly divergent, arising from a short broad process, the apical margin of this segment not toothed nor angulate at the sides above the insertion of the claspers and the process not truncate; corium usually piceous 6. suhpiceus Stal ee. Male with the two spines at the apex of the last genital segment not arising from a short process, f. Apical margin of terminal genital segment appearing emarginate on each side above the insertion of the claspers. 236 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE g. Spines long, strongly divergent; membrane mottled; body robust, elongate l.tristis Champ. gg. Spines shorter and feebly divergent, widely sepa- rated at base; membrane spotted or unicolorous; body rather short S.immundus Berg. ff. Apical margin of terminal genital segment not toothed or angulate at sides above insertion of claspers. g. Spines very long, acuminate and divergent; elytra moderately long, corium and membrane dark; body robust 9. longispinis Champ. gg. Spines much shorter, divergent; elytra much longer than abdomen with basal nervures yellow 10. moestus Stal dd. Membrane hyaline, only the base dark, corium blackish, nervures partly or entirely pale; abdominal margin emarginate (as in No. 7) ll.venosus Stal bb. Female with outer apical angles of first genital segment defiexed and not forming a continuous outline with the corinexival margin; male with apex of last genital segment produced into a short process in the center and armed with tw,o spines. (Herega Am. et S.) c. Male with two genital spines upwardly curved and obliquely di- vergent. d. Pronotum partly rufous-; basal margin narrowly pale; abdo- minal margins at most very narrowly pale 12. spissipes Say dd. Pronotum black with reddish or pale basal margin; abdominal margins more broadly pale; corium dark red 13. crassipes Fabr. cc. Male with the two genital spines horizontal, short and stout, . laterally extended; venter flavous. d. Large, brightly colored species, with ventral segments nar- rowly black 14. flaviventris H.-Sch. dd. Smaller species with broader black bands on ventral segments 15. pictipes H.-Sch. 1. Apiomekus burmeisteri Guer. from Cuba, is nowhere described by Stal. 2. A. RUFiPENNis Fallou cannot be identified from his description as only color is mentioned and the variation makes that valueless in this genus. It is probably a variety of A. crassipes or spissipes. (Champion, 296). 3. A. ELATUS Stal. Mexico and Costa Rica. 4. A. REPLETus Uhler i=occidentalis Glover) is found in the western United States and Mexico. The above characters are from specimens at Iowa State College collected in Vera Cruz, Mexico. 5. A. VENTRALis Say (355) is recorded by Say and Uhler from Missouri, Nebraska and westward to California. Three specimens at Iowa State College gave the characters used in the key. The two females agree with each other in genitalia but only one of the three, a male, answers Say’s color description. 6. A. suBPiCEus Stal. Mexico. 7. A. TRiSTis Champion. Mexico. 8. A. iMMUNDUs Berg. Mexico. 9. A. LONGISPINIS Champion. Mexico. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 237 10.. A. MOESTus Btal, Mexico. 11. A. VENOsus Btal. Mexico. 12. A. spissiPEs Bay. Arizona, Colorado, Texas, Mexico, and Costa Rica. 13. A. CEASSIPES Fahr. i=linitarius Sa.j=ru'broiimdata Am. et S.) Canada and South Carolina to Nebraska and Texas; south into Mexico. Color fairly constant. 14. A. FLAviYENTKis H.-BcTi. Texas to California and Mexico. 15. A. piCTiPEs H.-Bcli. Mexico and Costa Rica. Subfamily ZELINAE. 34. PSELLIOPUS Berg. Bergroth (a)112; Stal (a)61; (f)69, 86, {Milyas, preoc.) Champion, 244. (MMyas). In addition to the characters given in key the members of this genus may be distinguished by the following points. The hemelytra scarcely reach the apex of the abdomen; the first joint of the antenna is shorter than the head and thorax together; the scutellum is distinctly foliaceous at the apex; the lateral angles of the thorax are armed with a little spine or tooth. Only three species occur north of southern Mexico; they may be separated as follows: a. Anterior lobe of pronotum with eight long erect spines, the posterior lobe armed with numerous short spines; apex of scutellum narrow 1. punctipes Am. et S. aa. Lobes of pronotum without erect spines; joint 1 of antennae whitish at apex; apex of scutellum broad, sometimes broadly foliaceous. b. Joint 1 of antennae without four whitish rings; male without sulcate spine at the apex of the last genital segment. 7. cinctus Pabr. bb. Joint 1 of antennae with four whitish rings, male with apex of last genital segment produced in the middle and armed with a long sulcate spine 5.zel)ra Stal Champion named eight new species from Southern Mexico and Central America. One of these occurs only beyond the limits of the territory with which this paper is concerned. His complete key, after adding P. cinctus Fabr. and omitting P. infuscatus Champ, would read as follows: "a. Femora speckled and annulated with black; posterior lobe of pronotum, tuberculate or granulate. b. Lateral angles of pronotum with a long spine, the anterior lobe with eight long spines; form elongate, narrow 1. punctipes Am. et S. bb. Lateral angles of pronotum with a short, stout, backwardly directed tooth; form rather short and broad. c. Anterior lobe of pronotum with twelve short spines; antennae with joints 2 and 3 subequal in length 2. spinicollis Ch. cc. Anterior lobe of pronotum simply tuberculate; antennae with joint 3 longer than joint 2 Z.tuherculatus Ch. aa. Femora simply annulated with black. b. Lateral angles of the pronotum tuberculate or nodose, anterior angles with a short tooth; base strongly bisinuate in the middle; scutellum broadly foliaceous at the apex. 4. inermis Ch. .238 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE bb. (See also bbb.) Lateral and anterior angles of the pronotum eacb with a short tooth; the base feebly bisinnate or subtruncate in the middle; scutellum broadly foliaceous at the apex. c. Male with apex of last genital segment produced in the middle and armed with a long sulcate spine; the genital lobes narrow; head with a pale spot between ocelli. d. Pronotum with the posterior lobe reddish or stramineous or with spots of that color ; the tooth at the lateral angles black . . 5. zehra Stal dd. Pronotum rufous, the tooth at the lateral angles included, the basal margin pale Q. rufofascAatus Ch. cc. Male without a sulcate spine at the apex of the last genital segment 7. cinctus Pabr. ccc. Male with apex of last genital segment not produced in the mid- dle, armed with a short, slender, sulcate spine, d. Head with a pale spot between the ocelli; male with the genital lobes strongly clubbed at the tip S.mexicanus Ch. dd. Head with a pale spot between the ocelli and a pale medium line extending from it to the base; male with the genital lobes very slender ^.Uneaticeps Ch. bbb. Lateral angles of pronotum with a rather long, outwardly directed spine, anterior angles with a long tooth, base subtruncate in middle; scutellum narrowly foliaceous 10. nigropictus Ch. 1. PsELLiopus PUNCTiPES Am. et S. California. 2. P. spiNicoLLis Champion. Mexico, California. 3. P. TUBERCULATus Champion. Mexico. 4. P. iNERMis Champion. Mexico. 5. P. ZEBRA stal. California and Mexico. {=Harpactor cinctus Walk.) 6. P. RUFOFASciATTJS Champion. Mexico. 7. P. CINCTUS Fahr. {=^praecinctus Guer.) Massachusetts to Texas. 8. P. MExicANUs Champion. Mexico. 9. P. LiNEATicEPs Champion. Mexico. 10. P. NIGROPICTUS Champion. Mexico. 35. ZELUS Pabr. Fabricus (b)281; Stal (f)70, 88; Am. et S. 368, 370; Champion, 251. This is an American genus occurring throughout the hemisphere. It in- cludes Euagoras Burm. {=Evagoras Am. et S.), Diplodus Am. et S., and Pindus, Stal. Many of the species are very variable in color and in other characters usually used for identification. The subgenera are distinguished in t];ie Key to Genera, pp. 7 and 8. In the following key to the species. Champion is re- sponsible for the method of identification of about half of the species, Stal for about one-third, and specimens at Iowa State College for several entirely and many others in part. Subgenus zelus Pabr., Stal. Lateral angles and disc of the pronotum unarmed. a. Body wholly or partially black; antennae and legs black. b. Femora with two stramineous rings; those on the anterior pair some- times obsolete; pronotum with a single black patch on stramineous disc; body robust... 2. ruHdus Lep. et Serv. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 239 bb. Femora entirely black. c. Coxae and trochanters black; abdomen without black :&ascia 3. mactans Stal cc. Coxae and trochanters rufous. d. Head with two longitudinal black stripes on the post-ocular portion i.'bilo'bus Say dd. Head entirely stramineous 5. longipes Linn. aa. Entire body, antennae, rostrum and legs, pallid; body narrow, b. Head elongate, gradually narrowed toward base. c. Legs speckled or annulated with black Q.pictipes Champ. cc. Legs entirely pale.. l.cervicalis Stal bb. Head comparatively short, strongly narrowed toward the base 8. pallens H.-Sch. Subgenus Diplodus Am. et S. Lateral angles of pronotum armed with a spine or tooth; disc unarmed, a. Head rufous or sanguineous; pronotum with one or two transverse black fascia; legs partly testaceous or sanguineous; body more or less robust. b. Lateral spines of pronotum sharp; femora testaceous at base 9. ruficeps Stal bb. Lateral spines of pronotum very short or indistinct; femora at base and abdomen more or less sanguineous 10. grassans Stal aa. Head testaceous or stramineous, usually with darker markings. b. Anterior lobe of pronotum with numerous black spots on the disc, separated by sinuous line of pubescence; size large 11. j anus Stal bb. Anterior lobe of the pronotum without black spots on the disc. c. Pronotum sulcate down center, from apex to middle of posterior lobe. d. Body robust, four or five times as long as wide; anterior femora incrassate; all femora thickened; transverse black fascia on the abdominal segments; joint 1 of antennae as long as head and thorax together 12. sulcicollis Champ. dd. Femora slender, anterior not incrassate; posterior lobe of pronotum with a shallow lateral sulcus on» each side, e. Body slender, over six times as long as wfide; joint 1 of antennae as long as head and pronotum together; a Cuban species 13. subimpressus Stal ee. Body slender; joint 1 of antennae shorter than head and pronotum together; a Californian species.. 14 renardii KoL cc. Pronotum with anterior lobe only sulcate; body moderately broad or narrow; head, pronotum and scutellum testaceous, fuscous or nigrofuscous; femora sometimes with a darker ring at apex. d. Lateral angles of pronotum armed with a rather stout acute spine, the posterior lobe rugulose 15. exsanguis Stal dd. Lateral angles of pronotum armed with a short tooth; posterior lobe almost smooth 10. laevicollis Champ. ddd. Lateral angles of pronotum armed with a short slender spine, posterior lobe rugulose. e. Legs pale Vl.nugax Stal ee. Legs darker and more slender l^.mimus Stal 240 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE Subgenus pindus Stal. Lateral angles of pronotum armed with a sharp spine, the disc with two spines. a. Anterior lobe of pronotum piceous, posterior stramineous. .19. socius Uhler aa. Both lobes of pronotum piceous 20. tetracantJius Stal l. Zelus phalangium Fahr. seems to remain unknown. It is not completely recognizable from the description but seems to be related to Z. longipes and hilohus, differing from them in the immaculate elytra. The description in Fabricius, (a) 196, is as follows: “Rufous, with black antennae and legs. Related to Z. longipes Linn, and about the same size; head rufous with two vertical fuscous lines; antennae long, black; rostrum black, rufous at the base; thorax rufous, fuscous above; elytra rufous, immaculate; legs long, black. Habitat in American islands.” 2. Z. EUBiDus Lep. et Serv. {=speciosus Buvm^tricolor Il-Bc^.=^longipes Stal. 'WsLlk.=Velia agavis Blaquez=sito*ZZi Leth. et Serv.) Texas, Mexico, Antilles and South America. 3. Z. MACTANS Stal. Cuba. 4. Z. BiLOBUs Say. Carolina to Texas. 5. Z. LONGIPES Linn. (=^macropus Gmel.) West Indies. 6. Z. PiCTiPES Champion. Mexico. 7. Z. cEEVicALis Stal. Carolina and Florida to Texas, California and Mexico. 8. Z. PALLENS H.-Sch. Mexico. 9. Z. EUFicEPS stal. Mexico and southward. 10. Z. GEASSANS stal. Mexico and Guatemala. 11. Z. JANUS Stal. {=litigiosus Stal.) Mexico, etc. 12. Z. suLcicoLLis Champion. Mexico. 13. Z. suBiMPEEssus Stal. West Indies. 14. Z. EENAEDii Kol. California. 15. Z. ExsANGUis Stal ( = luridus Stsil= amlulans cognatus Costa.) North Carolina to Colorado, California and southward. 16. Z. LAEVicoLLis Champion. Mexico and Texas. 17. Z. NUGAX Stal. Mexico. 18. Z. MiMUs Stal {=um'bratilis Stal). Mexico. 19. Z. SOCIUS UKer. Idaho, Dakota, Kansas, Arizona and Illinois. 20. Z. TETEACANTHus Stal. Mcxico. Specimens of the following three species were impossible to obtain and their descriptions are of little taxonomic value. 21. Z. MAEGiNATA Pvovancher (a), recorded from Ottawa is incompletely described but traces to Z. cervicalis Stal. It is almost certainly a synonym of the latter species. 22. Z. FEEOX Banks (b), from Arizona, is discussed as Castolus ferox, q. v. 23. Z, AUDAx Banks (b) has ben found in New York and Virginia. Banks suggests that it is related to Z. so^cius Uhler. Brownish yellow; no tubercles over base of antennae; posterior lobe of pronotum with middle and lateral depressions, the ridges terminating behind in four large conical tubercles. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 241 36. DARBANUS Am. et S. Am. et S., 370; Provancher, 183. VanDuzee who has recently had an opportunity to examine the Provancher collection of Hemiptera, publishes his conclusions in the Canadian Entomolo- gist, Nov., 1912. He says the Provancher’s specimens of Bar'banus palliatus Prov. and D. georgiae Prov. are both ''Diplocodus luridus Stal” (listed above as Zelus exsanguis) and that Zelus marginata Prov. is, as suggested above, Z. cervicalis Stal. The former opinion disregards without explanation Prov- ancher’s separation of these species from ^^Diplodus” on the basis of the arma- ture of the pronotum. Should these species still prove to be valid they should be placed as a subgenus of Zelus, distinct from the subgenera given above. 37. NOTOCYRTUS Burm. Burmeister, 227; Stal (f) 69, 84; Champion, 262. The species of this genus may be recognized by the inflated posterior lobe of the pronotum which covers both the anterior lobe and the scutellum. Only one North American species is reported. N, DORS-ALis Gray, var. dromedaeius Stal (=N. vesiculosus Perty). Head with two long spines; pronotum with posterior lobe greatly inflated, emarginate in front, produced laterally into a curved horn-like process and strongly depressed on the disc before and behind the middle. In the variety the pronotum is entirely black and is not, as in the more southern varieties, marked to some extent, with yellow. Mexico. 38. DEBILIA Stal. Stal (f) 68, 84; Champion, 265. D. EUFESCENS Champion. Mexico. Eyes small in males; body slender, ver^ milion red; segment 6 armed laterally with a long spine. 39. RICOLLA Stal. Stal (f) 68, 77; Champion, 266. A tropical American genus with bispinous knees and the first five (six in the female) abdominal segments armed with a spine at the outer apical angles. R. siMiLLiMA Stal. Mexico, Central America and Costa Rica. May be sepa- rated from a nearly related species {R. palUdipennis) by the lack of a conical tubercle at each of the anterior angles of the pronotum. 40. REPIPTA Stal. Stal (f) 69, 80; Champion, 267. An American genus very closely related to the two preceding genera and the one following. The four North American species may. be separated as follows; a. Head with two short spines or tubercles. b. Legs unicolorous, black; corium, clavus and rostrum black are black- ish; size large.,... 1. fuscipes Stal bb. Legs sanguineous, annulated with black; corium and clavus partly fuscous; size small 2. nigronotata Stal aa. Head with two long spines. b. Legs black, except femora sometimes at base; posterior lobe of 16 242 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE pronotum mostly black 3. taurus Fabr.. bb. Legs and pronotum pale, pronotum sometimes with two black vittae 4. flavicans Am. et S. 1. R. FusciPES Stal. i=Isocondylus fuscipes Stal) is common in western Mexico, scarcer southward. 2. R. NiGEONOTATA Stal. Mexico. 3. R. TAUEus Fal)r. (=Zelus lineatus Am. et S.) is found north as far as Philadelphia and is common in Texas, Mexico, South America, and the West Indies. The pronotal spines are very long. 4. R. FLAVICANS Am et 8. (=Zelu§ flavicans Am. et S.=Z. lateralis H. -Sch.= ochraceus ll.-Sch.=varipes H.-Sch.) Common in Mexico and South America. South of Mexico it is more often seen than R. taurus. Mr. Hart has found this species in Illinois. 41. ROCCONOTA Stal. Stal (f) 69, 79; Champion, 272. Champion considers this genus as doubtfully separable from Repipta. He gives half a dozen more or less valuable characters as distinguishing points. Four species occur within the limits of the territory covered by this paper. a. Scutellum raised along the middle posteriorly, postscutellum more or less produced at the apex, not clothed with agglutinated tomentum. b. Anterior lobe of pronotum with two prominent conical tubercles; ab- dominal segments one and two spinous at outer apical angles 1. rufotestacea Champ. bb. Anterior lobe of pronotum unarmed. c. Abdomen with first segment only spinose; body closely pubescent beneath apex in spots 2. annulicornis Stal cc. Abdomen unarmed at the sides; scutellum produced into an up- wardly curved spine 3. tuherculigera Stal aa. Scutellum flattened, postscutellum not produced at apex, clothed with a dense, white agglutinated tomentum; anterior lobe of pronotum with two prominent conical tubercles; abdominal segments 1 to 4 strongly spinose at outer apical angles 4. octispina Stal l. R. EUFOTESTACEA Champion. Mexico. 2. R. ANNULicoENis Stal. Texas to Lower California and south. Stal called this insect Heza but the lack of a tubercle on the mesopleura causes Champion to change this placing. 3. R. TUBEECULIGEEA Stal. Mexico. 4. R. OCTISPINA Stal. Mexico. This species “should perhaps be separated from the genus, it having a differently formed scutellum.’ —Champion. 42. FITCHIA Stal. Stal (f) 79. The two species of Fitchia are only found north of Mexico and east from Texas. The winged individuals of the two species are very similar, differing in the pronotal spines. 1. F. spiNOsuLA Texas and eastward. Pronotum armed on the pos- terior lobe with two short spines on the disc and with a spine at each of the lateral angles. IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 243 2. F. APTERA 8tal i=nigrovittata Stal). New Jersey to Colorado and Texas. Pronotum unarmed. Both apterous and winged forms known. There is a conspicuous black vitta on the median dorsal part of the abdomen in this form. 43. SOSIUS Champ. Champion, 275. Sosius approaches Rocconota but differs in the acutely angled, foliaceous plate-like dilatation of the fifth and sixth abdominal segments. Monotypic. S. FOLiACEus Champion. Mexico. Spines on the upper part of the head long and curved forward; those on the genae short. 44. CASTOLUS Stal. Stal (f) 69, 80; i=8pinda Stal); Champion, 278. This is a tropical American genus, the five species of which may be separated as follows: а. Lateral angles of pronotum unarmed and not dilated. b. Entire head, (or at least the post-ocular portion in one variety) rufous above; no red on elytra; femora orange in color; tibiae black 1. plagiaticollis Stal bb. Head black; margins of elytra rufous; basal half of femora fiavous, tip and entire tibiae black 2. tricolor Champ. . aa. (See also aaa.) Lateral angles of pronotum armed with a tooth. b. Lateral pronotal angles with a very short tooth; three black spots on yellow pronotum.... 3. trinotatus Stal bb. Lateral pronotal angles with a rather long, stout, tooth; elytra and disc largely fuscous; no black spot on posterior lobe of pronotum.... 4. suhinermis Stal aaa. Lateral angles of pronotum subangularly dilated, caudal and lateral margins sanguineous; legs black or brown.... 5. rufomarginatus Champ. 1. C. PLAGIATICOLLIS 8tal. Mexico. 2. C. TRICOLOR Champion. Mexico. 3. C. TRINOTATUS 8tal. Mexico. , 4. C. suBiNERMis 8tal. Mexico. 5. C. RUFOMARGINATUS Champion. Mexico. б. C. FERox Banks (b), was described from Arizona as Zelus ferox. No characters are given which would place it in that genus. A specimen in the collection of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History which answers Banks’ description in detail and comes from Arizona is an undescribed species of Castolus. Black tubercle over base of antennae, femora with black annulae, body yellow. 45. HIRANETIS Spinola. . Spinola, 112; Stal, (f) 69, 82. These are slender insects resembling Ichneumon flies, mainly light yellow in color. Seven tropical American species have been described. H. BRAcoNiFORMis Burm. (=pompiloides Burm.) is a variable species. Femora more or less annulated with black; pronotum varies from fiavous to piceous; el;ytra fuscous with a transverse piceous band midway between base and apex. 244 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 46. GRAPTOCLEPTES Stal. Stal (f) 69, 81. Another genus showing great color variations. Only one of the nine described species occurs in North America. G. SANGUiNEiVENTEis Stal. Mexico. Some specimens have a large sanguineous patch on the pronotum. Hind femora (sometimes also fore and middle femora) with a pale median annulus. 47. ATRACHELUS Am. et S. Am. et S. 374; Stal (f) 68, 78; Champion, 283. Individuals of this genus are among the smallest of the entire family. They may be recognized by the spinose and slightly dilated apical angles of abdominal segments 1-5. The femora are unarmed. A. ciNEREus Fahr. i=Jieterogeneus Am. et S.) is about 7 mm. long and is fuscous in color. The body is rather stout. It is recorded from Philadelphia, Carolina, Texas, Mexico and southward. 48. PLOEOGASTER Am. et S. Am. et S. 363; Stal (f) 98; {=Passaleutus Am. et S.) No species of this genus have been found on the continent north of Central America. P. ACANTHARis Wolff. Wcst Indies. Anterior lateral margins of the posterior lobe of the pronotum straight and entire; distinct teeth on apical angles of abdominal segments; apex of all femora and base of tibiae black. 49. HEZA Am. et S. Stal (f) 68, 75; Champion, 284. The unarmed fore-femora and the mesosternal tubercle separate this genus from those which resemble it. Five of the seventeen described species are found in this region. The following key includes those of Stal and Champion both with some modifications. a. Anterior lobe of pronotum bispinous or prominently bituberculate pos- teriorly; abdomen not perceptibly broadened beyond middle, with sub- parallel sides; joint 1 of rostrum not longer than the two following joints together. b. Only the first segment of the abdomen with a short spine or tooth on the apical angles; joint 1 of antennae not shorter than head, thorax and scutellum together 1. simiJis Stal bb. Several or all abdominal segments armed with a spine on the lateral angles, c. Anterior lobe of pronotum armed posteriorly with two short obtuse spines; juga slightly prominent 2. pulchripes Stal cc. Anterior lobe of pronotum armed with two long spines; body fuscous; femora and tibae annulated with black 3. fuscinervis Champ. aa. Anterior lobe of pronotum unarmed posteriorly. b. Anterior margin obtuse, not produced; apical angles of first five abdominal segments with a rather long spine 4. acantharis Linn. bb. Prosternum angularly produced in front; all abdominal segments with IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 245 spines at the apical angles; fourth segment with a stout spine; last dorsal segment of female truncate at apex 5. clavata Guer. 1. H. siMiLis 8tal. Mexico. 2. H. nuLCHEiPES 8tal. West Indies. 3. H. FusciNEBVis Champion, Mexico and Central America. 4. H. ACANTHAKis I/mw. West Indies. 5. H. CLAVATA Guerin, West Indies. 50. ARILUS Hahn. Champion 267; Stal (f) 67, 72 (Prionotus), Arilus B.ahi[L=Prionotus Laporte=Priowidws Uhler, the two latter names be- ing preoccupied. Species of this genus are easily distinguished by the presence of a high mesal tuberculate ridge on the pronotum. 1. A. CBiSTATTJS Linn. i=novenarius Ssiy^denticulatus Westw. =patulus Walker) New York to California and south. Posterior lobe of pronotum con- vex and strongly cristate with 8-10 tubercles on the crest; margins of abdomen distinctly sinuate. This is a common insect in the southeastern states. 2. A. DEPBESsicoLLis 8tal. Mexico. Posterior lobe of pronotum flattened and feebly cristate; margins of abdomen feebly sinuate. 3. A. CABiNATus For St. {^serratus ¥Ahv.=xanthopus Walk.) West Indies. 12-14 tubercles are found on the crest of the pronotum; the pronotal margins are distinctly dilated behind the posterior lateral angles. 51. STHIENERA Spinola. 8thienera Spinola (117); Champion (269); Piezopleura Am. et S. (362); JIarpactor Stal (f. 68, 72; b, 47); Erhessus Stal (f. 73). It differs from other Reduviids in having the anterior tibiae toothed near the apex beneath. S. BHOMBEA Erichs, i^rhomheus Stal). Mexico. Pronotum and legs are fuscous, scutellum and elytra flavescent. Note. — Harpactor americanus Bergroth (b) is placed by Bergroth in Harpactor Laporte (nec Stal) i=Reduvius Pabr., Stal, nec Lamarck.) This species and consequently the genus were overlooked during the prepara- tion of this paper and are found too late to be discussed. 52. ACHOLLA Stal. Stal (f) 67, 72, i=Ascra Stal); Champion, 289. All three species of this genus occur in North America. a. Head elongate, post-ocular portion tumid anteriorly; pronotum broader than in other species, somewhat tuberculate 1. multispinosa DeG. aa. Head shorter, lateral angles of pronotum obtuse; ante-ocular portion of head and anterior lobe of pronotum with prominent conical tubercles: head not tumid 2. ampUata Stal. aaa. Head shorter; lateral angles of pronotum rather sharp; ante-ocular por- tion of head and anterior lobe of pronotum only slightly tuberculate 3. tabida Stal l. A. MULTISPINOSA DeQeer is the common North American species. It is very similar to the other two. New England to Nebraska. X=sexspinosus Wolff =su'barmatus H.-Sch.) 246 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE . 2. A. AMPLiATA Stal. Mexico. Rare. 3. A. TABiDA Stah California, Mexico and Central America. 53. SIND ALA Stal. Stal (f) 47; Champion, 2-90. This genus differs from its near relative, Sinea, in the unarmed anterior tibiae. 1. S. ACUMINATA UJilev is the only species recorded from North America. Its description has not been found. 54. SINEA Am. et S. Am. et S., 375; Stal (f) 67, 70; Champion, 291; Caudell (a), (b). This is a group of widely distributed forms all but one of which occurs in this territory. Caudell has worked out the synonymy most satisfactorily ah though Champion’s work on the genus is also invaluable. The following is an adaptation from both these authors, omitting a species and a variety listed by Caudell, because they have not been found in North America. a. Anterior prothoracic lobe armed on the disc with spines. b. Posterior prothoracic lobe armed on the disc with sharp spines. c. Anterior femora with the terminal spine of the inner inferior row out of alignment, occupying a subdorsal position. 10. complexa Caud. cc. Anterior femora with the terminal spine of the inner inferioi* row not out of alignment 5. integra Stal. bb. Posterior prothoracic lobe unarmed on the disc. c. gmall tubercle surmounting gibbosities of posterior prothoracic lobe 2. undulata Uhler cc. No such tubercle present. d. Margins of female abdomen prominently and subangularly un- dulate; male abdomen variable 1. diadema Fab. dd. Margins of abdomen of both sexes usually very slightly un- dulate, entire or with rounded undulations . . 11. confusa Caud. aa. Anterior prothoracic lobe armed on the disc with mere tubercles, some- times acuminate, usually blunt. b. Disc of posterior prothoracic lobe bigibbous; abdomen of both sexes abruptly widened behind.. 3. coronata Stal bb. Disc of posterior lobe of pronotum transversely convex; unarmed, c. Abdomen narrow in male, widened to apex of fourth segment in female; third spine of ante-ocular series very long. .4. raptoria Stal cc. Abdomen of both sexes widened to apex of fourth segment but narrower in male than female. d. Head with the.third spine of the ante-ocular series very elongate, much longer than the others 6. sanguisuga Stal dd. Head with third spine of ante-ocular series not longer than first and second, first usually longest. e. Spines on head much reduced, third usually only a tubercle; abdomen narrowly rounded, lateral angles of pronotum moderately acute* 7. dejecta Stal. ee. Third spine not reduced to a tubercle. f. Abdomen with a broad, pale fascia at extremity of each IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 247 dorsal segment; lateral angles of pronotum slightly acuminate 8. rileyi Mont. ff. No pale fascia on abdomen; lateral angles of pronotum more acute than in two previous species; spines on head prominent 9. spinipes H.-Sch. 1. S. DiADEMA Fabr. (=muUispinosa StSLl=Mspida Th\im.h.=raptatorius Say ^celosus Gmel.) is an inhabitant of the greater part of North America from Quebec to southern Mexico. The individuals vary greatly in size and color. 2. S. UNDULATA JJTiler may be a variety of 8. diadema for the males of the two species are inseparable. The color varies greatly. California and Mexico. 3. S. coEONATA Stal. California and Mexico. This is the most elongate species of the genus. 4. S. EAPTOEiA Stal. i=denticulosa Stal). California, Texas, Mexico, Costa Rica. Champion is authority for the synonymy of the two species. 5. S. INTEGEA Stal, Mexico. 6. S. SANGUisuGA Stal. Mexico and Florida. 7. S. DEFECTA stal. Mexico. 8. S. EiLEYi Montandon. Colorado. 9. S. SPINIPES H.-Sch. Texas and eastward. Probably includes S. rileyi Mont, as the distinguishing characters are somewhat indefinite. 10. S. coMPLEXA Caudell (a) is a western species described from California and Arizona. 11. S. coNFusA Caudell (b) from Arizona has heretofore been confused with undulata and diadema. 4 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 249 INDEX “A Systematic Outline of the Reduviidae of North America,” pp. 217-247. PAOE PAGE 233 cavennensis 22ft 244, 245 celosus 247 Centromelus 226 229 cervicalis 240 241 224, 245 Cethera 235 230 cinctiventris 2-24 230 cinctus Fahr 237 238 246 cinctus Walk 2.2R acuminatus Say 226 cinerea Lap 234 cinereus Fahr 244 agavis circumcinctus 233 clavata 245 albosignatus 229 claviger Alloeocranum 221, 229 cognatus complexa 246 247 americanus concisus ampliata 245, 246 confusa 246 247 annulatus 226 Oonorhinns 221 230 annulicornis contiguiKs 222 annulipes Stal corona, ta 246 247 annulipes Uhl 226 crassipes .236, 237 apiculatus 228 cristatua 245 APIOMERINAE 222, 235 crocinopterus Apiomerus 222, 235-7 cruciata 224 aptera crucifera areolatus crudelis 224 Arilus culiciformis .... 227 arizonica Darbanus .223, 241 Ascra 245 Debilia .223, 241 Atrachelus 224, 244 decorata 225 fl.iida.x 240 defccta 246 247 BACTRODINAE 220, 225 degener Bactrodes denticulatus biannulatus denticulosa biannulipes , 229 depressicollis 245 bicolor H.-Sch 234 diadema. .246, 247 bicolor Stal 230 Diaditus .222, 228 biguttatus Dichrorhabdallus bilobus 239, 240 dimidiatus .231, 232 brachiatus Diplocodus braconiformis 243 Diplodus 238, 239 burmeisteri dorsalis Callibdallus dromedarius 241 Callisphodrus 233 Ectrichodia .221, 234 cana ECTRICHODIINAE . . . .221, 234 carinatus Pahr elatus carinatus Forst Erbessus carolinensis erythrozonias 231 Castolus 224, 243 Euagoras 250 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE PAGE Evagoras 238 exsanguis 239, 240, 241 ferox 240, 243 fervida 234 Fitchia 223, 224, 242 flavicans 242 flavipennis 230 flavispinis 230 flavi ventris ..236, 237 foliaceus 243 formicarius 229 furcis 234 fuscicollis 228 fuscinervis 244, 245 fuscipennis 227 fuscipes (Repipta) ...241, 242 fuscipes (Saica) 225 geniculatus 228 georgiae 241 Gerris 227 gerstaeckeri 231, 232 gigas 231 Gnathobleda . .222, 227 Graptocleptes 224, 244 grassans 239, 240 guttatipennis 233 guttatus ..229, 235 hamatus 233 hamifer 233 Hammacerus 234 HAMMATOCERINAE 221, 234 Hammatocerus 221, 234 Harpactor 245 Herega 235, 236 heterogeneus 244 Heza 225, 244 Hiranetis 224, 243 hispida 247 histrionicus 230 Homalocoris 221, 234, 235 immundus 236 indecisus 233 inermis 237, 238 infirma 226 infuscatus 237 inornata 226 Integra 246, 247 Isocondylus 242 janus 239, 240 laevicollis 239, 240 languida 226 lateralis H.-Sch 242 lateralis Stal 231 lecticularis 231 lenticularis 231 Leogorrus 221, 229 Lestomerus 233 limbatus 230 limosus 232 lineaticeps 238 lineatus 242 linitarius 237 litigiosa (Gnath.) 227 litigiosus (Zelus) 240 litura 229 longiceps 229 longipes Linn 239, 240 longipes Stal 240 longispinis 236 luctuosus ^.... 234 lugubris 229 luridu? 240, 241 Macrophtbalmus. 221, 230 Macr.ops. 230 macropus 240 Macrosandalug 233 mactans ........... 239, 240 maculata, 234 maculicollis. 235 maculipennis Stal.... 231, 232 maculipennis Walk 233 marginata 240, 241 maximus 231 Meccus 220, 232 media 234 Melanolestes ............. .,...220, 232, 233 mexicanus Champ, (Sch.) 227 mexicanus .CTiamjp. (Psel.) 238 mexicanus H.-Sch. 232 mexicanus TTaZfc. 233 Micracidius 230 Microcleptes 229 Microlestria 221, 228 Milyas 237 mimus 239, 240 modesta 226 moestus 236, 237 morio 233 multispinosa DeG.., 245 multisponisa Stal......... 247 mutillarius 233 myrmecodes 229 Nalata 221, 228 Narvesus ........222, 228 nigronotata 241, 242 nigrqpictus 238 nigrovittata 243 Notocyrtus 222, 241 novenarius 245 nugax 239, 240 nychthemerus 234 occidentalis 236 Ochetopus 227 ochraceus 242 octispina 242 Oncerotrachelus 219, 226 Oncocephalus 222, 228 Opinus 232 O'pisthacidius 230 Opsicoetus 229 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 251 Orthometrops ..... pallens H.-Sch. pallens Lap. ....... palliatus pallidipennis (Mec.) pallidipennis (Ric.) Pantopsilus partitas Passaleutus patulus pectoralis personatus phalangium phyllosoma .. . . . . .... .. picipes. H.--Sch. . . . ... picipes Walk. ..... . . Piezopleura pictipes (Apio.) .... pictipes (Diad.) ... pictipes (Zelus) . . . , Pindus PIRATINAE plagiaticollis plagipennis Platycoris Platymeris Ploeogaster Pnirontis pompiloides Pothea praeciuctus Prionidus Prionotus prolixus protractus Pselliopus pulchripes pungens punctipes purcis Pygolampis quisquilius raptatorius raptoria Rasahus recurvata RBDUVIINAE Reduvius renardii Repipta repletus Rhiginia Rhodnius rhombea Ricolla rileyi Rocconota roseus rubella rubidus Lep. ef Serv. 219, 239, 236, .239, 223, 238, 220, 225, 222, 221, 223, 237, 244, 237, 222, 246, 220, 220, ,221, 229, 239, 224, 235, 220, 223, 223, 242, 238, PAGE , 225 , 240 230 241 232 241 , 230 229 244 . 245 227 229 240 232 233 233 245 237 228 240 240 232 243 229 234 229 244 226 243 234 238 245 245 232 231 238 245 229 238 234 227 229 247 247 233 225 228 245 240 241 236 234 232 245 241 247 243 233 225 240 PAGE rubidus Uhler 231 rubrofasciatus 231 rubrolimbata 237 rudis 228 rufescens 241 ruficeps ^ ^ * 239, 240 ruflcolliS' 234 ruflpennis ^ 236 rufofasciatus 238 rufomarginatus 243 rufotestacea . 242 rufus i ............. . 232 Saica 219, 225 SAiOINAB ......219, 225 Saicodes ... . ...... . . . . 226 sanguineiveutris 244 sanguisuga Stal. .'.246, 247 sanguisugis LeC 231 Schumannia , 222, 227 semirufus 232 senilis 229 sericea 227 serratus 245 setulosa 228 sexspinosus 245 signifer 229 similis 244, 245 simillima 241 Sindala 224, 246 Sinea 224, 246 sipolisii ' 233 Sirthenia 220, 233 socius 240 Sosius 223, 243 speciosus 240 spheginus 233 Sphodrocoris 233 Spilalonius 228 Spinda 243 spinicollis .237, 238 spinidorsis 230 Spiniger 221, 230 spinipes 247 spinosula 242 spinulosus 225 spissipes 236, 237 stalii 231 Stenopoda 222, 227 STENOPODINAE 221, 226 Sthienera 224, 245 stolli 240 stria 233 subarmatus 245 subimpressus 239, 240 subinermis (Cas.) 243 subinermis (Sten.) 227 subpiceus 235, 236 sulcicollis Champ 239, 240 sulcicollis 233 sulcicollis Uhl 232 252 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE PAGE tabida 245, 246 Tagalis 220, 226 taurus 242 tetracanthus * 240 thoracicus 233 Thymbreus 220, 232 tibialis 225 Triatoma 230 tricolor Champ 243 tricolor H.-Sch., 240 trinotatus 243 tristis 236 tuberculatus Champ 237, 238 tuberculatus Fal 233 tuberculigera 242 tumidula 227 Tydides 220, 232 PAGE umbratilis 240 uncinatus 233 undulata 246, 247 variegatus 231 varipes Fal 233 varipes H.-8ch 242 varius 235 Velia 240 Venator 229 venosus 236, 237 ventralis 235, 236 vesiculosus 241 xanthopus 245 zebra 237, 238 ZELINAB 222, 237 Zelus 223, 238 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 253 EARLY IOWA LOCALITY RECORDS. BY B. SHIMEK. Students of plant and animal distribution are naturally interested in exact geographic designation, and they frequently suffer inconvenience from the in- accuracy or misconception of locality names. Confusion in our western records sometimes arises because the earlier explorers worked in an unsettled wilderness in which accurate geographic designation was difficult or impossible, and again from the fact that names were often at first applied to larger areas than those to which the name is at present restricted. Some such cases have come under the writer’s notice recently in his effort to secure full records of Iowa plants and mollusks. TRe locality which at- tracted special attention is that which is designated as “Council Bluff,” or “Council Bluffs,” in various reports on plants, mollusks, insects, etc. This is the locality made memorable by the visit of Thomas Say, who spent parts of the years 1819 and 1820 at the Engineer Cantonment near Council Bluff, and who reported and described many species of mollusks, insects and vertebrates from this locality. Later, in 1839, the Nicollet Expedition visited the same locality and collected numerous plants which were submitted for determination to Dr. Torrey. Say’s “Council Bluff” is generally considered the same as the Council Bluffs, Iowa, of today, but this is clearly not correct. The present city of Council Bluffs, Iowa, is located on the east side of the Missouri river, and about 22 miles above the mouth of the Platte river in Nebraska. Naturally the references to Council Bluff or Council Bluffs would suggest the Iowa locality, but there can be no question that the locality to which Say and others refer is on the western, or Nebraska, side of the Missouri river, and more than 20 miles above the present city of Council Bluffs. The name “Council Bluff” was originally applied to a locality at which Lewis and Clark held a council with the Ottoe and Missouri Indians, August 3, 1804.* Referring to this locality in his valuable edition of these Journals, Thwaites makes the following statement:** “This is the origin of the name now applied to a city in Iowa opposite Omaha, Neb.; but Coues thinks — that the place of this council was higher up the river, on what was later the site of Ft. Calhoun, in the present Washington County, Nebraska. He also calls attention to the well known uncertainty and constant shifting of the Missouri’s channels, rendering it difficult to identify historic points.” This cautious statement might give the impression that it is not quite certain that Coues’ conclusion was right. The evidence that this point is some distance above the city of Council Bluffs, and that it is on the Nebraska side of the *See Original Journals of the Lewis and Clark Expedition, 1804-1806. (In full and exactly as written.) Edited by Reuben Gold Thwaites, LLD., 1904, vol. I, p. 98 ; Coues, edition, vol. I, p. 66, 1893. **See volume I, p. 98 — footnote. 254 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE Missouri river, is clear and the place may be readily identified from the early descriptions of Lewis and Clark and those who followed them later. This evidence may be briefiy stated as follows: In the account of the journey up the Missouri river the Clark Journal states* that Camp No. 9 was located 10 miles above the “Platt River,” and that in ascending the Missouri river from this point the party traveled 15 miles on July 27th (p. 91); 10% miles on July 28th (p. 93); 10 miles on July 29th (pp. 93, 94); and 3% miles on July 30th, — to Council Bluff, — making a total of 49 miles. This carries “Council Bluff” about 27 miles beyond the city of Council Bluffs (i.e., to the north). Some discrepancies occur in the distances reported in different parts of the Journals, but these do not materially affect the result. Thus in the Original Journal of Private Joseph Whitehouse** the distance from “the Great River Platt” to the first camp above (Camp 9) is given as 12 miles (p. 44); and the subsequent distances are given re- spectively as 15 miles (p. 46), 10 miles (p. 46), lli^ miles (p. 46), and 4 miles (p. 47), — making a total of 52% miles. However, in his “Distances and Latitudes,” p, 189, Whitehouse gives the distance along the river to the “Mouth of Plate River” as 632 miles, and to “Council Bluffs” as 682 miles, making the distance between these points 50 miles. The distances as given on the return trip, September 5th to 8th, 1806,*** will give 49% miles as this distance if the “5th” is substituted for the “4th” (a manifest error) of August on page 379. As noted these slight variations do not affect the general conclu- sion, and it^is evident that the Council Bluff was not located near the present city of Council Bluffs. No fluctuations in the course of the Missouri could account for the great difference in distance, and moreover, the Lewis and Clark record of courses and distances has made it possible to retrace the old course of the river, and this further confirms the conclusion that in that part of the Missouri river here under discussion the changes have not been sufficient to account for 1;he difference between the distance from Council Bluffs, Iowa, to the Platte river, and that from Council Bluff to the same point as recorded by Lewis and Clark. Further corroboration is found in the fact that it is noted in the Original Journals**** that on the 29th of July it was observed that on the S. S. (i.e., the starboard side, here the east side) of the Missouri “a creek comes in called Boyers R.,” and on the following page it is noted that at 1% miles from that day’s starting point the party “passed Bowyers R,”***** This is the Boyer river of today, and it now empties into the Missouri at a point about 12 miles above the city of Council Bluffs, but the Lewis and Clark record shows that the Boyer was then 37 miles from the Platte, hence beyond the site of Council Bluffs, Iowa, and that Council Bluff was about 12 miles still farther north. It is thus certain that the Council Bluff of Lewis and Clark is north of the Boyer, whereas Council Bluffs, Iowa, is several miles south of that stream. The *See the Thwaites edition, volume I. Unless otherwise stated the quotations from the Lewis and Clark Journals are taken from the ThWaites edition as this is an exact cppy. The editor of the Coues’ edition took greater liberties with the original Journals,, and that edition is therefore less reliable. . ** Volume VII of the Original Journals. ***See- Original Journals, volume V, 376-380. . - ; ****Volume I, p. 93. ' •. *****This stream is also called Boyers River in the Original Journal of Sergeant ’ Charles Floyd, Original Journals, Vol. VII, p. 22. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 255 subsequent changes in the course of the Missouri have brought the mouth of the Boyer somewhat nearer to Council Bluffs, Iowa, but it is still clearly between the two points under discussion. Another point of special importance in this connection is the record in the Clark Journal* that the landing place (at Council Bluff) was at “the lower part of a Bluff & High Prairie on L. S.” “L. S.” here means larboard side, as is clearly shown in many places in the Journals, “S. S.,” which is also frequently used, meaning starboard side. The larboard side of a boat going north is the west side, hence the landing and camp at Council Bluff must have been on the west, or Nebraska, side of the Missouri river, whereas Council Bluffs, Iowa, is on the east side. The distance of Council Bluff from the Platte, its distance and direction from the mouth of the Boyer, and its location on the west bank of the Missouri river seem to be sufficient to prove that the Council Bluff of Lewis and Clark was in Nebraska. It is also evident that the Council Bluff of Lewis and Clark is the same as that of Say and Nicollet. Thirteen years after Lewis and Clark’s return voyage, on which Council Bluff was again visited**, the Long Expedition established a winter camp “near the quarters of the troops at Council Bluffs (Camp Missouri.”) *** A military expedition, under the command of Col. Henry Atkinson, had preceded the scientific expedition under Maj. Long, and established Camp Mis- souri at Council Bluff in September, 1819. . On the. 19th of September of the same year the Long party, which had ascended the Missouri river in the steamer “Western Engineer,” established a winter cantonment “on the west bank of the Missouri, about half a mile above Fort Lisa, five miles below Council Bluff, and three miles above the mouth of Boyer’s river.”**** This camp was named “Engineer Cantonment,” and Say refers to it frequently in his papers under that name, or simply as “Cantonment.” It is in Nebraska. It is further stated (p. 222) that “cliffs of sparry limestone rise in the rear of the site we had selected, to an elevation of near three hundred feet. At times of low water strata of horizontal sandstone are disclosed in the bed of the Missouri. These pass under and support the limestone.” And still further it is stated (p. 229) that “the Council Bluff, so called by Lewis and Clarke, from a council with the Otoes and Missouries held there on the 3d of August, 1804, is a remarkable bank rising abruptly from the brink of the river, to an elevation of about one hundred and fifty feet.” These descriptions of topography and geologic formations are of especial interest because they do not at all apply to any part of the vicinity of Council Bluffs, Iowa, as any one familiar with the region under discussion will at once perceive. * Original Journals, Vol. I, p. 94. **Original Journals, volume V, p. 379. • *** Account of an expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains performed in the years 1819, 1820— under the command of Major S. H. Long. Compiled from the notes of Major Long, Mr. T. Say, and other gentlemen of the party by Edwin James, botanist and geologist to the expedition. Published 1823. The original London edition, published in three volumes, was consulted by the writer, but the references herein given are to the Thwaites edition in four volumes published in 1905, as this iS more accessible. The words quoted above appear in vol. I, p. 12. ; ■ ****This very full designation of the locality appears on p. 22lV>vbl; I, of the Thwaites’ edition of Long, and on p. 137 of the London edition. 256 IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE It is evident that Long’s party found the river and bluff at Council Bluff much as Lewis and Clark had described them. Long’s map shows the great bend of the Missouri near Council Bluff, evidently -about as it had appeared thirteen years before, and it also clearly shows the relative position of Boyer’s River (so named on the map), Engineer Cantonment and Council Bluff. The great bend of the Missouri river was still in existence in 1839 when Nicollet visited Council Bluff, and his map, compiled by Lieut. W. H. Emory,* shows the same relative position of Boyer River, Engineer Cantonment and Council Bluff as that indicated on Long’s map. A great change, however, took place soon after as is shown by Nicollet’s report, which, it should be remem- bered, was prepared two years after his observations at Council Bluffs were made, and was not published until two more years had elapsed. Referring to the unstable character of the Missouri channel he says (p. 22): “Thus we could not recognize many of the bends described by Lewis and Clarke; and most probably those determined by us in 1839, and laid down upon my map, will ere long have disappeared; such is the unsettled course of the river. Already have I been informed, in fact, that the great bend opposite Council Bluffs has disappeared since our visit; and that the Missouri, which then flowed at the foot of the bluff, is now further removed by several miles to the east of it.” The extent of this change is indicated on the map of Harrison county, Iowa, published in the Reports of the Iowa Geological Survey, opposite p. 380, in vol. XX, 1910. In this map the writer published the results of the Lewis and Clark survey, 1804, the U. S. survey, 1853, and the Wattles survey, 1898. Council Bluff was a little south of the south line of Harrison county, and on the opposite side of the Missouri river. If the change reported by Nicollet brought the river to the position indicated by the U. S. survey of 1853, which is not materially different at this point from that shown by the Wattles survey of 1898, the shift eastward amounted to nearly five miles.** The foregoing facts make it clear that the name Council Bluff was applied to the same locality by Lewis and Clark, Long and Nicollet, and that this locality is situated on the Nebraska side of the Missouri river more than 20 miles above the city of Council Bluffs, Iowa. The evidence is especially clear so far as it concerns the location of the Council Bluff of Say and Nicollet, and this is of greatest interest to students of distribution, for the reports of Say and Nicollet contain many references to this locality. The term Council Bluffs was probably first publicly applied, at least in scientific literature, to hills on the Iowa side by D. D. Owen,*** who refers to “Council Bluffs” on p. 132 of the Report, and marks the hills on the Iowa side, which extend from opposite the mouth of the Platte to northwestern Missouri, as “Council Bluffs.” *This map accompanies the report intended to illustrate A Map of the Hydrographic Basin of the Upper Mississippi River. — I.N. Nicollet. — 1843. Submitted Feb. 16, 1841. Published as a Senat Document, 26th Congress, 2nd Session. **The old channel of the Missouri, indicated by dotted lines on the map of Pot- tawattamie county opposite p, 266 in vol. XI, Iowa Geological Survey, 1901, was probably determined by the U. S. survey of 1853, though the report does not state this. Pottawattamie county lies just south of Harrison county. ***Report of a geological survey of Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota, etc., 1852. Also map in “Illustrations” in same — the one marked “Sections on the Missouri. River from no. 20 M., to no. 40 M.” , IOWA ACADEMY OP SCIENCE 257 It is evident from the foregoing discussion that the Council Bluff of Say’s and Nicollet’s reports, and all others based upon them, is a Nebraska locality, and this is also true of the “Engineer Cantonment,” or “Cantonment.” Where reference is made to “Bowyer’s Creek,” “Boyers River,” or Boyer river, the locality is on the Iowa side. It is not probable that Say made many excursions to the Iowa side of the Missouri river, the broad prairie bottom-lands of that side being less inviting than the wooded bluffs of the Nebraska side, and the difficulty of crossing the Missouri probably adding an obstacle. His journal, copied by James, shows that he did occasionally cross to the Iowa side, and a longer trip was taken along the Boyer to the present site of Logan, Iowa.* It may seem that the exact location of Council Bluff is not a matter of serious moment, but this locality is cited in many scientific papers and is therefore of interest to students of plant and animal distribution. In addition to the general desirability of accuracy there are two reasons for correcting the impression that the Council Bluff of the earlier reports is Council Bluffs, Iowa. The two localities are on opposite sides of the Missouri river, and hence in different states, and the difference of about 27 miles between them is sufficiently great to be of interest in connection with the preparation of state lists. Say invariably wrote the name Council Bluff, and most of the authors who subsequently copied his record used the same form. But in some cases, particularly those of more recent date, an effort was made to supply the name of the state or territory, and an error has resulted. Thus Frank C. Baker, in a recent work,** cites “Council Bluffs, Iowa,” as the type locality for Lymnaea umhrosa Say, a form of Galda elodes (p. 324), and among the locali- ties for Qalha elodes appears the following: 'Gown: Missouri River, in the vicinity of Council Bluffs, Pottawattamie county (Say).” Say’s original record mentions neither county nor state. The only accurate reference of Council Bluff to Nebraska which the writer has seen in locality citations of this kind appears in W. G. Binney’s report on Land Shells. *Thwaites’ edition of Long, vol. II, pp. 136-138; the London edition, vol. II, pp. 67-69. See also the writer’s brief discussion in Iowa Geological Survey, vol. XX, p. 278. **The Lymnaeidae of North and Middle America — Special Publication, No. 3, Chi- cago Academy of Sciences, 1911. IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ,259 INDEX Page American Lepidostrobus, The First Reported Petrified, is from Warren County, Iowa 163 Anniversary Address 17 Anomalous Ovary Ill Apparatus for Measuring 'Small (Intervals of Time, New Laboi^tatof-y, Independent of Clock or Chronograph : 185 Arid Plateau-Plains as Features of Eolic Erosion 157 Blight of Rarley-Helminthosporium Teres Sacc Botany in Iowa, Twenty-five years of 43 Broad Winged Hawks, Remarkable Flight of ..195 Carbonic Rocks, Nether Delimitation of 153 Charter Members of the Iowa Academy of Science 27 Chromaffine cells of the Adrenals of the Pig, Source of .215 Constitution of Academy 6 Dye-Plants, Native, and Tan-Plants of Iowa .’ 113 Early Iowa Locality Records 26-3 Effect of Rupture by Abrasion on the Electrical Conductivity of Selenium. . .179 Ferns and Liverworts of Grinnell and Vicinity 105 Food Habits of Red Tailed Hawk, Cooper’s Hawk, and Sparrow Hawk.... 199 Food of the Black Crowned Night Heron In Captivity 193 General Geologic Section of Iowa, Sundry Provincial and Local Phases of.. 147 Geodes of the Keokuk Beds, Origin of 169 Geology, History of in Iowa for the Last Twenty-five Years 65 Greetings from Visiting Academies 86 Herpetology of Iowa, II. Contributions to ......207 Heteranthera Dubia, Notes on ..131 Insect Parasitism, A Study in.... ....209 Mammals from Northwestern Iowa, Notes on a Collection of 203 Melanism, Occurrence of, in the Broad Winged Hawk 191 Method of Determining Whether the Restoring Torque is Proportional to the Tor,sional Strain During the Vibration of a Torsional Pendulum. . . .189 Osage Series of the Mississippian System, Study in the Cherts of , 173 Physics, The Progress of, in Iowa in the Quarter Century ......* 73 Pollen Tubes, Behavior of in Richardia Africana 109 President’s Address 11 Program 8 Radioactive Disintegration of Sodium as an Element, Evidence Favoring. . . .175 260 IOWA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Page Reaction between Ethyl Iodide and Silver Nitrate, Velocity Coefficients of, in Ethyl and Methyl Alcohol and in Mixtures of these Solvents 137 Red Clover, Some Points on the Floral Development of 129 Reduviidae of N. America, Systematic Outline of 217 Report of Committee on Membership 3 Report of Committee on Resolutions 4 Report of the Secretary 1 Report of the Treasurer 2 Salem Limestone and its Stratigraphic Relations in Southeastern Iowa 167 Secotium Agaricoides, A Stalked Puff Ball 107 Simblum Sphaerocephalum in Iowa 103 Water of Crystallization, Effect of Continued Grinding on (Second Paper) . .133 AUTHOR S INDEX. F. F. Almy 73 M. F. Arey 65 B. H. Bailey .• 191,193,195 A. L. Bakke 93 Louis Begeman 11 F. C. Brown 175, 179, 185 H. S. Conard 103, 105, 107 S. B. Fracker 217 James Ellis Gow 109, 111 Harriette S. Kellogg 113 Charles R. Keyes T... 147, 153, 157 Nicholas Knight 133 T. H. Macbride 43 J. N. Martin 129 C. C. Nutting 79, 85 Herbert Osborn 17 L. H. Pammel 27, 85 F. C. Pellett 197, 199 J. N. Pearce 137 Alexander G. Ruthven 203, 207 L. P. Sieg 189 A. E. Sheldon 86 B. Shimek.. 253 John L. Tilton 163 Francis M. Van Tuyl 167, 169 Henry B. Ward 87 O. M. Weigle 137 Norman A. Wood 203 R. B. Wylie 131 Mildred R. Yule 215 f d J '■ ' /I ■i ■ 1: SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES 3 9088 013041975 ^